]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - lisp/ldefs-boot.el
Merge from emacs--devo--0
[gnu-emacs] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (17994 6715))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
12
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
15
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
30
31 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
32
33 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
34 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
35
36 \(fn)" t nil)
37
38 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
39 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
40
41 \(fn)" t nil)
42
43 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
44 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
45
46 \(fn)" t nil)
47
48 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
49 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
50 Mutate the result.
51
52 \(fn)" t nil)
53
54 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
55 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
56
57 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
58 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
59 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
60 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
61
62 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
63
64 ;;;***
65 \f
66 ;;;### (autoloads nil "abbrev" "abbrev.el" (17994 6715))
67 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrev.el
68 (put 'abbrev-mode 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
69
70 ;;;***
71 \f
72 ;;;### (autoloads (list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "abbrevlist.el"
73 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
74 ;;; Generated autoloads from abbrevlist.el
75
76 (autoload (quote list-one-abbrev-table) "abbrevlist" "\
77 Display alphabetical listing of ABBREV-TABLE in buffer OUTPUT-BUFFER.
78
79 \(fn ABBREV-TABLE OUTPUT-BUFFER)" nil nil)
80
81 ;;;***
82 \f
83 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
84 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
85 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
86
87 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
88 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
89 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
90 extensions.
91 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
92 the file name.
93
94 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
95
96 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
97 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
98
99 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
100 \\{ada-mode-map}
101
102 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
103 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
104
105 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
106 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
107
108 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
109 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
110
111 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
112
113 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
114 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
115
116 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
117 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
118
119 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
120 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
121 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
122 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
123 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
124
125 If you use imenu.el:
126 Display index-menu of functions and procedures '\\[imenu]'
127
128 If you use find-file.el:
129 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
130 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
131 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
132 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
133 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
134
135 If you use ada-xref.el:
136 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
137 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
138 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'.
139
140 \(fn)" t nil)
141
142 ;;;***
143 \f
144 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
145 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
146 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
147
148 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
149 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
150
151 \(fn)" t nil)
152
153 ;;;***
154 \f
155 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el"
156 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
157 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
158
159 (autoload (quote ada-find-file) "ada-xref" "\
160 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
161 Completion is available.
162
163 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
164
165 ;;;***
166 \f
167 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
168 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
169 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
170 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log"
171 ;;;;;; "add-log.el" (17994 6715))
172 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
173
174 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
175 *If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
176 It is used by `add-log-current-defun' in preference to built-in rules.
177 Returns function's name as a string, or nil if outside a function.")
178
179 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-current-defun-function) "add-log" t)
180
181 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
182 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
183 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
184
185 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-full-name) "add-log" t)
186
187 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
188 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
189 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
190 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
191 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
192 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
193
194 (custom-autoload (quote add-log-mailing-address) "add-log" t)
195
196 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
197 Prompt for a change log name.
198
199 \(fn)" nil nil)
200
201 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
202 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
203
204 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
205 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
206 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
207 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
208
209 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
210 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
211 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
212
213 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
214 current buffer to the complete file name.
215 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
216
217 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
218
219 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
220 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
221 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
222 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
223
224 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
225 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
226
227 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
228
229 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
230 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
231 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
232
233 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
234 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
235 the same person.
236
237 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
238 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
239 notices.
240
241 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
242 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
243
244 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY)" t nil)
245
246 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
247 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
248 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
249 the change log file in another window.
250
251 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
252 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
253
254 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
255 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
256 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
257 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
258 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
259 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
260 \\{change-log-mode-map}
261
262 \(fn)" t nil)
263
264 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
265 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
266
267 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
268 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
269
270 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
271 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
272
273 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
274 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
275
276 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
277 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
278
279 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
280 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
281 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
282 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
283 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
284
285 Has a preference of looking backwards.
286
287 \(fn)" nil nil)
288
289 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
290 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
291 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
292 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
293 or a buffer.
294
295 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
296 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
297
298 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
299
300 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
301 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.
302
303 \(fn)" t nil)
304
305 ;;;***
306 \f
307 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-activate ad-add-advice ad-disable-advice
308 ;;;;;; ad-enable-advice ad-default-compilation-action ad-redefinition-action)
309 ;;;;;; "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (17994 6740))
310 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
311
312 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
313 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
314 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
315 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
316 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
317 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
318 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
319 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
320 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
321 interpreted as `error'.")
322
323 (custom-autoload (quote ad-redefinition-action) "advice" t)
324
325 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
326 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
327 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
328 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
329 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
330 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
331 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
332 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
333
334 (custom-autoload (quote ad-default-compilation-action) "advice" t)
335
336 (autoload (quote ad-enable-advice) "advice" "\
337 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
338
339 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
340
341 (autoload (quote ad-disable-advice) "advice" "\
342 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
343
344 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
345
346 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
347 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
348 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
349 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
350 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
351 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
352 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
353 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
354 will be overwritten with the new one.
355 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
356 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
357 will clear the cache.
358
359 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
360
361 (autoload (quote ad-activate) "advice" "\
362 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
363 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
364 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
365 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
366 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
367 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
368 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
369 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
370 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
371 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
372 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
373 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
374 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
375 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
376 definition will always be cached for later usage.
377
378 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
379
380 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
381 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
382 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
383
384 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
385 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
386 BODY... )
387
388 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
389 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
390 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
391 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
392 see also `ad-add-advice'.
393 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
394 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
395 before/around/after-advices will be used.
396 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
397 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
398 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
399 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
400 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
401 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
402
403 Semantics of the various flags:
404 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
405 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
406 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
407
408 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
409 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
410
411 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
412 advised function should be compiled.
413
414 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
415 during activation until somebody enables it.
416
417 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
418 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
419 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
420 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
421
422 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
423 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
424 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
425 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
426 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
427 during preloading.
428
429 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.
430
431 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
432
433 ;;;***
434 \f
435 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
436 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
437 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (17994 6715))
438 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
439
440 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
441 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
442 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
443 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
444 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
445 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
446 rule's `separate' attribute).
447
448 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
449 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
450 `separate' attribute set.
451
452 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
453 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
454 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
455 on the format of these lists.
456
457 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458
459 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
460 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
461 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
462 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
463 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
464 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
465 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
466 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
467 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
468 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
469 options.
470
471 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
472 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
473
474 Fred (123) 456-7890
475 Alice (123) 456-7890
476 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
477 Joe (123) 456-7890
478
479 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
480 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
481 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.
482
483 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
484
485 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
486 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
487 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
488 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
489 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
490 align that section.
491
492 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
493
494 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
495 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
496 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
497 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
498 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
499 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
500 been used to align that section.
501
502 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
503
504 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
505 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
506 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
507 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
508 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
509 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
510 to be colored.
511
512 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
513
514 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
515 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
516
517 \(fn)" t nil)
518
519 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
520 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
521
522 \(fn)" t nil)
523
524 ;;;***
525 \f
526 ;;;### (autoloads (outlineify-sticky allout-mode) "allout" "allout.el"
527 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
528 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
529
530 (put (quote allout-show-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
531
532 (put (quote allout-header-prefix) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
533
534 (put (quote allout-primary-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
535
536 (put (quote allout-plain-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
537
538 (put (quote allout-distinctive-bullets-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
539
540 (put (quote allout-use-mode-specific-leader) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (memq x (quote (t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start))) (stringp x)))))
541
542 (put (quote allout-old-style-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
543
544 (put (quote allout-stylish-prefixes) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
545
546 (put (quote allout-numbered-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
547
548 (put (quote allout-file-xref-bullet) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote string-or-null-p)) (quote string-or-null-p) (quote (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x))))))
549
550 (put (quote allout-presentation-padding) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote integerp))
551
552 (put (quote allout-use-hanging-indents) (quote safe-local-variable) (if (fboundp (quote booleanp)) (quote booleanp) (quote (lambda (x) (member x (quote (t nil)))))))
553
554 (put (quote allout-reindent-bodies) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (memq x (quote (nil t text force))))))
555
556 (put (quote allout-layout) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x (quote (: * + -)))))))
557
558 (put (quote allout-passphrase-verifier-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
559
560 (put (quote allout-passphrase-hint-string) (quote safe-local-variable) (quote stringp))
561
562 (autoload (quote allout-mode) "allout" "\
563 Toggle minor mode for controlling exposure and editing of text outlines.
564 \\<allout-mode-map>
565
566 Optional arg forces mode to re-initialize iff arg is positive num or
567 symbol. Allout outline mode always runs as a minor mode.
568
569 Allout outline mode provides extensive outline oriented formatting and
570 manipulation. It enables structural editing of outlines, as well as
571 navigation and exposure. It also is specifically aimed at
572 accommodating syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For
573 an example, see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
574 outline.)
575
576 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
577
578 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
579 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
580 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
581 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
582 - easy topic encryption and decryption
583 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
584 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
585 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
586
587 and many other features.
588
589 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then explanation of
590 special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the outline
591 menubar additions for quick reference to many of the features, and see
592 the docstring of the function `allout-init' for instructions on
593 priming your emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
594
595 The bindings are dictated by the customizable `allout-keybindings-list'
596 variable. We recommend customizing `allout-command-prefix' to use just
597 `\\C-c' as the command prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with
598 any personal bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor on an
600 item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" - then you can invoke allout
601 commands with just the un-prefixed, un-control-shifted command letters.
602 This is described further in the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
603
604 Exposure Control:
605 ----------------
606 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
607 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
608 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
609 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
610 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
611
612 Navigation:
613 ----------
614 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
615 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
617 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
618 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
620 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' - like regular beginning-of-line, but
622 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
623 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
624
625
626 Topic Header Production:
627 -----------------------
628 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
629 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
631
632 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
633 ---------------------------------
634 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
635 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
636 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
637 current topic
638 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
639 its' offspring - distinctive bullets are not changed, others
640 are alternated according to nesting depth.
641 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings -
642 the offspring are not affected.
643 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
644
645 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
646 ----------------------------------
647 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
648 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' kill-line, attending to outline structure.
650 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
651 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
652 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
653 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
654 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to allout-yank as yank-pop is to yank
655
656 Topic-oriented Encryption:
657 -------------------------
658 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
659 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
660
661 Misc commands:
662 -------------
663 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
664 and establish a default file-var setting
665 for `allout-layout'.
666 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
667 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
668 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
669 buffer with name derived from derived from that
670 of current buffer - \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
671 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
672 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
673 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
674 format.
675 \\[eval-expression] (allout-init t) Setup Emacs session for outline mode
676 auto-activation.
677
678 Topic Encryption
679
680 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
681 symmetric and key-pair modes, passphrase timeout, passphrase
682 consistency checking, user-provided hinting for symmetric key
683 mode, and auto-encryption of topics pending encryption on save.
684
685 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
686 encrypted during file saves. If the contents of the topic
687 containing the cursor was encrypted for a save, it is
688 automatically decrypted for continued editing.
689
690 The aim of these measures is reliable topic privacy while
691 preventing accidents like neglected encryption before saves,
692 forgetting which passphrase was used, and other practical
693 pitfalls.
694
695 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
696 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
697 for details.
698
699 HOT-SPOT Operation
700
701 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
702 navigation and exposure control.
703
704 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
705 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
706 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
707 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
708 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
709
710 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
711 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
712 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
713 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
714 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
715
716 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]]) is
717 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
718 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
719 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
720 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
721 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
722 at the beginning of the current entry.
723
724 Extending Allout
725
726 Allout exposure and authoring activites all have associated
727 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
728 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
729
730 `allout-mode-hook'
731 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook'
732 `allout-exposure-change-hook'
733 `allout-structure-added-hook'
734 `allout-structure-deleted-hook'
735 `allout-structure-shifted-hook'
736
737 Terminology
738
739 Topic hierarchy constituents - TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
740
741 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
742 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
743 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
744 CURRENT ITEM:
745 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
746 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
747 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
748 called the:
749 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
750
751 ANCESTORS:
752 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
753 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
754 of the ITEM.
755 OFFSPRING:
756 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
757 SUBTOPIC:
758 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
759 CHILD:
760 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
761 SIBLINGS:
762 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
763
764 Topic text constituents:
765
766 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
767 text.
768 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
769 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
770 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
771 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
772 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
773 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
774 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
775 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
776 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
777 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
778 the PREFIX.
779
780 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
781 of the ITEM.
782 PREFIX-LEAD:
783 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
784 It can be customized by changing the setting of
785 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
786
787 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
788 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
789 program code without interfering with processing of the text
790 (by emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
791 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
792 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
793 docstring for more detail.
794 PREFIX-PADDING:
795 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
796 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
797 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
798 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
799 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
800 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
801 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
802 provide a universal argugment (\\[universal-argument]) to the
803 TOPIC creation command, or when explictly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
804 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
805 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
806 more details.
807 EXPOSURE:
808 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
809 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
810 CONCEALED:
811 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
812 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
813
814 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
815 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
816 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
817
818 \(fn &optional TOGGLE)" t nil)
819
820 (defalias (quote outlinify-sticky) (quote outlineify-sticky))
821
822 (autoload (quote outlineify-sticky) "allout" "\
823 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
824
825 See doc-string for `allout-layout' and `allout-init' for details on
826 setup for auto-startup.
827
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
829
830 ;;;***
831 \f
832 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
833 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (17994 6715))
834 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
835
836 (defalias (quote ange-ftp-re-read-dir) (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir))
837
838 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
839 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
840 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
841 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
842 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
843 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
844
845 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
846
847 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" "\
848 Not documented
849
850 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
851
852 ;;;***
853 \f
854 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
855 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (17994 6715))
856 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
857
858 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
859 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
860 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
861 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
862 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
863 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
864 in the current window.
865
866 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
867
868 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
869 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
870 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
871
872 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
873
874 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
875 Display one's birthday present in a new buffer.
876 You can specify the one's name by NAME; the default value is \"Sarah\".
877
878 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
879
880 ;;;***
881 \f
882 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
883 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (17994 6715))
884 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
885
886 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
887 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
888
889 \(fn)" t nil)
890
891 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
892 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
893
894 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
895 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
896 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
897 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
898
899 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
900 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
901
902 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
903
904 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
905
906 ;;;***
907 \f
908 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
909 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (17994 6715))
910 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
911
912 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
913 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
914 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
915 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
916 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
917 \\[yank].
918
919 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
920 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
921 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
922 the rules.
923
924 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
925 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
926 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
927 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
928
929 \(fn)" t nil)
930
931 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
932 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
933 \\{antlr-mode-map}
934
935 \(fn)" t nil)
936
937 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
938 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
939 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
940
941 \(fn)" nil nil)
942
943 ;;;***
944 \f
945 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-activate appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add
946 ;;;;;; appt-display-diary appt-display-duration appt-display-mode-line
947 ;;;;;; appt-msg-window appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time
948 ;;;;;; appt-issue-message) "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (17994 6715))
949 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
950
951 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
952 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
953 To be detected, the diary entry must have the format described in the
954 documentation of the function `appt-check'.")
955
956 (custom-autoload (quote appt-issue-message) "appt" t)
957
958 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
959 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
960
961 (custom-autoload (quote appt-message-warning-time) "appt" t)
962
963 (defvar appt-audible t "\
964 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
965
966 (custom-autoload (quote appt-audible) "appt" t)
967
968 (defvar appt-visible t "\
969 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.
970 This variable is only relevant if `appt-msg-window' is nil.")
971
972 (custom-autoload (quote appt-visible) "appt" t)
973
974 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
975 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.
976 If non-nil, this variable overrides `appt-visible'.")
977
978 (custom-autoload (quote appt-msg-window) "appt" t)
979
980 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
981 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.
982 This is in addition to any other display of appointment messages.")
983
984 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-mode-line) "appt" t)
985
986 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
987 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.
988 Only relevant if reminders are to be displayed in their own window.")
989
990 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-duration) "appt" t)
991
992 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
993 *Non-nil displays the diary when the appointment list is first initialized.
994 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
995
996 (custom-autoload (quote appt-display-diary) "appt" t)
997
998 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
999 Add an appointment for today at NEW-APPT-TIME with message NEW-APPT-MSG.
1000 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1001
1002 \(fn NEW-APPT-TIME NEW-APPT-MSG)" t nil)
1003
1004 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
1005 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.
1006
1007 \(fn)" t nil)
1008
1009 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
1010 Update the appointments list from today's diary buffer.
1011 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
1012 put in the appointments list (see examples in documentation of
1013 the function `appt-check'). We assume that the variables DATE and
1014 NUMBER hold the arguments that `diary-list-entries' received.
1015 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.
1016
1017 Any appointments made with `appt-add' are not affected by this
1018 function.
1019
1020 For backwards compatibility, this function activates the
1021 appointment package (if it is not already active).
1022
1023 \(fn)" nil nil)
1024
1025 (autoload (quote appt-activate) "appt" "\
1026 Toggle checking of appointments.
1027 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1028 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1029
1030 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1031
1032 ;;;***
1033 \f
1034 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-documentation-property
1035 ;;;;;; apropos-command apropos-variable apropos-read-pattern) "apropos"
1036 ;;;;;; "apropos.el" (17994 6715))
1037 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1038
1039 (autoload (quote apropos-read-pattern) "apropos" "\
1040 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1041 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1042 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1043
1044 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1045 kind of objects to search.
1046
1047 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1048
1049 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
1050 Show user variables that match PATTERN.
1051 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1052 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1053 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1054 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1055
1056 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1057 normal variables.
1058
1059 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1060
1061 (defalias (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
1062
1063 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
1064 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1065 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1066 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1067 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1068 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1069
1070 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1071 noninteractive functions.
1072
1073 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1074 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1075
1076 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1077 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1078
1079 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1080
1081 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation-property) "apropos" "\
1082 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1083
1084 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1085
1086 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
1087 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1088 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1089 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1090
1091 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1092 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1093 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1094 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1095
1096 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1097 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1098
1099 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1100
1101 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1102
1103 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
1104 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1105 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1106 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1107 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1108 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1109
1110 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1111 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
1112 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1113
1114 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1115
1116 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
1117 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1118 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1119 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1120 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1121 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1122
1123 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
1124 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
1125 bindings.
1126 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1127
1128 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1129
1130 ;;;***
1131 \f
1132 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (17994
1133 ;;;;;; 6715))
1134 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1135
1136 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
1137 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1138 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1139 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1140 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1141 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1142
1143 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1144 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1145 archive.
1146
1147 \\{archive-mode-map}
1148
1149 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1150
1151 ;;;***
1152 \f
1153 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (17994 6715))
1154 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1155
1156 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
1157 Major mode for editing arrays.
1158
1159 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1160 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1161 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1162
1163 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1164
1165 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1166 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1167 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1168
1169 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1170 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1171 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1172 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1173 The variables are:
1174
1175 Variables you assign:
1176 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1177 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1178 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1179 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1180 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1181 row numbers in the buffer.
1182
1183 Variables which are calculated:
1184 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1185 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1186
1187 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1188 take a numeric prefix argument):
1189
1190 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1191 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1192 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1193 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1194
1195 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1196 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1197 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1198 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1199
1200 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1201 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1202 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1203 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1204
1205 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1206 between that of point and mark.
1207
1208 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1209 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1210
1211 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1212 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1213 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1214 newlines inside rows)
1215
1216 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1217
1218 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1219
1220 \(fn)" t nil)
1221
1222 ;;;***
1223 \f
1224 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (17994
1225 ;;;;;; 6715))
1226 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1227
1228 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
1229 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
1230 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
1231 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1232
1233 How to quit artist mode
1234
1235 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1236
1237
1238 How to submit a bug report
1239
1240 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1241
1242
1243 Drawing with the mouse:
1244
1245 mouse-2
1246 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1247 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1248 below).
1249
1250 mouse-1
1251 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1252 or pastes:
1253
1254 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1255 --------------------------------------------------------------
1256 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1257 to new point
1258 --------------------------------------------------------------
1259 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1260 --------------------------------------------------------------
1261 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1262 --------------------------------------------------------------
1263 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1264 --------------------------------------------------------------
1265 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1266 --------------------------------------------------------------
1267 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1268 --------------------------------------------------------------
1269 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1270 --------------------------------------------------------------
1271 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1272 --------------------------------------------------------------
1273 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1274 lines
1275 --------------------------------------------------------------
1276 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1277 --------------------------------------------------------------
1278 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1279 --------------------------------------------------------------
1280 Paste Paste Paste
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1283 --------------------------------------------------------------
1284
1285 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1286 or diagonally.
1287
1288 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1289 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1290 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1291 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1292 poly-lines.
1293
1294 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1295 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1296 overwrite means the opposite.
1297
1298 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1299 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1300 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1301
1302 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1303
1304 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1305 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1306
1307 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1308 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1309 are currently drawing something.
1310
1311 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1312 some time to fill.
1313
1314
1315 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1316 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1317
1318
1319 Settings
1320
1321 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1322
1323 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1324
1325 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1326
1327 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1328
1329 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1330 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1331
1332 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
1333
1334
1335 Drawing with keys
1336
1337 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1338 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1339 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1340 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1341 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1342 When pasting: Pastes
1343
1344 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1345
1346 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1347
1348 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
1349 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
1350 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
1351 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1352 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1353 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1354
1355
1356 Arrows
1357
1358 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1359 of the line/poly-line
1360
1361 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1362 of the line/poly-line
1363
1364
1365 Selecting operation
1366
1367 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1368
1369 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1370 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1371 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1372 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1373 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1374 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1375 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1376 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1377 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1378 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1379 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1380 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1381 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1382 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1383 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1384 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1385 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1386 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1387 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1388 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1389
1390
1391 Variables
1392
1393 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
1394 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1395
1396 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1397 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1398 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1399 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1400 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1401 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1402 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1403 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1404 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1405 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1406 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1407 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1408 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1409 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1410 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1411 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1412 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1413 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1414 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1415
1416 Hooks
1417
1418 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
1419 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
1420
1421
1422 Keymap summary
1423
1424 \\{artist-mode-map}
1425
1426 \(fn &optional STATE)" t nil)
1427
1428 ;;;***
1429 \f
1430 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (17994
1431 ;;;;;; 6715))
1432 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1433
1434 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
1435 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1436 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1437
1438 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1439 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1440 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1441 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1442
1443 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1444 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1445
1446 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1447 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1448
1449 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1450
1451 Special commands:
1452 \\{asm-mode-map}
1453
1454 \(fn)" t nil)
1455
1456 ;;;***
1457 \f
1458 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
1459 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
1461
1462 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
1463 Obsolete.")
1464
1465 (custom-autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" t)
1466
1467 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
1468 This command is obsolete.
1469
1470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
1471
1472 ;;;***
1473 \f
1474 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
1475 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1476 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1477
1478 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1479 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1480 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1481
1482 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1483
1484 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
1485 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
1486 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1487 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1488 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
1489 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
1490 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
1491 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1492 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
1493 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1494
1495 For example:
1496 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1497 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1498 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1499 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1500 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1501
1502 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1503
1504 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1505
1506 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1507 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1508 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1509 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1510 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1511 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1512
1513 (custom-autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" nil)
1514
1515 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
1516 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
1517 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
1518 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1519 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
1520 etc. to supply digit arguments.
1521
1522 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1523
1524 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1525
1526 ;;;***
1527 \f
1528 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
1529 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1530 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1531
1532 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
1533 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.
1534
1535 \(fn)" t nil)
1536
1537 ;;;***
1538 \f
1539 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
1540 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (17994 6715))
1541 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1542
1543 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1544 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1545 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1546
1547 \(fn)" t nil)
1548
1549 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
1550 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1551 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1552 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1553
1554 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1555
1556 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1557 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1558 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1559 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1560 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1561 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1562
1563 (custom-autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" nil)
1564
1565 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1566 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1567 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1568 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1569
1570 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1571 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1572
1573 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1574
1575 ;;;***
1576 \f
1577 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-directory-autoloads
1578 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1579 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1580 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1581
1582 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1583 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1584 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables).
1585 If SAVE-AFTER is non-nil (which is always, when called interactively),
1586 save the buffer too.
1587
1588 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1589
1590 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER)" t nil)
1591
1592 (autoload (quote update-directory-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1593 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1594 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) to do its work.
1595 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name
1596 of a single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1597 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1598
1599 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1600 directory or directories specified.
1601
1602 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1603
1604 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1605 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1606 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1607
1608 \(fn)" nil nil)
1609
1610 ;;;***
1611 \f
1612 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode
1613 ;;;;;; auto-revert-tail-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode auto-revert-mode)
1614 ;;;;;; "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (17994 6715))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1616
1617 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1618 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1619
1620 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1621 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1622 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1623 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1624 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1625
1626 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1627
1628 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1629 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1630
1631 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1632 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1633
1634 \(fn)" nil nil)
1635
1636 (autoload (quote auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1637 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when file on disk grows.
1638 With arg, turn Tail mode on iff arg is positive.
1639
1640 When Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is constantly
1641 followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This means that
1642 whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because some
1643 background process is appending to it from time to time), this is
1644 reflected in the current buffer.
1645
1646 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1647 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1648 writing before you save the file!
1649
1650 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1651
1652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1653
1654 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode) "autorevert" "\
1655 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail Mode.
1656
1657 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1658 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1659
1660 \(fn)" nil nil)
1661
1662 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1663 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1664 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1665 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1666 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1667 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1668
1669 (custom-autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" nil)
1670
1671 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1672 Revert any buffer when file on disk changes.
1673
1674 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1675 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1676 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1677
1678 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1679
1680 ;;;***
1681 \f
1682 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1683 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (17994 6715))
1684 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1685
1686 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1687 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1688 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1689 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1690 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1691
1692 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" nil)
1693
1694 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1695 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1696 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1697 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1698
1699 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1700 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1701 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1702
1703 Effects of the different modes:
1704 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1705 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1706 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1707 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1708 a random distance & direction.
1709 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1710 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1711 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1712
1713 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1714
1715 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1716 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1717 definition of \"random distance\".)
1718
1719 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1720
1721 ;;;***
1722 \f
1723 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1724 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1725 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1726
1727 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1728 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1729
1730 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1731 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1732
1733 For example:
1734
1735 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1736 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1737 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1738 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1739
1740 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.
1741
1742 \(fn ARG)" nil (quote macro))
1743
1744 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1745
1746 ;;;***
1747 \f
1748 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery-mode battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1749 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1750 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1751 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1752
1753 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1754 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1755 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1756 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1757
1758 \(fn)" t nil)
1759
1760 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1761 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1762 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1763 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1764 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1765 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1766
1767 (custom-autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" nil)
1768
1769 (autoload (quote display-battery-mode) "battery" "\
1770 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1771 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1772 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1773 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1774 seconds.
1775
1776 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1777
1778 ;;;***
1779 \f
1780 ;;;### (autoloads (benchmark benchmark-run-compiled benchmark-run)
1781 ;;;;;; "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (17994 6715))
1782 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1783
1784 (autoload (quote benchmark-run) "benchmark" "\
1785 Time execution of FORMS.
1786 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1787 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1788 FORMS once.
1789 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1790 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1791 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1792
1793 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1794
1795 (autoload (quote benchmark-run-compiled) "benchmark" "\
1796 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1797 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1798 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1799 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1800
1801 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil (quote macro))
1802
1803 (autoload (quote benchmark) "benchmark" "\
1804 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1805 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg. For
1806 non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1807 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1808
1809 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1810
1811 ;;;***
1812 \f
1813 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (17994
1814 ;;;;;; 6715))
1815 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1816
1817 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1818 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1819
1820 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1821
1822 Use commands such as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1823 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1824 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1825 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1826
1827 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1828 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1829 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactical correct) and sorted
1830 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1831 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1832
1833 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1834 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1835
1836
1837 Special information:
1838
1839 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1840
1841 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1842 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1843 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1844 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1845 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1846 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1847 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1848 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1849 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1850 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1851 \\[bibtex-complete] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1852
1853 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1854 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1855 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1856 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1857 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1858 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1859 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1860 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1861
1862 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1863
1864 ----------------------------------------------------------
1865 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1866 if that value is non-nil.
1867
1868 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1869
1870 \(fn)" t nil)
1871
1872 ;;;***
1873 \f
1874 ;;;### (autoloads (binhex-decode-region binhex-decode-region-external
1875 ;;;;;; binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el"
1876 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
1877 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1878
1879 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1880
1881 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-internal) "binhex" "\
1882 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1883 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1884
1885 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1886
1887 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region-external) "binhex" "\
1888 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1889
1890 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1891
1892 (autoload (quote binhex-decode-region) "binhex" "\
1893 Binhex decode region between START and END.
1894
1895 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1896
1897 ;;;***
1898 \f
1899 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (17994
1900 ;;;;;; 6715))
1901 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1902
1903 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1904 Play blackbox.
1905 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
1906
1907 What is blackbox?
1908
1909 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1910 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1911 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1912 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1913 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1914 your score.
1915
1916 Overview of play:
1917
1918 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1919 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1920 four.
1921
1922 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1923 movement keys.
1924
1925 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1926 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1927
1928 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1929 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1930
1931 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1932 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1933 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1934 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1935 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1936 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1937
1938 Details:
1939
1940 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1941
1942 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1943 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1944 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1945 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1946
1947 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1948 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1949 denoted by the letter `R'.
1950
1951 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1952 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1953 denoted by the letter `H'.
1954
1955 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1956 example.
1957
1958 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1959 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1960 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1961 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1962 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1963 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1964 ray.
1965
1966 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1967 degree deflection it causes.
1968
1969 1
1970 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1971 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1972 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1973 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1974 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1975 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1976 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1977 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1978 2 3
1979
1980 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1981 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1982
1983
1984 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1985 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1986 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1987 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1988 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1989 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1990 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1991 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1992
1993 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1994 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1995 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1996 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1997 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1998 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1999 emerging from the box.
2000
2001 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2002
2003 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2004 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2005 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2006 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2007 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2008 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2009 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2010 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2011
2012 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2013 a reflection.
2014
2015 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2016
2017 ;;;***
2018 \f
2019 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-bmenu-list bookmark-load bookmark-save
2020 ;;;;;; bookmark-write bookmark-delete bookmark-insert bookmark-rename
2021 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert-location bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump
2022 ;;;;;; bookmark-set) "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (17994 6715))
2023 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2024 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
2025 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
2026 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2027
2028 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
2029 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2030 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2031 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2032 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2033 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2034 (define-prefix-command 'bookmark-map)
2035 (define-key bookmark-map "x" 'bookmark-set)
2036 (define-key bookmark-map "m" 'bookmark-set) ; "m" for "mark"
2037 (define-key bookmark-map "j" 'bookmark-jump)
2038 (define-key bookmark-map "g" 'bookmark-jump) ; "g" for "go"
2039 (define-key bookmark-map "i" 'bookmark-insert)
2040 (define-key bookmark-map "e" 'edit-bookmarks)
2041 (define-key bookmark-map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) ; "f" for "find"
2042 (define-key bookmark-map "r" 'bookmark-rename)
2043 (define-key bookmark-map "d" 'bookmark-delete)
2044 (define-key bookmark-map "l" 'bookmark-load)
2045 (define-key bookmark-map "w" 'bookmark-write)
2046 (define-key bookmark-map "s" 'bookmark-save)
2047
2048 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
2049 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
2050 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
2051 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
2052 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
2053 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
2054 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
2055 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
2056 recent one.
2057
2058 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2059 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2060 yank successive words.
2061
2062 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
2063 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
2064 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
2065 name of the file being visited.
2066
2067 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
2068 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2069 the list of bookmarks.)
2070
2071 \(fn &optional NAME PARG)" t nil)
2072
2073 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
2074 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2075 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2076 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2077 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2078 this.
2079
2080 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2081 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2082 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2083 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2084
2085 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2086
2087 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
2088 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
2089 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2090 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2091 after a bookmark was set in it.
2092
2093 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2094
2095 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
2096 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
2097 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2098 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2099
2100 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2101
2102 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
2103
2104 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
2105 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
2106 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
2107 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
2108
2109 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
2110 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
2111 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
2112
2113 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2114 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2115 name.
2116
2117 \(fn OLD &optional NEW)" t nil)
2118
2119 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
2120 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
2121 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2122 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2123 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2124 this.
2125
2126 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2127
2128 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
2129 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
2130 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2131 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2132 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2133 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2134 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2135 probably because we were called from there.
2136
2137 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2138
2139 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
2140 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2141 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2142
2143 \(fn)" t nil)
2144
2145 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
2146 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2147 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2148 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2149 \(second argument).
2150
2151 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2152 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2153 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2154 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2155 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2156
2157 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2158 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2159 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2160 `bookmark-default-file'.
2161
2162 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2163
2164 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
2165 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2166 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2167 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2168 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2169 while loading.
2170
2171 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2172 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2173 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2174 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2175 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2176 explicitly.
2177
2178 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2179 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2180 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2181 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2182
2183 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2184
2185 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
2186 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2187 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2188 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2189 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2190
2191 \(fn)" t nil)
2192
2193 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2194
2195 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
2196
2197 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (define-key map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load))) (define-key map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write))) (define-key map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save))) (define-key map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list))) (define-key map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark..." . bookmark-delete))) (define-key map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark..." . bookmark-rename))) (define-key map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location..." . bookmark-locate))) (define-key map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents..." . bookmark-insert))) (define-key map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark..." . bookmark-set))) (define-key map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark..." . bookmark-jump))) map))
2198
2199 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2200
2201 ;;;***
2202 \f
2203 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
2204 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
2205 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
2206 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
2207 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon browse-url-firefox browse-url-mozilla browse-url-netscape
2208 ;;;;;; browse-url-default-browser browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
2209 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
2210 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-url-at-point
2211 ;;;;;; browse-url-galeon-program browse-url-firefox-program browse-url-browser-function)
2212 ;;;;;; "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (17994 6715))
2213 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2214
2215 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (cond ((memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos cygwin))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser)) ((memq system-type (quote (darwin))) (quote browse-url-default-macosx-browser)) (t (quote browse-url-default-browser))) "\
2216 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2217 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2218 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2219
2220 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2221 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2222 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2223 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2224 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2225
2226 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" t)
2227
2228 (defvar browse-url-firefox-program "firefox" "\
2229 *The name by which to invoke Firefox.")
2230
2231 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-firefox-program) "browse-url" t)
2232
2233 (defvar browse-url-galeon-program "galeon" "\
2234 *The name by which to invoke Galeon.")
2235
2236 (custom-autoload (quote browse-url-galeon-program) "browse-url" t)
2237
2238 (autoload (quote browse-url-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2239 Not documented
2240
2241 \(fn)" nil nil)
2242
2243 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
2244 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2245 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2246 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2247 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2248 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2249
2250 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2251
2252 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
2253 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2254 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2255 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2256 narrowed.
2257
2258 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2259
2260 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
2261 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2262
2263 \(fn)" t nil)
2264
2265 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
2266 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2267
2268 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2269
2270 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
2271 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2272 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2273 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2274
2275 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2276
2277 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
2278 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2279 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2280 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2281
2282 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2283
2284 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
2285 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2286 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2287 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2288 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2289 to use.
2290
2291 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2292
2293 (autoload (quote browse-url-default-browser) "browse-url" "\
2294 Find a suitable browser and ask it to load URL.
2295 Default to the URL around or before point.
2296
2297 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2298 non-nil, load the document in a new window, if possible, otherwise use
2299 a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2300 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2301
2302 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2303 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2304
2305 The order attempted is gnome-moz-remote, Mozilla, Firefox,
2306 Galeon, Konqueror, Netscape, Mosaic, IXI Mosaic, Lynx in an
2307 xterm, MMM, and then W3.
2308
2309 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2310
2311 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
2312 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2313 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2314 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2315
2316 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2317 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2318 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2319 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2320
2321 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2322 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2323 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2324
2325 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2326 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2327
2328 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2329
2330 (autoload (quote browse-url-mozilla) "browse-url" "\
2331 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2332 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2333 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2334
2335 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2336 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2337 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2338 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2339
2340 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2341 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2342 new tab in an existing window instead.
2343
2344 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2345 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2346
2347 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2348
2349 (autoload (quote browse-url-firefox) "browse-url" "\
2350 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2351 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2352 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2353 Firefox.
2354
2355 When called interactively, if variable
2356 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2357 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2358 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2359 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2360
2361 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2362 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2363 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2364
2365 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2366 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2367
2368 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2369 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2370 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2371 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2372 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2373 URL in a new window.
2374
2375 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2376
2377 (autoload (quote browse-url-galeon) "browse-url" "\
2378 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2379 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2380 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2381
2382 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2383 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2384 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2385 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2386
2387 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2388 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2389 new tab in an existing window instead.
2390
2391 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2392 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2403 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2404 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2407 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2408
2409 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2410
2411 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
2412 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2413
2414 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2415 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2416 program is invoked according to the variable
2417 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2418
2419 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2420 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2421 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2422 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2423
2424 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2425 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426
2427 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2428
2429 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
2430 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
2431 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
2432 variable `browse-url-grail'.
2433
2434 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2435
2436 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
2437 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2438 Default to the URL around or before point.
2439
2440 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2441 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2442 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2443
2444 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2445 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2446 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2447 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2448
2449 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2450 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2451
2452 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2453
2454 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
2455 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2456 Default to the URL around or before point.
2457
2458 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2459
2460 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
2461 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2462 Default to the URL around or before point.
2463
2464 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2465 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2466 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2467
2468 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2469 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2470
2471 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2472
2473 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
2474 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2475 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2476 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2477
2478 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2479
2480 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
2481 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2482 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
2483 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2484 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2485
2486 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2487
2488 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
2489 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
2490 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
2491 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
2492
2493 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2494 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
2495 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2496 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2497
2498 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2499 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2500
2501 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2502
2503 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
2504 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
2505 Default to the URL around or before point.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
2510 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2511 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2512 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2513 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2514 current one.
2515
2516 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2517 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2518 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2519 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520
2521 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2522 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2523
2524 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2525
2526 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
2527 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2528 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2529 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2530 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2531 don't offer a form of remote control.
2532
2533 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2534
2535 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
2536 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2537 Default to the URL around or before point.
2538
2539 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2540
2541 ;;;***
2542 \f
2543 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (17994
2544 ;;;;;; 6715))
2545 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
2546
2547 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
2548 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
2549
2550 \(fn)" t nil)
2551
2552 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
2553 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.
2554
2555 \(fn)" nil nil)
2556
2557 ;;;***
2558 \f
2559 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
2560 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (17994 6715))
2561 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2562
2563 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
2564 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2565 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2566 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2567
2568 \(fn)" t nil)
2569
2570 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
2571 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2572 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2573 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2574
2575 \(fn)" t nil)
2576
2577 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
2578 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2579
2580 \(fn)" t nil)
2581
2582 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
2583 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2584 \\<bs-mode-map>
2585 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2586 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
2587 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2588 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2589
2590 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2591 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2592 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2593 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2594 name of buffer configuration.
2595
2596 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2597
2598 ;;;***
2599 \f
2600 ;;;### (autoloads (insert-text-button make-text-button insert-button
2601 ;;;;;; make-button define-button-type) "button" "button.el" (17994
2602 ;;;;;; 6724))
2603 ;;; Generated autoloads from button.el
2604
2605 (defvar button-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote push-button)) (define-key map [mouse-2] (quote push-button)) map) "\
2606 Keymap used by buttons.")
2607
2608 (defvar button-buffer-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map [9] (quote forward-button)) (define-key map "\e " (quote backward-button)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote backward-button)) map) "\
2609 Keymap useful for buffers containing buttons.
2610 Mode-specific keymaps may want to use this as their parent keymap.")
2611
2612 (autoload (quote define-button-type) "button" "\
2613 Define a `button type' called NAME.
2614 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2615 specifying properties to use as defaults for buttons with this type
2616 \(a button's type may be set by giving it a `type' property when
2617 creating the button, using the :type keyword argument).
2618
2619 In addition, the keyword argument :supertype may be used to specify a
2620 button-type from which NAME inherits its default property values
2621 \(however, the inheritance happens only when NAME is defined; subsequent
2622 changes to a supertype are not reflected in its subtypes).
2623
2624 \(fn NAME &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2625
2626 (autoload (quote make-button) "button" "\
2627 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2628 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2629 specifying properties to add to the button.
2630 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2631 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2632 `define-button-type'.
2633
2634 Also see `make-text-button', `insert-button'.
2635
2636 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2637
2638 (autoload (quote insert-button) "button" "\
2639 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2640 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2641 specifying properties to add to the button.
2642 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2643 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2644 `define-button-type'.
2645
2646 Also see `insert-text-button', `make-button'.
2647
2648 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2649
2650 (autoload (quote make-text-button) "button" "\
2651 Make a button from BEG to END in the current buffer.
2652 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2653 specifying properties to add to the button.
2654 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2655 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2656 `define-button-type'.
2657
2658 This function is like `make-button', except that the button is actually
2659 part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer. Creating
2660 large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2661 `make-text-button'.
2662
2663 Also see `insert-text-button'.
2664
2665 \(fn BEG END &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2666
2667 (autoload (quote insert-text-button) "button" "\
2668 Insert a button with the label LABEL.
2669 The remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs,
2670 specifying properties to add to the button.
2671 In addition, the keyword argument :type may be used to specify a
2672 button-type from which to inherit other properties; see
2673 `define-button-type'.
2674
2675 This function is like `insert-button', except that the button is
2676 actually part of the text instead of being a property of the buffer.
2677 Creating large numbers of buttons can also be somewhat faster using
2678 `insert-text-button'.
2679
2680 Also see `make-text-button'.
2681
2682 \(fn LABEL &rest PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
2683
2684 ;;;***
2685 \f
2686 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
2687 ;;;;;; batch-byte-compile-if-not-done display-call-tree byte-compile
2688 ;;;;;; compile-defun byte-compile-file byte-recompile-directory
2689 ;;;;;; byte-force-recompile byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp"
2690 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (17994 6715))
2691 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2692 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2693 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2694 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2695
2696 (autoload (quote byte-compile-warnings-safe-p) "bytecomp" "\
2697 Not documented
2698
2699 \(fn X)" nil nil)
2700
2701 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
2702 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2703 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2704
2705 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2706
2707 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2708 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2709 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2710 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2711
2712 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2713 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However,
2714 if ARG (the prefix argument) is 0, that means do compile all those files.
2715 A nonzero ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file,
2716 whether to compile it.
2717
2718 A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory before scanning it.
2719
2720 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
2721 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.
2722
2723 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2724 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725
2726 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
2727 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2728 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2729 `byte-compile-dest-file' function (which see).
2730 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2731 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2732
2733 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2734
2735 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
2736 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2737 Print the result in the echo area.
2738 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2739
2740 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2741
2742 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2743 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2744 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2745
2746 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2747
2748 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
2749 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2750 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2751 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2752 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2753 all functions called by those functions.
2754
2755 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2756 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2757 cons, etc.).
2758
2759 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2760 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2761 invoked interactively.
2762
2763 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2764
2765 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile-if-not-done) "bytecomp" "\
2766 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2767 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2768 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2769
2770 \(fn)" nil nil)
2771
2772 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
2773 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2774 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2775 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2776 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2777 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2778 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2779 already up-to-date.
2780
2781 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2782
2783 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
2784 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2785 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2786 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2787
2788 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2789 `batch-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2790 and corresponding effects.
2791
2792 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2793
2794 ;;;***
2795 \f
2796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (17994 6715))
2797 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2798
2799 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2800
2801 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2802
2803 ;;;***
2804 \f
2805 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
2806 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
2807 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2808
2809 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
2810 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2811 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2812 from the cursor position.
2813
2814 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2815
2816 ;;;***
2817 \f
2818 ;;;### (autoloads (defmath calc-embedded-activate calc-embedded calc-grab-rectangle
2819 ;;;;;; calc-grab-region full-calc-keypad calc-keypad calc-eval quick-calc
2820 ;;;;;; full-calc calc calc-dispatch calc-settings-file) "calc" "calc/calc.el"
2821 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
2822 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2823
2824 (defvar calc-settings-file (convert-standard-filename "~/.calc.el") "\
2825 *File in which to record permanent settings.")
2826
2827 (custom-autoload (quote calc-settings-file) "calc" t)
2828 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2829
2830 (autoload (quote calc-dispatch) "calc" "\
2831 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See `calc-dispatch-help' for details.
2832
2833 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2834
2835 (autoload (quote calc) "calc" "\
2836 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2837
2838 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2839
2840 (autoload (quote full-calc) "calc" "\
2841 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2842
2843 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2844
2845 (autoload (quote quick-calc) "calc" "\
2846 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2847
2848 \(fn)" t nil)
2849
2850 (autoload (quote calc-eval) "calc" "\
2851 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2852 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2853 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2854
2855 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2856
2857 (autoload (quote calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2858 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2859 This is most useful in the X window system.
2860 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2861 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2862
2863 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2864
2865 (autoload (quote full-calc-keypad) "calc" "\
2866 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2867 See calc-keypad for details.
2868
2869 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2870
2871 (autoload (quote calc-grab-region) "calc" "\
2872 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2873
2874 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2875
2876 (autoload (quote calc-grab-rectangle) "calc" "\
2877 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2878
2879 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2880
2881 (autoload (quote calc-embedded) "calc" "\
2882 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2883
2884 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2885
2886 (autoload (quote calc-embedded-activate) "calc" "\
2887 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2888 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2889
2890 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload (quote defmath) "calc" "\
2893 Not documented
2894
2895 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
2896
2897 ;;;***
2898 \f
2899 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (17994
2900 ;;;;;; 6715))
2901 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2902
2903 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2904 Run the Emacs calculator.
2905 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2906
2907 \(fn)" t nil)
2908
2909 ;;;***
2910 \f
2911 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar-week-start-day calendar calendar-setup
2912 ;;;;;; solar-holidays bahai-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2913 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2914 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2915 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2916 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2917 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2918 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2919 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2920 ;;;;;; bahai-diary-entry-symbol islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol
2921 ;;;;;; diary-nonmarking-symbol diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2922 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2923 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-bahai-calendar-holidays all-islamic-calendar-holidays
2924 ;;;;;; all-christian-calendar-holidays all-hebrew-calendar-holidays
2925 ;;;;;; mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2926 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2927 ;;;;;; view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset) "calendar"
2928 ;;;;;; "calendar/calendar.el" (17994 6715))
2929 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2930
2931 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2932 The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2933 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2934 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2935 the screen.")
2936
2937 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-offset) "calendar" t)
2938
2939 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2940 Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry to calendar.
2941 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2942 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2943 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This variable can
2944 be overridden by the value of `calendar-setup'.")
2945
2946 (custom-autoload (quote view-diary-entries-initially) "calendar" t)
2947
2948 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2949 Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2950 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2951
2952 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2953
2954 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2955 Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2956 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2957
2958 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting) "calendar" t)
2959
2960 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2961 Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2962 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2963 displayed.")
2964
2965 (custom-autoload (quote view-calendar-holidays-initially) "calendar" t)
2966
2967 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2968 Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2969 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2970
2971 (custom-autoload (quote mark-holidays-in-calendar) "calendar" t)
2972
2973 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2974 If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2975 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2976
2977 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2978
2979 (custom-autoload (quote all-hebrew-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2980
2981 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2982 If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2983 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2984
2985 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2986 calendar.")
2987
2988 (custom-autoload (quote all-christian-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2989
2990 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2991 If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2992 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2993
2994 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2995 calendar.")
2996
2997 (custom-autoload (quote all-islamic-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
2998
2999 (defvar all-bahai-calendar-holidays nil "\
3000 If nil, show only major holidays from the Baha'i calendar.
3001 These are the days on which work and school must be suspended.
3002
3003 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Baha'i
3004 calendar.")
3005
3006 (custom-autoload (quote all-bahai-calendar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3007
3008 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
3009 List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
3010 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
3011
3012 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-load-hook) "calendar" t)
3013
3014 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
3015 List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
3016 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
3017 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
3018 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
3019
3020 (custom-autoload (quote initial-calendar-window-hook) "calendar" t)
3021
3022 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
3023 List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
3024 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
3025 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
3026 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
3027 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
3028 a function is also provided for this:
3029 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
3030
3031 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3032 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3033 date is not visible in the window.
3034
3035 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3036 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3037 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3038
3039 (custom-autoload (quote today-visible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3040
3041 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
3042 List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
3043
3044 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
3045 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
3046 date is visible in the window.
3047
3048 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
3049 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
3050 functions that move by days and weeks.")
3051
3052 (custom-autoload (quote today-invisible-calendar-hook) "calendar" t)
3053
3054 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
3055 List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
3056
3057 For example,
3058
3059 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (diary-view-entries 1)))
3060
3061 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
3062
3063 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-move-hook) "calendar" t)
3064
3065 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
3066 Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
3067
3068 The file's entries are lines beginning with any of the forms
3069 specified by the variable `american-date-diary-pattern', by default:
3070
3071 MONTH/DAY
3072 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
3073 MONTHNAME DAY
3074 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
3075 DAYNAME
3076
3077 with the remainder of the line being the diary entry string for
3078 that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a
3079 number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two
3080 digits (if `abbreviated-calendar-year' is non-nil). MONTHNAME
3081 and DAYNAME can be spelled in full (as specified by the variables
3082 `calendar-month-name-array' and `calendar-day-name-array'),
3083 abbreviated (as specified by `calendar-month-abbrev-array' and
3084 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period,
3085 capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be
3086 `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. If the
3087 date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any
3088 year. A DAYNAME entry applies to the appropriate day of the week
3089 in every week.
3090
3091 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be
3092 used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the
3093 calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs
3094 file. The European forms (see `european-date-diary-pattern') are
3095
3096 DAY/MONTH
3097 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3098 DAY MONTHNAME
3099 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3100 DAYNAME
3101
3102 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
3103 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
3104
3105 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
3106 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
3107 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
3108 window but will appear in a diary window.
3109
3110 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
3111 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
3112
3113 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
3114 entries (in the default American style):
3115
3116 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
3117 &1/1. Happy New Year!
3118 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
3119 21: Payday
3120 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
3121 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
3122 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
3123 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
3124 mar 16 Dad's birthday
3125 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
3126 &* 15 time cards due.
3127
3128 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
3129 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
3130 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
3131 single diary entry
3132
3133 02/11/1989
3134 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
3135 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
3136 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
3137 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
3138 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
3139 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
3140
3141 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
3142 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
3143 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
3144
3145 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
3146
3147 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
3148
3149 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through
3150 November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float',
3151 `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year',
3152 `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date',
3153 `diary-islamic-date', `diary-bahai-date', `diary-mayan-date',
3154 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
3155 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
3156 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer',
3157 `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the
3158 documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more
3159 details.
3160
3161 Diary entries based on the Hebrew, the Islamic and/or the Baha'i
3162 calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they
3163 are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and
3164 the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the
3165 documentation for these functions for details.
3166
3167 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
3168 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3169
3170 (custom-autoload (quote diary-file) "calendar" t)
3171
3172 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
3173 Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
3174
3175 (custom-autoload (quote diary-nonmarking-symbol) "calendar" t)
3176
3177 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
3178 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
3179
3180 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3181
3182 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
3183 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
3184
3185 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3186
3187 (defvar bahai-diary-entry-symbol "B" "\
3188 Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Baha'i calendar.")
3189
3190 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3191
3192 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
3193 The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
3194 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
3195
3196 (custom-autoload (quote diary-include-string) "calendar" t)
3197
3198 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
3199 The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
3200 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
3201
3202 (custom-autoload (quote sexp-diary-entry-symbol) "calendar" t)
3203
3204 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
3205 Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
3206 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew, Islamic and
3207 Baha'i calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in
3208 full.")
3209
3210 (custom-autoload (quote abbreviated-calendar-year) "calendar" t)
3211
3212 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
3213 Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
3214 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
3215 1990. The default European date styles (see `european-date-diary-pattern')
3216 are
3217
3218 DAY/MONTH
3219 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
3220 DAY MONTHNAME
3221 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
3222 DAYNAME
3223
3224 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full (as specified by the
3225 variable `calendar-day-name-array'), or abbreviated (as specified by
3226 `calendar-day-abbrev-array') with or without a period.
3227
3228 Setting this variable directly does not take effect (if the
3229 calendar package is already loaded). Rather, use either
3230 \\[customize] or the functions `european-calendar' and
3231 `american-calendar'.")
3232
3233 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-style) "calendar" nil)
3234
3235 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3236 List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
3237 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3238
3239 (custom-autoload (quote american-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3240
3241 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
3242 List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
3243 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
3244
3245 (custom-autoload (quote european-date-diary-pattern) "calendar" t)
3246
3247 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
3248 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
3249 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3250
3251 (custom-autoload (quote european-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3252
3253 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
3254 Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
3255 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
3256
3257 (custom-autoload (quote american-calendar-display-form) "calendar" t)
3258
3259 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
3260 List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
3261 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
3262 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
3263 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
3264 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
3265
3266 (custom-autoload (quote print-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3267
3268 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3269 List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
3270 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
3271
3272 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
3273 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
3274 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3275 of the form
3276
3277 #include \"filename\"
3278
3279 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3280 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
3281 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
3282 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3283 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
3284
3285 For example, you could use
3286
3287 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
3288 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
3289 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
3290
3291 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
3292 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
3293 lexicographic order.")
3294
3295 (custom-autoload (quote list-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3296
3297 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
3298 List of functions called after the display of the diary.
3299 Can be used for appointment notification.")
3300
3301 (custom-autoload (quote diary-hook) "calendar" t)
3302
3303 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
3304 List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
3305 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
3306 diary display.
3307
3308 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
3309 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
3310 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
3311 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
3312 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
3313 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
3314 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
3315
3316 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
3317 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
3318 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
3319 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
3320 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
3321 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
3322 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
3323 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
3324
3325 (custom-autoload (quote diary-display-hook) "calendar" nil)
3326
3327 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
3328 List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
3329 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3330 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3331 `list-hebrew-diary-entries', `list-islamic-diary-entries' and
3332 `list-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3333 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3334
3335 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-listing-hook) "calendar" t)
3336
3337 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
3338 List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
3339
3340 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
3341 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
3342 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
3343 of the form
3344 #include \"filename\"
3345 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
3346 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
3347 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
3348 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
3349 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
3350
3351 (custom-autoload (quote mark-diary-entries-hook) "calendar" t)
3352
3353 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
3354 List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
3355 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used
3356 to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of
3357 `mark-hebrew-diary-entries', `mark-islamic-diary-entries' and
3358 `mark-bahai-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
3359 describes the style of such diary entries.")
3360
3361 (custom-autoload (quote nongregorian-diary-marking-hook) "calendar" t)
3362
3363 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
3364 If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
3365 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
3366 are holidays.")
3367
3368 (custom-autoload (quote diary-list-include-blanks) "calendar" t)
3369
3370 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
3371 Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
3372 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
3373 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
3374 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
3375
3376 (custom-autoload (quote holidays-in-diary-buffer) "calendar" t)
3377
3378 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3379
3380 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
3381 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
3382 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3383
3384 (custom-autoload (quote general-holidays) "calendar" t)
3385
3386 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3387
3388 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
3389 Oriental holidays.
3390 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3391
3392 (custom-autoload (quote oriental-holidays) "calendar" t)
3393
3394 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3395
3396 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
3397 Local holidays.
3398 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3399
3400 (custom-autoload (quote local-holidays) "calendar" t)
3401
3402 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3403
3404 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
3405 User defined holidays.
3406 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3407
3408 (custom-autoload (quote other-holidays) "calendar" t)
3409
3410 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3411
3412 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
3413
3414 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3415
3416 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
3417
3418 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3419
3420 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
3421
3422 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3423
3424 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
3425
3426 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3427
3428 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
3429 Jewish holidays.
3430 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3431
3432 (custom-autoload (quote hebrew-holidays) "calendar" t)
3433
3434 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3435
3436 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc 0 "Easter Sunday") (holiday-easter-etc -2 "Good Friday") (holiday-easter-etc -46 "Ash Wednesday") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -63 "Septuagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -56 "Sexagesima Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -49 "Shrove Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -48 "Shrove Monday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -47 "Shrove Tuesday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -14 "Passion Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -7 "Palm Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc -3 "Maundy Thursday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 35 "Rogation Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 39 "Ascension Day")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 49 "Pentecost (Whitsunday)")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 50 "Whitmonday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 56 "Trinity Sunday")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-easter-etc 60 "Corpus Christi")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent 0 "Advent")) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
3437 Christian holidays.
3438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3439
3440 (custom-autoload (quote christian-holidays) "calendar" t)
3441
3442 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3443
3444 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
3445 Islamic holidays.
3446 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3447
3448 (custom-autoload (quote islamic-holidays) "calendar" t)
3449
3450 (put (quote bahai-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3451
3452 (defvar bahai-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 3 21 (format "Baha'i New Year (Naw-Ruz) %d" (- displayed-year (1- 1844)))) (holiday-fixed 4 21 "First Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 22 "Second Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 23 "Third Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 24 "Fourth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 25 "Fifth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 26 "Sixth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 27 "Seventh Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 28 "Eighth Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 4 29 "Ninth Day of Ridvan") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 4 30 "Tenth Day of Ridvan")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 5 1 "Eleventh Day of Ridvan")) (holiday-fixed 5 2 "Twelfth Day of Ridvan") (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Baha'u'llah") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Bab") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Baha'u'llah") (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant")) (if all-bahai-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Baha")))) "\
3453 Baha'i holidays.
3454 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3455
3456 (custom-autoload (quote bahai-holidays) "calendar" t)
3457
3458 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3459
3460 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
3461 Sun-related holidays.
3462 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
3463
3464 (custom-autoload (quote solar-holidays) "calendar" t)
3465
3466 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
3467
3468 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
3469 The frame setup of the calendar.
3470 The choices are: `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
3471 dedicated frame); `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
3472 frames); `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
3473 any other value the current frame is used. Using any of the first
3474 three options overrides the value of `view-diary-entries-initially'.")
3475
3476 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-setup) "calendar" t)
3477
3478 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
3479 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
3480 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
3481
3482 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.
3483 See the documentation of that function for more information.
3484
3485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3486
3487 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
3488 The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
3489 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.
3490
3491 If you change this variable directly (without using customize)
3492 after starting `calendar', you should call `redraw-calendar' to
3493 update the calendar display to reflect the change, otherwise
3494 movement commands will not work correctly.")
3495
3496 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" nil)
3497
3498 ;;;***
3499 \f
3500 ;;;### (autoloads (canlock-verify canlock-insert-header) "canlock"
3501 ;;;;;; "gnus/canlock.el" (17994 6715))
3502 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3503
3504 (autoload (quote canlock-insert-header) "canlock" "\
3505 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3506
3507 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3508
3509 (autoload (quote canlock-verify) "canlock" "\
3510 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3511 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3512 it fails.
3513
3514 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3515
3516 ;;;***
3517 \f
3518 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (17994
3519 ;;;;;; 6715))
3520 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3521 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3522
3523 ;;;***
3524 \f
3525 ;;;### (autoloads (c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el"
3526 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
3527 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3528
3529 (autoload (quote c-guess-basic-syntax) "cc-engine" "\
3530 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3531
3532 \(fn)" nil nil)
3533
3534 ;;;***
3535 \f
3536 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
3537 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
3538 ;;;;;; (17994 6728))
3539 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3540
3541 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3542 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3543 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3544 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3545 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3546 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3547 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3548
3549 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3550
3551 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3552 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
3553 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3554 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3555 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3556 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3557 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3558 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3559
3560 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3561 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3562 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3563 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3564 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3565 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3566
3567 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3568
3569 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3570 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3571
3572 Key bindings:
3573 \\{c-mode-map}
3574
3575 \(fn)" t nil)
3576
3577 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3578 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
3579
3580 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3581 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3582 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3583 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3584 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3585 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3586 message.
3587
3588 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3589
3590 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3591 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3592
3593 Key bindings:
3594 \\{c++-mode-map}
3595
3596 \(fn)" t nil)
3597
3598 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3599 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
3600 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3601
3602 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3603 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3604 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3605 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3606 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3607 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3608 message.
3609
3610 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3611
3612 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3613 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3614
3615 Key bindings:
3616 \\{objc-mode-map}
3617
3618 \(fn)" t nil)
3619
3620 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3621 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
3622 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3623
3624 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3625 Major mode for editing Java code.
3626 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3627 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3628 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3629 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3630 message.
3631
3632 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3633
3634 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3635 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3636
3637 Key bindings:
3638 \\{java-mode-map}
3639
3640 \(fn)" t nil)
3641
3642 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3643 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
3644 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3645
3646 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3647 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3648 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3649 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3650 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3651 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3652 message.
3653
3654 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3655
3656 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3657 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3658
3659 Key bindings:
3660 \\{idl-mode-map}
3661
3662 \(fn)" t nil)
3663
3664 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
3665 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
3666 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3667 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3668
3669 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
3670 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3671 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3672 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3673 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3674 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3675 message.
3676
3677 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3678
3679 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3680 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3681
3682 Key bindings:
3683 \\{pike-mode-map}
3684
3685 \(fn)" t nil)
3686 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3687 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3688 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3689 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3690 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3691 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "Major mode for editing AWK code." t)
3692
3693 ;;;***
3694 \f
3695 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
3696 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (17994 6715))
3697 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3698
3699 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
3700 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3701 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3702 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3703
3704 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3705
3706 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3707 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3708 might get set too.
3709
3710 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3711 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3712 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3713 done in ~/.emacs. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook in this
3714 way.
3715
3716 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3717 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3718 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3719 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3720 a null operation.
3721
3722 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3723
3724 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
3725 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3726 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3727 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3728
3729 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3730
3731 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3732 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3733 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3734
3735 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3736
3737 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
3738 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3739 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3740 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3741 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3742
3743 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3744
3745 ;;;***
3746 \f
3747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-subword" "progmodes/cc-subword.el" (17994
3748 ;;;;;; 6715))
3749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-subword.el
3750 (autoload 'c-subword-mode "cc-subword" "Mode enabling subword movement and editing keys." t)
3751
3752 ;;;***
3753 \f
3754 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (17994 6715))
3755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3756 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3757 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3758 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3759
3760 ;;;***
3761 \f
3762 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
3763 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
3764 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
3765 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3766
3767 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
3768 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3769
3770 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3771
3772 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
3773 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3774
3775 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3776
3777 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3778 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3779
3780 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3781 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3782 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3783 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3784 execution.
3785
3786 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3787
3788 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil (quote macro))
3789
3790 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
3791 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3792
3793 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3794 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3795 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3796 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3797
3798 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3799 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3800 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3801 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3802 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3803 `write' commands.
3804
3805 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3806 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3807 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3808 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3809
3810 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3811 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3812 semantics.
3813
3814 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3815
3816 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3817
3818 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3819
3820 STATEMENT :=
3821 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3822 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3823
3824 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3825 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3826 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3827 | integer
3828
3829 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3830
3831 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3832 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3833 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3834
3835 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3836 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3837 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3838
3839 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3840 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3841
3842 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3843 BREAK := (break)
3844
3845 REPEAT :=
3846 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3847 (repeat)
3848 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3849 ;; (repeat))
3850 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3851 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3852 ;; (read REG)
3853 ;; (repeat))
3854 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3855 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3856 ;; (read REG)
3857 ;; (repeat))
3858 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3859
3860 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3861 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3862 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3863 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3864 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3865 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3866 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3867 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3868 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3869 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3870 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3871 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3872 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3873 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3874 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3875 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3876
3877 WRITE :=
3878 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3879 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3880 ;; representation.
3881 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3882 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3883 ;; (write r7))
3884 | (write EXPRESSION)
3885 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3886 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3887 ;; representation.
3888 | (write integer)
3889 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3890 ;; buffer.
3891 | (write string)
3892 ;; Same as: (write string)
3893 | string
3894 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3895 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3896 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3897 ;; representation.
3898 | (write REG ARRAY)
3899 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3900 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3901 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3902 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3903 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3904 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3905
3906 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3907 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3908
3909 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3910 END := (end)
3911
3912 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3913 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3914 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3915
3916 ARG := REG | integer
3917
3918 OPERATOR :=
3919 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
3920 + | - | * | / | %
3921
3922 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
3923 | & | `|' | ^
3924
3925 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3926 | << | >>
3927
3928 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3929 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3930 | <8
3931
3932 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3933 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3934 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3935 | >8
3936
3937 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3938 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3939 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3940 | //
3941
3942 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3943 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3944
3945 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3946 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3947 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3948 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3949 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3950 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3951 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3952 | de-sjis
3953
3954 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3955 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
3956 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3957 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3958 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3959 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3960 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3961 ;; byte of SJIS.
3962 | en-sjis
3963
3964 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3965 ;; Same meaning as C code
3966 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3967
3968 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3969 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3970 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3971 | <8=
3972
3973 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3974 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3975 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3976
3977 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3978 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3979 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3980 | //=
3981
3982 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3983
3984
3985 TRANSLATE :=
3986 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3987 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3988 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3989 LOOKUP :=
3990 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3991 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3992 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3993 MAP :=
3994 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3995 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3996 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3997 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3998 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3999 MAP-ID := integer
4000
4001 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
4002
4003 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
4004 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
4005 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
4006 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
4007 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
4008 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
4009
4010 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil (quote macro))
4011
4012 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
4013 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
4014 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
4015
4016 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
4017
4018 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4019
4020 ;;;***
4021 \f
4022 ;;;### (autoloads (cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el"
4023 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4024 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
4025
4026 (autoload (quote cfengine-mode) "cfengine" "\
4027 Major mode for editing cfengine input.
4028 There are no special keybindings by default.
4029
4030 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
4031 to the action header.
4032
4033 \(fn)" t nil)
4034
4035 ;;;***
4036 \f
4037 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
4038 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
4039 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
4040 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
4041 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
4042 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
4043 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
4044 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
4045 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4046 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
4047
4048 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
4049 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
4050 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
4051 the users will view as each check is completed.
4052
4053 \(fn)" t nil)
4054
4055 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4056 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
4057 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4058 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4059 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4060 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4061 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4062 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4063
4064 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4065
4066 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4067 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
4068 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
4069 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
4070 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
4071 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
4072 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
4073 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
4074
4075 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
4076
4077 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4078 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
4079 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
4080 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
4081 spacing are all verified.
4082
4083 \(fn)" t nil)
4084
4085 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4086 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
4087 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
4088 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
4089 otherwise stop after the first error.
4090
4091 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4092
4093 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
4094 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
4095 Only documentation strings are checked.
4096 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
4097 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
4098 a separate buffer.
4099
4100 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4101
4102 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4103 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
4104 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
4105 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
4106 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
4107
4108 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4109
4110 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4111 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
4112 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4113 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4114 if there is one.
4115
4116 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4117
4118 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
4119 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
4120 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
4121 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
4122 if there is one.
4123 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
4124
4125 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
4126
4127 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4128 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
4129 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
4130
4131 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4132
4133 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4134 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
4135 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
4136 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
4137 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
4138
4139 \(fn)" t nil)
4140
4141 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4142 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
4143 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
4144 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
4145 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
4146 space at the end of each line.
4147
4148 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
4149
4150 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
4151 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
4152 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
4153 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'
4154
4155 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4156
4157 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
4158 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4159 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
4160 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
4161
4162 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4163
4164 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4165 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
4166 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4167 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
4168
4169 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4170
4171 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
4172 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4173 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
4174 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
4175
4176 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4177
4178 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
4179 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4180 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4181 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4182
4183 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4184
4185 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
4186 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4187 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4188 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4189
4190 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4191
4192 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
4193 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4194 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4195 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4196
4197 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4198
4199 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
4200 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4201 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4202 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4203
4204 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4205
4206 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
4207 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4208 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4209 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4210
4211 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
4212
4213 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
4214 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
4215 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
4216
4217 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4218 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4219 checking of documentation strings.
4220
4221 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4222
4223 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4224
4225 ;;;***
4226 \f
4227 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
4228 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (17994
4229 ;;;;;; 6715))
4230 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4231
4232 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4233 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4234 Return the length of resulting text.
4235
4236 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4237
4238 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4239 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4240
4241 \(fn)" t nil)
4242
4243 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
4244 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4245 Return the length of resulting text.
4246
4247 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4248
4249 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
4250 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4251
4252 \(fn)" t nil)
4253
4254 ;;;***
4255 \f
4256 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
4257 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (17994 6715))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4259
4260 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
4261 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4262 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4263 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4264 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4265 editing and the result is evaluated.
4266
4267 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4268
4269 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
4270 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4271 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4272 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4273 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4274
4275 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4276
4277 \(fn)" t nil)
4278
4279 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
4280 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4281 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4282 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4283 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4284
4285 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4286 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4287 \\{command-history-map}
4288
4289 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4290 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4291
4292 \(fn)" t nil)
4293
4294 ;;;***
4295 \f
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (17994 6715))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
4298
4299 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
4300 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4301 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4302 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4303 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4304 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4305
4306 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4307 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4308
4309 ;;;***
4310 \f
4311 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
4312 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4313 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4314
4315 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "\
4316 Not documented
4317
4318 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4319
4320 ;;;***
4321 \f
4322 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
4323 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4324 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4325
4326 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
4327 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4328 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4329 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4330
4331 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4332 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4333 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4334 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4335
4336 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4337 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4338
4339 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4340
4341 ;;;***
4342 \f
4343 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (17994
4344 ;;;;;; 6715))
4345 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4346
4347 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
4348 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4349 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4350 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4351 of `scheme-program-name').
4352 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4353 it is given as initial input.
4354 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4355 discards input when it starts up.
4356 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4357 is run).
4358 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4359
4360 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4361 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
4362
4363 ;;;***
4364 \f
4365 ;;;### (autoloads (cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "international/code-pages.el"
4366 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4367 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/code-pages.el
4368
4369 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-system) "code-pages" "\
4370 Make coding system NAME for and 8-bit, extended-ASCII character set.
4371 V is a 128-long vector of characters to translate the upper half of
4372 the character set. DOC-STRING and MNEMONIC are used as the
4373 corresponding args of `make-coding-system'. If MNEMONIC isn't given,
4374 ?* is used.
4375 Return an updated `non-iso-charset-alist'.
4376
4377 \(fn NAME V &optional DOC-STRING MNEMONIC)" nil (quote macro))
4378 (autoload-coding-system 'cp437 '(require 'code-pages))
4379 (autoload-coding-system 'cp737 '(require 'code-pages))
4380 (autoload-coding-system 'cp775 '(require 'code-pages))
4381 (autoload-coding-system 'cp850 '(require 'code-pages))
4382 (autoload-coding-system 'cp851 '(require 'code-pages))
4383 (autoload-coding-system 'cp852 '(require 'code-pages))
4384 (autoload-coding-system 'cp855 '(require 'code-pages))
4385 (autoload-coding-system 'cp857 '(require 'code-pages))
4386 (autoload-coding-system 'cp858 '(require 'code-pages))
4387 (autoload-coding-system 'cp860 '(require 'code-pages))
4388 (autoload-coding-system 'cp861 '(require 'code-pages))
4389 (autoload-coding-system 'cp862 '(require 'code-pages))
4390 (autoload-coding-system 'cp863 '(require 'code-pages))
4391 (autoload-coding-system 'cp864 '(require 'code-pages))
4392 (autoload-coding-system 'cp865 '(require 'code-pages))
4393 (autoload-coding-system 'cp866 '(require 'code-pages))
4394 (autoload-coding-system 'cp869 '(require 'code-pages))
4395 (autoload-coding-system 'cp874 '(require 'code-pages))
4396 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4397 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1250 '(require 'code-pages))
4398 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4399 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1253 '(require 'code-pages))
4400 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4401 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1254 '(require 'code-pages))
4402 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4403 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1255 '(require 'code-pages))
4404 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4405 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1256 '(require 'code-pages))
4406 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4407 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1257 '(require 'code-pages))
4408 (autoload-coding-system 'windows-1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4409 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1258 '(require 'code-pages))
4410 (autoload-coding-system 'next '(require 'code-pages))
4411 (autoload-coding-system 'koi8-t '(require 'code-pages))
4412 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-16 '(require 'code-pages))
4413 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-6 '(require 'code-pages))
4414 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-10 '(require 'code-pages))
4415 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-13 '(require 'code-pages))
4416 (autoload-coding-system 'georgian-ps '(require 'code-pages))
4417 (autoload-coding-system 'cp720 '(require 'code-pages))
4418 (autoload-coding-system 'cp1125 '(require 'code-pages))
4419 (autoload-coding-system 'mik '(require 'code-pages))
4420 (autoload-coding-system 'pt154 '(require 'code-pages))
4421 (autoload-coding-system 'iso-8859-11 '(require 'code-pages))
4422
4423 ;;;***
4424 \f
4425 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
4426 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
4427 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (17994 6715))
4428 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
4429
4430 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4431 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
4432 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
4433 ASCII table.
4434
4435 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
4436 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
4437 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
4438 decoder and encoder created by this function.
4439
4440 \(fn CODEPAGE ISO-NAME OFFSET)" nil nil)
4441
4442 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4443 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
4444 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4445
4446 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4447
4448 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4449 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
4450 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4451
4452 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4453
4454 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
4455 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
4456 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.
4457
4458 \(fn CODEPAGE)" nil nil)
4459
4460 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
4461 Return an alist of supported codepages.
4462
4463 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
4464 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
4465 for the character set supported by that codepage.
4466
4467 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
4468 is a vector, and has a charset property.
4469
4470 \(fn)" nil nil)
4471
4472 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
4473 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
4474
4475 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
4476 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
4477 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.
4478
4479 \(fn CODEPAGE)" t nil)
4480
4481 ;;;***
4482 \f
4483 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
4484 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
4485 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
4486 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4487 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4488
4489 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions (quote (comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt)) "\
4490 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4491 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4492 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4493 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4494 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4495 functions have already modified the buffer.
4496
4497 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4498
4499 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4500 either globally or locally.")
4501
4502 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields) (quote comint-use-prompt-regexp) "22.1")
4503
4504 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
4505 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4506 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4507 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4508 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4509 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4510 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional fourth arg
4511 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
4512
4513 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4514
4515 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4516
4517 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
4518 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4519 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4520 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4521 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
4522 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
4523 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4524 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of the process to.
4525
4526 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4527
4528 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4529
4530 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
4531 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4532 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4533 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4534 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4535 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4536
4537 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4538
4539 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix "" "\
4540 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4541 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4542 directory tracking functions.")
4543
4544 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
4545 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4546 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4547
4548 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4549
4550 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4551
4552 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
4553 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4554 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4555
4556 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4557
4558 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4559
4560 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
4561 Send COMMAND to current process.
4562 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4563 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4564
4565 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4566
4567 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
4568 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4569 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4570 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4571
4572 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4573
4574 ;;;***
4575 \f
4576 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (17994
4577 ;;;;;; 6715))
4578 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
4579
4580 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
4581 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4582 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4583 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4584
4585 This command pushes the mark in each window
4586 at the prior location of point in that window.
4587 If both windows display the same buffer,
4588 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4589 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4590
4591 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4592 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4593 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4594 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4595 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4596 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4597 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4598 ignored.
4599
4600 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4601 this command work in interlaced mode:
4602 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4603 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4604 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4605
4606 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4607
4608 ;;;***
4609 \f
4610 ;;;### (autoloads (compilation-next-error-function compilation-minor-mode
4611 ;;;;;; compilation-shell-minor-mode compilation-mode compilation-start
4612 ;;;;;; compile compilation-disable-input compile-command compilation-search-path
4613 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
4614 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (18000 24333))
4615 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4616
4617 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4618 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-mode-hooks').")
4619
4620 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-mode-hook) "compile" t)
4621
4622 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4623 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
4624
4625 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-window-height) "compile" t)
4626
4627 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4628 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4629 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4630 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4631 while processing the output of the compilation process. The function
4632 is called with variables `compilation-buffer' and `compilation-window'
4633 bound to the compilation buffer and window, respectively.")
4634
4635 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4636 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4637 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4638 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4639 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4640
4641 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4642 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4643 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4644 describing how the process finished.")
4645
4646 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4647 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4648 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4649 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4650 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4651
4652 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4653 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4654 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4655
4656 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-ask-about-save) "compile" t)
4657
4658 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
4659 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4660 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4661 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4662
4663 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-search-path) "compile" t)
4664
4665 (defvar compile-command "make -k " "\
4666 *Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4667
4668 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4669 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4670
4671 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4672 (lambda ()
4673 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4674 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4675 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4676 (concat \"make -k \"
4677 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))")
4678
4679 (custom-autoload (quote compile-command) "compile" t)
4680 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4681
4682 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4683 *If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4684 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4685 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4686
4687 (custom-autoload (quote compilation-disable-input) "compile" t)
4688
4689 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
4690 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4691 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4692 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4693
4694 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4695 and move to the source code that caused it.
4696
4697 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4698 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4699
4700 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
4701 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
4702 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4703 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4704
4705 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename
4706 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4707 \\[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. On most systems,
4708 termination of the main compilation process kills its
4709 subprocesses.
4710
4711 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4712 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4713 to a function that generates a unique name.
4714
4715 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4716
4717 (autoload (quote compilation-start) "compile" "\
4718 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4719 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4720 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4721
4722 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4723 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4724 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4725 to determine the buffer name.
4726
4727 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4728 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4729 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4730
4731 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4732
4733 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4734
4735 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
4736 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4737 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4738 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4739 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4740
4741 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4742
4743 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4744
4745 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4746
4747 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4748 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
4749 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4750 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4751 Compilation major mode are available but bound to keys that don't
4752 collide with Shell mode. See `compilation-mode'.
4753 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.
4754
4755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4756
4757 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
4758 Toggle compilation minor mode.
4759 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
4760 In this minor mode, all the error-parsing commands of the
4761 Compilation major mode are available. See `compilation-mode'.
4762 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.
4763
4764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload (quote compilation-next-error-function) "compile" "\
4767 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4768 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4769
4770 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4771
4772 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.gcov\\'" . compilation-mode)))
4773
4774 ;;;***
4775 \f
4776 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
4777 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4778 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
4779
4780 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
4781 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
4782 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4785 or call the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
4786
4787 (custom-autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" nil)
4788
4789 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
4790 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
4791 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
4792
4793 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
4794 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
4795 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
4796 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
4797
4798 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
4799 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
4800 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
4801 other file in that directory begins with that sequence of characters.
4802
4803 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
4804 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
4805 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
4806 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.
4807
4808 Partial Completion mode extends the meaning of `completion-auto-help' (which
4809 see), so that if it is neither nil nor t, Emacs shows the `*Completions*'
4810 buffer only on the second attempt to complete. That is, if TAB finds nothing
4811 to complete, the first TAB just says \"Next char not unique\" and the
4812 second TAB brings up the `*Completions*' buffer.
4813
4814 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4815
4816 ;;;***
4817 \f
4818 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
4819 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
4820 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4821
4822 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4823 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4824 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4825 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4826 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4827 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4828
4829 (custom-autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" nil)
4830
4831 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
4832 Enable dynamic word-completion.
4833
4834 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4835
4836 ;;;***
4837 \f
4838 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
4839 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
4840 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region encode-composition-rule)
4841 ;;;;;; "composite" "composite.el" (17994 6715))
4842 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
4843
4844 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
4845 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
4846 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
4847 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
4848 `make-composition'.
4849
4850 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
4851
4852 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
4853 | | 1:tc or top-center
4854 | | 2:tr or top-right
4855 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
4856 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
4857 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
4858 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
4859 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
4860 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
4861
4862 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
4863 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
4864 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
4865 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
4866 be added.
4867
4868 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
4869 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
4870 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
4871
4872 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
4873 | | |
4874 | global| |
4875 | glyph | |
4876 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
4877 +----+--*--+
4878 | | new |
4879 | |glyph|
4880 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
4881 ")
4882
4883 (autoload (quote encode-composition-rule) "composite" "\
4884 Encode composition rule RULE into an integer value.
4885 RULE is a cons of global and new reference point symbols
4886 \(see `reference-point-alist').
4887
4888 \(fn RULE)" nil nil)
4889
4890 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
4891 Compose characters in the current region.
4892
4893 Characters are composed relatively, i.e. composed by overstricking or
4894 stacking depending on ascent, descent and other properties.
4895
4896 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
4897
4898 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
4899 specifying the region.
4900
4901 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4902 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. In this case,
4903 characters are composed not relatively but according to COMPONENTS.
4904
4905 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
4906 of the text in the region.
4907
4908 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
4909
4910 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
4911 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
4912 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
4913 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
4914
4915 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
4916 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
4917 detail.
4918
4919 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4920 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4921 text in the composition.
4922
4923 \(fn START END &optional COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" t nil)
4924
4925 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
4926 Decompose text in the current region.
4927
4928 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4929 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
4930
4931 \(fn START END)" t nil)
4932
4933 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
4934 Compose characters in string STRING.
4935
4936 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
4937 the characters in it.
4938
4939 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
4940 STRING to be composed. They default to the beginning and the end of
4941 STRING respectively.
4942
4943 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
4944 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
4945 `compose-region' for more detail.
4946
4947 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
4948 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
4949 text in the composition.
4950
4951 \(fn STRING &optional START END COMPONENTS MODIFICATION-FUNC)" nil nil)
4952
4953 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
4954 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.
4955
4956 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
4957
4958 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
4959 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
4960 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
4961 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
4962 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
4963 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
4964 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
4965 `reference-point-alist' for more detail.
4966
4967 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
4968
4969 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
4970 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
4971
4972 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
4973 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
4974
4975 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
4976 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
4977
4978 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
4979 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
4980
4981 If no composition is found, return nil.
4982
4983 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
4984 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
4985
4986 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
4987 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
4988 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
4989
4990 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
4991
4992 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
4993
4994 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
4995 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
4996 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
4997
4998 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
4999
5000 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.
5001
5002 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)" nil nil)
5003
5004 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
5005 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
5006
5007 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
5008 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
5009 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
5010 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
5011 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
5012 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
5013 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
5014 nil.
5015
5016 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
5017 is:
5018 nil -- if no characters were composed.
5019 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
5020
5021 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
5022
5023 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
5024 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
5025
5026 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.
5027
5028 \(fn POS &optional LIMIT OBJECT)" nil nil)
5029
5030 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
5031 Compose last characters.
5032 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
5033 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
5034 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
5035 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
5036 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
5037 and that function finds a proper rule to compose the target characters.
5038 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
5039 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
5040 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
5041 after a sequence of character events.
5042
5043 \(fn ARGS)" t nil)
5044 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
5045
5046 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
5047 Convert CHAR to string.
5048
5049 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
5050 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or
5051 vector of CHAR respectively.
5052 Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.
5053
5054 \(fn CHAR &optional TYPE WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE)" nil nil)
5055
5056 (make-obsolete (quote decompose-composite-char) (quote char-to-string) "21.1")
5057
5058 ;;;***
5059 \f
5060 ;;;### (autoloads (conf-xdefaults-mode conf-ppd-mode conf-colon-mode
5061 ;;;;;; conf-space-keywords conf-space-mode conf-javaprop-mode conf-windows-mode
5062 ;;;;;; conf-unix-mode conf-mode) "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el"
5063 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
5064 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
5065
5066 (autoload (quote conf-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5067 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
5068 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
5069 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
5070 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
5071 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
5072 details for some of the most widespread variants.
5073
5074 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
5075 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
5076 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
5077
5078 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
5079 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
5080 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
5081
5082 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
5083 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
5084 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
5085 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
5086
5087 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
5088 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
5089 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
5090 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
5091 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
5092 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
5093 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
5094
5095 \\{conf-mode-map}
5096
5097 \(fn)" t nil)
5098
5099 (autoload (quote conf-unix-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5100 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
5101 Comments start with `#'.
5102 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5103
5104 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
5105
5106 \[Desktop Entry]
5107 Encoding=UTF-8
5108 Name=The GIMP
5109 Name[ca]=El GIMP
5110 Name[cs]=GIMP
5111
5112 \(fn)" t nil)
5113
5114 (autoload (quote conf-windows-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5115 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
5116 Comments start with `;'.
5117 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5118
5119 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
5120
5121 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
5122 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5123 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
5124
5125 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
5126 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
5127
5128 \(fn)" t nil)
5129
5130 (autoload (quote conf-javaprop-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5131 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
5132 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
5133 between `/*' and `*/'.
5134 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5135
5136 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
5137 // another kind of comment
5138 /* yet another */
5139
5140 name:value
5141 name=value
5142 name value
5143 x.1 =
5144 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
5145 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
5146
5147 \(fn)" t nil)
5148
5149 (autoload (quote conf-space-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5150 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
5151 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
5152 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
5153 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
5154 `conf-space-keywords'.
5155 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
5156 in an interactive fashion instead.
5157
5158 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5159
5160 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
5161
5162 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
5163 image/png png
5164 image/tiff tiff tif
5165
5166 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
5167 class desktop
5168 # Standard multimedia devices
5169 add /dev/audio desktop
5170 add /dev/mixer desktop
5171
5172 \(fn)" t nil)
5173
5174 (autoload (quote conf-space-keywords) "conf-mode" "\
5175 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
5176 See `conf-space-mode'.
5177
5178 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
5179
5180 (autoload (quote conf-colon-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5181 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
5182 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
5183 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5184
5185 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
5186
5187 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
5188 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
5189
5190 \(fn)" t nil)
5191
5192 (autoload (quote conf-ppd-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5193 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
5194 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5195 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5196
5197 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
5198
5199 *DefaultTransfer: Null
5200 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
5201
5202 \(fn)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload (quote conf-xdefaults-mode) "conf-mode" "\
5205 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
5206 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
5207 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
5208
5209 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
5210
5211 *background: gray99
5212 *foreground: black
5213
5214 \(fn)" t nil)
5215
5216 ;;;***
5217 \f
5218 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
5219 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (17994 6715))
5220 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
5221
5222 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
5223 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
5224 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5225 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5226
5227 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5228
5229 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
5230 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
5231 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
5232 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
5233
5234 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5235
5236 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
5237 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
5238 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
5239 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
5240
5241 \(fn PHRASE-FILE STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
5242
5243 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
5244 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely).
5245
5246 \(fn VECTOR)" nil nil)
5247
5248 ;;;***
5249 \f
5250 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-fix-years copyright-update)
5251 ;;;;;; "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (17994 6715))
5252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
5253
5254 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
5255 Update copyright notice at beginning of buffer to indicate the current year.
5256 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
5257 the current year after them. If necessary, and
5258 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
5259 following the copyright are updated as well.
5260 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
5261 interactively.
5262
5263 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
5264
5265 (autoload (quote copyright-fix-years) "copyright" "\
5266 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
5267 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
5268
5269 \(fn)" t nil)
5270
5271 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
5272 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
5273
5274 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
5275
5276 ;;;***
5277 \f
5278 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-perldoc-at-point cperl-perldoc cperl-mode)
5279 ;;;;;; "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (17994 6715))
5280 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
5281
5282 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
5283 Major mode for editing Perl code.
5284 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
5285 Tab indents for Perl code.
5286 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
5287 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
5288
5289 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
5290 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
5291 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
5292 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
5293 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
5294 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
5295 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
5296 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
5297 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
5298 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
5299 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
5300 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
5301
5302 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
5303
5304 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
5305 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
5306
5307 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
5308
5309 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
5310 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
5311 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
5312 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
5313 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
5314 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
5315 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
5316 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
5317 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
5318
5319 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
5320
5321 bite if angry;
5322
5323 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
5324 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
5325 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
5326 to nil.)
5327
5328 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
5329 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
5330 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
5331
5332 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
5333
5334 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
5335 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
5336 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
5337 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
5338 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
5339
5340 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
5341
5342 if (A) { B }
5343
5344 into
5345
5346 B if A;
5347
5348 \\{cperl-mode-map}
5349
5350 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
5351 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
5352 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
5353 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
5354 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
5355 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
5356 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
5357 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
5358 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
5359 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
5360 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
5361 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
5362 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
5363
5364 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
5365 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
5366 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
5367 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
5368 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
5369 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
5370
5371 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
5372 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
5373 man via menu.
5374
5375 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
5376 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
5377 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
5378 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
5379 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
5380
5381 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
5382 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
5383 span the needed amount of lines.
5384
5385 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
5386 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
5387 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
5388 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
5389
5390 Variables controlling indentation style:
5391 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
5392 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
5393 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
5394 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
5395 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
5396 `cperl-auto-newline'
5397 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
5398 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
5399 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
5400 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
5401 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
5402 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
5403 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
5404 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
5405 `cperl-indent-level'
5406 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5407 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5408 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5409 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5410 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5411 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5412 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5413 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5414 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5415 `cperl-brace-offset'
5416 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5417 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5418 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5419 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5420 `cperl-label-offset'
5421 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5422 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5423 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5424
5425 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5426 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5427 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5428 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5429 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5430 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5431
5432 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5433 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5434 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5435 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5436
5437 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5438 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5439 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5440 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same variable,
5441 and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5442 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5443
5444 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5445 column 0 is indented on
5446 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5447
5448 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5449 with no args.
5450
5451 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5452 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5453 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5454
5455 \(fn)" t nil)
5456
5457 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc) "cperl-mode" "\
5458 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5459
5460 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5461
5462 (autoload (quote cperl-perldoc-at-point) "cperl-mode" "\
5463 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5464
5465 \(fn)" t nil)
5466
5467 ;;;***
5468 \f
5469 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
5470 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
5471 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5472
5473 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
5474 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5475 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5476 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5477 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5478
5479 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5480
5481 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
5482 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5483
5484 \(fn)" t nil)
5485
5486 ;;;***
5487 \f
5488 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
5489 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
5490 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5491
5492 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5493 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5494 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5495 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5496
5497 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5498 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5499
5500 (custom-autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" nil)
5501
5502 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
5503 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
5504 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
5505
5506 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5507
5508 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
5509
5510 ;;;***
5511 \f
5512 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
5513 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
5514 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5515
5516 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
5517 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5518 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
5519 single prompt, optionally using completion.
5520
5521 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
5522 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
5523 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
5524 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
5525
5526 The default value for the separator character is the value of
5527 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
5528 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
5529
5530 Contiguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
5531 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
5532 'bob', and 'eve'.
5533
5534 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5535 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
5536 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
5537
5538 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
5539
5540 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
5541 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
5542 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.
5543
5544 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5545
5546 ;;;***
5547 \f
5548 ;;;### (autoloads (cua-selection-mode cua-mode) "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el"
5549 ;;;;;; (17994 6751))
5550 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5551
5552 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5553 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5554 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5555 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5556 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5557 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5558
5559 (custom-autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" nil)
5560
5561 (autoload (quote cua-mode) "cua-base" "\
5562 Toggle CUA key-binding mode.
5563 When enabled, using shifted movement keys will activate the
5564 region (and highlight the region using `transient-mark-mode'),
5565 and typed text replaces the active selection.
5566
5567 Also when enabled, you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and C-v to undo,
5568 cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs bindings.
5569 The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the region is
5570 active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the normal
5571 function of these prefix keys.
5572
5573 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5574 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5575 options:
5576 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5577 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5578 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5579
5580 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5581 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5582 the prefix fallback behavior.
5583
5584 CUA mode manages Transient Mark mode internally. Trying to disable
5585 Transient Mark mode while CUA mode is enabled does not work; if you
5586 only want to highlight the region when it is selected using a
5587 shifted movement key, set `cua-highlight-region-shift-only'.
5588
5589 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5590
5591 (autoload (quote cua-selection-mode) "cua-base" "\
5592 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5593
5594 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5595 (eval-after-load 'CUA-mode
5596 '(error (concat "\n\n"
5597 "CUA-mode is now part of the standard GNU Emacs distribution, so you may\n"
5598 "now enable CUA via the Options menu or by customizing option `cua-mode'.\n\n"
5599 "You have loaded an older version of CUA-mode which does\n"
5600 "not work correctly with this version of GNU Emacs.\n\n"
5601 (if user-init-file (concat
5602 "To correct this, remove the loading and customization of the\n"
5603 "old version from the " user-init-file " file.\n\n")))))
5604
5605 ;;;***
5606 \f
5607 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create customize-save-customized
5608 ;;;;;; custom-save-all custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
5609 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
5610 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
5611 ;;;;;; customize-rogue customize-unsaved customize-face-other-window
5612 ;;;;;; customize-face customize-changed-options customize-option-other-window
5613 ;;;;;; customize-option customize-group-other-window customize-group
5614 ;;;;;; customize-mode customize customize-save-variable customize-set-variable
5615 ;;;;;; customize-set-value custom-menu-sort-alphabetically custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically
5616 ;;;;;; custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
5617 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
5618 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5619
5620 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5621 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5622
5623 (custom-autoload (quote custom-browse-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5624
5625 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5626 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5627
5628 (custom-autoload (quote custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5629
5630 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5631 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5632
5633 (custom-autoload (quote custom-menu-sort-alphabetically) "cus-edit" t)
5634 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
5635
5636 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
5637 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5638
5639 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5640 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5641
5642 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5643 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5644
5645 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5646
5647 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5648
5649 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5650 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5651 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5652
5653 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5654 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5655
5656 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5657 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5658
5659 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5660 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5661
5662 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5663
5664 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5665
5666 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
5667 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5668 Return VALUE.
5669
5670 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5671 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5672
5673 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5674 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5675
5676 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5677 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5678
5679 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5680
5681 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5682
5683 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
5684 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5685 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5686 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5687 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5688
5689 \(fn)" t nil)
5690
5691 (autoload (quote customize-mode) "cus-edit" "\
5692 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5693 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5694 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5695
5696 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5697
5698 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
5699 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5700
5701 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5702
5703 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5704 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5705
5706 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
5707
5708 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
5709
5710 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
5711 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5712
5713 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5714
5715 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
5716
5717 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5718 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
5719 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5720
5721 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5722
5723 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5724 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5725 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5726 as part of Emacs itself.
5727
5728 Each elements looks like this:
5729
5730 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5731
5732 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5733 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5734 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5735 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5736 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5737 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5738 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5739 and `defface'.
5740
5741 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5742
5743 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5744 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5745 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5746 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5747 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5748
5749 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5750 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5751 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5752 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5753
5754 (defalias (quote customize-changed) (quote customize-changed-options))
5755
5756 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
5757 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5758 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
5759 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings
5760 or default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
5761
5762 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5763 that were added or redefined since that version.
5764
5765 \(fn SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5766
5767 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
5768 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5769 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5770 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5771
5772 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5773 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5774
5775 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5776
5777 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5778 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5779 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5780
5781 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5782 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5783
5784 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5785
5786 (autoload (quote customize-unsaved) "cus-edit" "\
5787 Customize all user options set in this session but not saved.
5788
5789 \(fn)" t nil)
5790
5791 (autoload (quote customize-rogue) "cus-edit" "\
5792 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5793
5794 \(fn)" t nil)
5795
5796 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
5797 Customize all already saved user options.
5798
5799 \(fn)" t nil)
5800
5801 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
5802 Customize all loaded options, faces and groups matching REGEXP.
5803 If ALL is `options', include only options.
5804 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
5805 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
5806 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include variables
5807 that are not customizable options, as well as faces and groups
5808 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5809
5810 \(fn REGEXP &optional ALL)" t nil)
5811
5812 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
5813 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5814 With prefix arg, include variables that are not customizable options
5815 \(but we recommend using `apropos-variable' instead).
5816
5817 \(fn REGEXP &optional ARG)" t nil)
5818
5819 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
5820 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5821
5822 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5823
5824 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
5825 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5826
5827 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5828
5829 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
5830 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5831 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5832 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5833 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5834 that option.
5835
5836 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5837
5838 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
5839 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5840 The result includes selecting that window.
5841 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5842 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5843 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5844 that option.
5845
5846 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5847
5848 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
5849 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5850
5851 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5852
5853 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5854 File used for storing customization information.
5855 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5856 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5857 it should be an absolute file name.
5858
5859 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5860 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5861 something like the following in your init file:
5862
5863 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5864 \(load custom-file)
5865
5866 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5867 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5868
5869 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5870 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5871 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5872 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5873 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5874
5875 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5876 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5877 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5878 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5879 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5880 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5881 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5882 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5883 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5884 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5885
5886 (custom-autoload (quote custom-file) "cus-edit" t)
5887
5888 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
5889 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5890
5891 \(fn)" nil nil)
5892
5893 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
5894 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5895
5896 \(fn)" t nil)
5897
5898 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5899 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5900 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5901
5902 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5903
5904 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
5905 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5906 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5907 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5908 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5909
5910 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5911
5912 ;;;***
5913 \f
5914 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-reset-faces custom-theme-reset-faces custom-set-faces
5915 ;;;;;; custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "cus-face.el" (17994 6750))
5916 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
5917
5918 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
5919 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.
5920
5921 \(fn FACE SPEC DOC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5922
5923 (defconst custom-face-attributes (quote ((:family (string :tag "Font Family" :help-echo "Font family or fontset alias name.")) (:width (choice :tag "Width" :help-echo "Font width." :value normal (const :tag "compressed" condensed) (const :tag "condensed" condensed) (const :tag "demiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "expanded" expanded) (const :tag "extracondensed" extra-condensed) (const :tag "extraexpanded" extra-expanded) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "narrow" condensed) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semicondensed" semi-condensed) (const :tag "semiexpanded" semi-expanded) (const :tag "ultracondensed" ultra-condensed) (const :tag "ultraexpanded" ultra-expanded) (const :tag "wide" extra-expanded))) (:height (choice :tag "Height" :help-echo "Face's font height." :value 1.0 (integer :tag "Height in 1/10 pt") (number :tag "Scale" 1.0))) (:weight (choice :tag "Weight" :help-echo "Font weight." :value normal (const :tag "black" ultra-bold) (const :tag "bold" bold) (const :tag "book" semi-light) (const :tag "demibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "extralight" extra-light) (const :tag "extrabold" extra-bold) (const :tag "heavy" extra-bold) (const :tag "light" light) (const :tag "medium" normal) (const :tag "normal" normal) (const :tag "regular" normal) (const :tag "semibold" semi-bold) (const :tag "semilight" semi-light) (const :tag "ultralight" ultra-light) (const :tag "ultrabold" ultra-bold))) (:slant (choice :tag "Slant" :help-echo "Font slant." :value normal (const :tag "italic" italic) (const :tag "oblique" oblique) (const :tag "normal" normal))) (:underline (choice :tag "Underline" :help-echo "Control text underlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:overline (choice :tag "Overline" :help-echo "Control text overlining." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:strike-through (choice :tag "Strike-through" :help-echo "Control text strike-through." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t) (color :tag "Colored"))) (:box (choice :tag "Box around text" :help-echo "Control box around text." (const :tag "Off" nil) (list :tag "Box" :value (:line-width 2 :color "grey75" :style released-button) (const :format "" :value :line-width) (integer :tag "Width") (const :format "" :value :color) (choice :tag "Color" (const :tag "*" nil) color) (const :format "" :value :style) (choice :tag "Style" (const :tag "Raised" released-button) (const :tag "Sunken" pressed-button) (const :tag "None" nil)))) (lambda (real-value) (and real-value (let ((lwidth (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :line-width)) (and (integerp real-value) real-value) 1)) (color (or (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :color)) (and (stringp real-value) real-value) nil)) (style (and (consp real-value) (plist-get real-value :style)))) (list :line-width lwidth :color color :style style)))) (lambda (cus-value) (and cus-value (let ((lwidth (plist-get cus-value :line-width)) (color (plist-get cus-value :color)) (style (plist-get cus-value :style))) (cond ((and (null color) (null style)) lwidth) ((and (null lwidth) (null style)) color) (t (nconc (and lwidth (\` (:line-width (\, lwidth)))) (and color (\` (:color (\, color)))) (and style (\` (:style (\, style))))))))))) (:inverse-video (choice :tag "Inverse-video" :help-echo "Control whether text should be in inverse-video." (const :tag "Off" nil) (const :tag "On" t))) (:foreground (color :tag "Foreground" :help-echo "Set foreground color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:background (color :tag "Background" :help-echo "Set background color (name or #RRGGBB hex spec).")) (:stipple (choice :tag "Stipple" :help-echo "Background bit-mask" (const :tag "None" nil) (file :tag "File" :help-echo "Name of bitmap file." :must-match t))) (:inherit (repeat :tag "Inherit" :help-echo "List of faces to inherit attributes from." (face :Tag "Face" default)) (lambda (real-value) (cond ((or (null real-value) (eq real-value (quote unspecified))) nil) ((symbolp real-value) (list real-value)) (t real-value))) (lambda (cus-value) (if (and (consp cus-value) (null (cdr cus-value))) (car cus-value) cus-value))))) "\
5924 Alist of face attributes.
5925
5926 The elements are of the form (KEY TYPE PRE-FILTER POST-FILTER),
5927 where KEY is the name of the attribute, TYPE is a widget type for
5928 editing the attribute, PRE-FILTER is a function to make the attribute's
5929 value suitable for the customization widget, and POST-FILTER is a
5930 function to make the customized value suitable for storing. PRE-FILTER
5931 and POST-FILTER are optional.
5932
5933 The PRE-FILTER should take a single argument, the attribute value as
5934 stored, and should return a value for customization (using the
5935 customization type TYPE).
5936
5937 The POST-FILTER should also take a single argument, the value after
5938 being customized, and should return a value suitable for setting the
5939 given face attribute.")
5940
5941 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
5942 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
5943 This associates the settings with the `user' theme.
5944 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
5945
5946 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
5947
5948 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE, as well as the value for the
5949 `user' theme. The `user' theme is one of the default themes known to Emacs.
5950 See `custom-known-themes' for more information on the known themes.
5951 See `custom-theme-set-faces' for more information on the interplay
5952 between themes and faces.
5953 See `defface' for the format of SPEC.
5954
5955 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
5956 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
5957
5958 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5959
5960 (autoload (quote custom-theme-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5961 Reset the specs in THEME of some faces to their specs in other themes.
5962 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5963
5964 (FACE IGNORED)
5965
5966 This means reset FACE. The argument IGNORED is ignored.
5967
5968 \(fn THEME &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5969
5970 (autoload (quote custom-reset-faces) "cus-face" "\
5971 Reset the specs of some faces to their specs in specified themes.
5972 This creates settings in the `user' theme.
5973
5974 Each of the arguments ARGS has this form:
5975
5976 (FACE FROM-THEME)
5977
5978 This means reset FACE to its value in FROM-THEME.
5979
5980 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
5981
5982 ;;;***
5983 \f
5984 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el"
5985 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
5986 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5987
5988 (autoload (quote customize-create-theme) "cus-theme" "\
5989 Create a custom theme.
5990
5991 \(fn)" t nil)
5992
5993 ;;;***
5994 \f
5995 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
5996 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
5997 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
5998
5999 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
6000 Mode used for cvs status output.
6001
6002 \(fn)" t nil)
6003
6004 ;;;***
6005 \f
6006 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
6007 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (17994 6715))
6008 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
6009
6010 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6011 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
6012
6013 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
6014 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
6015 C++ modes are included.
6016
6017 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6018
6019 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6020
6021 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6022 Turn on CWarn mode.
6023
6024 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
6025 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)
6026
6027 \(fn)" nil nil)
6028
6029 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
6030 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
6031 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6032 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6033 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6034 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
6035
6036 (custom-autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" nil)
6037
6038 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
6039 Toggle Cwarn mode in every possible buffer.
6040 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Cwarn mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
6041 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
6042 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
6043
6044 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6045
6046 ;;;***
6047 \f
6048 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
6049 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
6050 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
6051 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
6052
6053 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
6054 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6055
6056 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6057
6058 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
6059 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
6060
6061 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
6062
6063 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
6064 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
6065 For readability, the table is slightly
6066 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
6067
6068 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
6069 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
6070 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
6071 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
6072 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
6073
6074 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
6075
6076 ;;;***
6077 \f
6078 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
6079 ;;;;;; (18000 24333))
6080 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
6081 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
6082 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
6083
6084 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
6085 Completion on current word.
6086 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
6087 and presents suggestions for completion.
6088
6089 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
6090 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
6091 completions.
6092
6093 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
6094 then it searches *all* buffers.
6095
6096 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6097
6098 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
6099 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
6100
6101 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
6102 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
6103 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
6104 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
6105 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
6106
6107 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
6108 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
6109
6110 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
6111 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
6112 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
6113
6114 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
6115 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
6116
6117 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
6118
6119 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
6120
6121 ;;;***
6122 \f
6123 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (17994
6124 ;;;;;; 6715))
6125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
6126
6127 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
6128 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
6129
6130 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
6131 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
6132 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
6133
6134 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
6135 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
6136 Data lines are not indented.
6137
6138 Key bindings:
6139
6140 \\{dcl-mode-map}
6141 Commands not usually bound to keys:
6142
6143 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
6144 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
6145 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
6146 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
6147
6148 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6149
6150 dcl-basic-offset
6151 Extra indentation within blocks.
6152
6153 dcl-continuation-offset
6154 Extra indentation for continued lines.
6155
6156 dcl-margin-offset
6157 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
6158
6159 dcl-margin-label-offset
6160 Indentation for a label.
6161
6162 dcl-comment-line-regexp
6163 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
6164
6165 dcl-block-begin-regexp
6166 dcl-block-end-regexp
6167 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
6168 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
6169 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
6170 make it possible to define other places to indent.
6171 Set to nil to disable this feature.
6172
6173 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
6174 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
6175 Two such functions are included in the package:
6176 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
6177 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
6178
6179 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
6180 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
6181 One such function is included in the package:
6182 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
6183
6184 dcl-tab-always-indent
6185 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
6186 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
6187 margin.
6188
6189 dcl-electric-characters
6190 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
6191 typed.
6192
6193 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
6194 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
6195 which words trigger electric indentation.
6196
6197 dcl-tempo-comma
6198 dcl-tempo-left-paren
6199 dcl-tempo-right-paren
6200 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
6201
6202 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
6203 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
6204 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
6205 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
6206
6207 dcl-imenu-label-labels
6208 dcl-imenu-label-goto
6209 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
6210 dcl-imenu-label-call
6211 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
6212
6213 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
6214 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6215 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
6216 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
6217
6218
6219 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
6220
6221 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
6222 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
6223 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
6224 $ i = 1
6225 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
6226 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
6227 $ label:
6228 $ if i.eq.1
6229 $ then
6230 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
6231 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
6232 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
6233 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
6234 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
6235 \"lined up with the command line\"
6236 $ type sys$input
6237 Data lines are not indented at all.
6238 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
6239 $ endif
6240 $
6241
6242
6243 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
6244 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
6245
6246 \(fn)" t nil)
6247
6248 ;;;***
6249 \f
6250 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
6251 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (17994 6715))
6252 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
6253
6254 (setq debugger (quote debug))
6255
6256 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
6257 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
6258 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
6259 of the evaluator.
6260
6261 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
6262 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
6263 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
6264
6265 \(fn &rest DEBUGGER-ARGS)" t nil)
6266
6267 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6268 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
6269
6270 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6271
6272 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
6273 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
6274 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
6275 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
6276 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
6277 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
6278
6279 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
6280 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
6281
6282 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
6283
6284 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
6285 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
6286 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
6287 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
6288 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
6289
6290 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
6291
6292 ;;;***
6293 \f
6294 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
6295 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
6296 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
6297
6298 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
6299 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
6300
6301 \(fn)" t nil)
6302
6303 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
6304 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
6305 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
6306 Upper-case letters are commands.
6307
6308 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
6309 modify it.
6310
6311 The most useful commands are:
6312 \\<decipher-mode-map>
6313 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
6314 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
6315 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
6316 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6317 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
6318
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6320
6321 ;;;***
6322 \f
6323 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
6324 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (17994
6325 ;;;;;; 6715))
6326 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
6327
6328 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
6329 Customization of `columns' group.
6330
6331 \(fn)" t nil)
6332
6333 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
6334 Prettify all columns in a text region.
6335
6336 START and END delimits the text region.
6337
6338 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6339
6340 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
6341 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
6342
6343 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
6344
6345 \(fn START END)" t nil)
6346
6347 ;;;***
6348 \f
6349 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (17994
6350 ;;;;;; 6715))
6351 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
6352
6353 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
6354 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
6355 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
6356 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
6357 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
6358 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
6359
6360 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
6361
6362 Customization:
6363
6364 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
6365 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
6366 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
6367 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
6368 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
6369 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
6370 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
6371 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
6372 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
6373 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
6374 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
6375 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
6376 blank line.
6377 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
6378 Directories to search when finding external units.
6379 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
6380 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
6381
6382 Coloring:
6383
6384 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
6385 Face used to color delphi comments.
6386 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
6387 Face used to color delphi strings.
6388 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
6389 Face used to color delphi keywords.
6390 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
6391 Face used to color everything else.
6392
6393 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
6394 no args, if that value is non-nil.
6395
6396 \(fn &optional SKIP-INITIAL-PARSING)" t nil)
6397
6398 ;;;***
6399 \f
6400 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (17994
6401 ;;;;;; 6715))
6402 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
6403
6404 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
6405
6406 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
6407 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
6408 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
6409 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6410 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6411 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
6412
6413 (custom-autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" nil)
6414
6415 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
6416 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
6417 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
6418 positive.
6419
6420 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
6421 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
6422 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
6423 any selection.
6424
6425 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6426
6427 ;;;***
6428 \f
6429 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
6430 ;;;;;; "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (17994 6715))
6431 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
6432
6433 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
6434 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
6435
6436 The arguments to this command are as follow:
6437
6438 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
6439 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
6440 or nil if there is no parent.
6441 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
6442 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
6443 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
6444 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
6445 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
6446
6447 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
6448 arguments are currently understood:
6449 :group GROUP
6450 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6451 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6452 :syntax-table TABLE
6453 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6454 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6455 :abbrev-table TABLE
6456 Use TABLE instead of the default.
6457 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6458
6459 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6460
6461 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6462
6463 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6464 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6465 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6466
6467 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6468 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6469
6470 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6471 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6472 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6473
6474 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6475 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6476
6477 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6478 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6479
6480 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6481
6482 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
6483
6484 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
6485 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6486 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6487 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6488 the first time the mode is used.
6489
6490 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6491
6492 ;;;***
6493 \f
6494 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-char describe-text-properties) "descr-text"
6495 ;;;;;; "descr-text.el" (17994 6715))
6496 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6497
6498 (autoload (quote describe-text-properties) "descr-text" "\
6499 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays and text properties at POS.
6500 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6501 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6502 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6503 otherwise.
6504
6505 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER)" t nil)
6506
6507 (autoload (quote describe-char) "descr-text" "\
6508 Describe the character after POS (interactively, the character after point).
6509 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
6510 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
6511 character composition information (if relevant),
6512 as well as widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties.
6513
6514 \(fn POS)" t nil)
6515
6516 ;;;***
6517 \f
6518 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-revert desktop-save-in-desktop-dir desktop-change-dir
6519 ;;;;;; desktop-load-default desktop-read desktop-remove desktop-save
6520 ;;;;;; desktop-clear desktop-locals-to-save desktop-save-mode) "desktop"
6521 ;;;;;; "desktop.el" (17994 6715))
6522 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6523
6524 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6525 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6526 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
6527
6528 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" nil)
6529
6530 (autoload (quote desktop-save-mode) "desktop" "\
6531 Toggle desktop saving mode.
6532 With numeric ARG, turn desktop saving on if ARG is positive, off
6533 otherwise. If desktop saving is turned on, the state of Emacs is
6534 saved from one session to another. See variable `desktop-save'
6535 and function `desktop-read' for details.
6536
6537 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6538
6539 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save (quote (desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace)) "\
6540 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6541 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6542 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6543
6544 (custom-autoload (quote desktop-locals-to-save) "desktop" t)
6545
6546 (defvar desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6547 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6548 This variable becomes buffer local when set.
6549
6550 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6551 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6552 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6553
6554 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6555 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6556
6557 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6558 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6559 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6560
6561 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6562 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6563 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6564 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6565
6566 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6567
6568 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6569 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6570
6571 Handlers are called with argument list
6572
6573 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6574
6575 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6576
6577 desktop-file-version
6578 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6579 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6580 desktop-buffer-point
6581 desktop-buffer-mark
6582 desktop-buffer-read-only
6583 desktop-buffer-locals
6584
6585 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6586 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6587
6588 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6589 code like
6590
6591 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6592 ...
6593 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6594 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6595
6596 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6597
6598 (put (quote desktop-buffer-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6599
6600 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6601 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6602 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6603 List elements must have the form
6604
6605 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6606
6607 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6608 function.
6609
6610 Handlers are called with argument list
6611
6612 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6613
6614 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6615
6616 desktop-file-version
6617 desktop-buffer-file-name
6618 desktop-buffer-name
6619 desktop-buffer-major-mode
6620 desktop-buffer-minor-modes
6621 desktop-buffer-point
6622 desktop-buffer-mark
6623 desktop-buffer-read-only
6624 desktop-buffer-misc
6625
6626 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6627 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6628 created and set.
6629
6630 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6631 code like
6632
6633 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6634 ...
6635 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6636 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6637
6638 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6639
6640 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6641
6642 (put (quote desktop-minor-mode-handlers) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
6643
6644 (autoload (quote desktop-clear) "desktop" "\
6645 Empty the Desktop.
6646 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6647 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6648 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6649
6650 \(fn)" t nil)
6651
6652 (autoload (quote desktop-save) "desktop" "\
6653 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6654 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6655 See also `desktop-base-file-name'.
6656
6657 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6658
6659 (autoload (quote desktop-remove) "desktop" "\
6660 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6661 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6662
6663 \(fn)" t nil)
6664
6665 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
6666 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6667 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6668 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6669 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6670 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6671 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6672 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6673
6674 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6675
6676 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
6677 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6678 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6679
6680 \(fn)" nil nil)
6681
6682 (autoload (quote desktop-change-dir) "desktop" "\
6683 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6684 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6685 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6686 directory DIRNAME.
6687
6688 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6689
6690 (autoload (quote desktop-save-in-desktop-dir) "desktop" "\
6691 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6692
6693 \(fn)" t nil)
6694
6695 (autoload (quote desktop-revert) "desktop" "\
6696 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6697
6698 \(fn)" t nil)
6699
6700 ;;;***
6701 \f
6702 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article gnus-outlook-deuglify-article
6703 ;;;;;; gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines)
6704 ;;;;;; "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (17994 6715))
6705 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6706
6707 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines) "deuglify" "\
6708 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6709 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6710 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6711 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6712 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6713
6714 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6715
6716 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution) "deuglify" "\
6717 Repair a broken attribution line.
6718 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6719
6720 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6721
6722 (autoload (quote gnus-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6723 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6724 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6725 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6726
6727 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6728
6729 (autoload (quote gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article) "deuglify" "\
6730 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6731
6732 \(fn)" t nil)
6733
6734 ;;;***
6735 \f
6736 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-region)
6737 ;;;;;; "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el" (17994 6715))
6738 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
6739
6740 (defconst devanagari-consonant "[\x51ad5-\x51af9\x51b38-\x51b3f]")
6741
6742 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" "\
6743 Not documented
6744
6745 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
6746
6747 (autoload (quote devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" "\
6748 Not documented
6749
6750 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
6751
6752 ;;;***
6753 \f
6754 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mode diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib"
6755 ;;;;;; "calendar/diary-lib.el" (17994 6715))
6756 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6757
6758 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
6759 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6760 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6761 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6762 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.
6763
6764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6765
6766 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
6767 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6768 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6769 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6770
6771 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
6772 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
6773 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
6774 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
6775
6776 #!/bin/sh
6777 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
6778 emacs -batch \\
6779 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
6780 diary-file \\\"/path/to/diary.file\\\" \\
6781 european-calendar-style t \\
6782 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
6783 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
6784 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
6785
6786 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
6787 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
6788 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
6789 to run it every morning at 1am.
6790
6791 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6792
6793 (autoload (quote diary-mode) "diary-lib" "\
6794 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6795
6796 \(fn)" t nil)
6797
6798 ;;;***
6799 \f
6800 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
6801 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (17994 6736))
6802 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
6803
6804 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
6805 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6806
6807 (custom-autoload (quote diff-switches) "diff" t)
6808
6809 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
6810 *The command to use to run diff.")
6811
6812 (custom-autoload (quote diff-command) "diff" t)
6813
6814 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
6815 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6816 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
6817 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
6818 If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6819 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6820
6821 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6822
6823 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
6824 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6825 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6826 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6827 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6828 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6829
6830 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6831
6832 ;;;***
6833 \f
6834 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
6835 ;;;;;; (17994 6740))
6836 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
6837
6838 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6839 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6840 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6841 normal diffs.
6842
6843 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6844 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6845 headers for you on-the-fly.
6846
6847 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6848 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6849 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6850
6851 \\{diff-mode-map}
6852
6853 \(fn)" t nil)
6854
6855 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
6856 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6857 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6858
6859 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6860
6861 ;;;***
6862 \f
6863 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-mode dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
6864 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
6865 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
6866 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
6867 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (18000 24335))
6868 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6869
6870 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
6871 *Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6872 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6873 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6874 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6875 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6876 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6877 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6878
6879 (custom-autoload (quote dired-listing-switches) "dired" t)
6880
6881 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux cygwin))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
6882 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
6883
6884 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
6885 *Informs Dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
6886 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
6887 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
6888 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
6889
6890 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
6891 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
6892
6893 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
6894 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
6895 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
6896 always set this variable to t.")
6897
6898 (custom-autoload (quote dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks) "dired" t)
6899
6900 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
6901 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
6902 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
6903 A value of t means move to first file.")
6904
6905 (custom-autoload (quote dired-trivial-filenames) "dired" t)
6906
6907 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
6908 *Controls marking of renamed files.
6909 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
6910 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
6911 are afterward marked with that character.")
6912
6913 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-rename) "dired" t)
6914
6915 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
6916 *Controls marking of copied files.
6917 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
6918 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6919
6920 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-copy) "dired" t)
6921
6922 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
6923 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
6924 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6925 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6926
6927 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-hardlink) "dired" t)
6928
6929 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
6930 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
6931 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
6932 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
6933
6934 (custom-autoload (quote dired-keep-marker-symlink) "dired" t)
6935
6936 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
6937 *If non-nil, Dired tries to guess a default target directory.
6938 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
6939 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
6940
6941 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
6942
6943 (custom-autoload (quote dired-dwim-target) "dired" t)
6944
6945 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
6946 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
6947 \(This works on only some systems.)")
6948
6949 (custom-autoload (quote dired-copy-preserve-time) "dired" t)
6950
6951 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6952 The directory name or wildcard spec that this dired directory lists.
6953 Local to each dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6954 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6955 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6956 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6957
6958 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
6959 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6960 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6961 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6962 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6963 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6964 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6965 list of files to make directory entries for.
6966 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
6967 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6968 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6969 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6970
6971 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6972
6973 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6974 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6975
6976 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
6977 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6978
6979 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6980 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6981
6982 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
6983 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6984
6985 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6986
6987 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
6988 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6989
6990 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6991
6992 (autoload (quote dired-mode) "dired" "\
6993 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6994 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6995 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6996 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6997 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6998 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6999 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
7000 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
7001 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
7002 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
7003 Letters no longer insert themselves. Digits are prefix arguments.
7004 Instead, type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file for Deletion.
7005 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
7006 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
7007 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
7008 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
7009 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
7010 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
7011 to see why something went wrong.
7012 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of a subdirectory.
7013 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unflag.
7014 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to eXecute the deletions requested.
7015 Type \\[dired-advertised-find-file] to Find the current line's file
7016 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
7017 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or dired directory in Other window.
7018 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
7019 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
7020 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
7021 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
7022 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
7023 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
7024 SPC and DEL can be used to move down and up by lines.
7025
7026 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
7027 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist a single or the marked files or a
7028 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
7029 again for the directory tree.
7030
7031 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
7032 for more info):
7033
7034 `dired-listing-switches'
7035 `dired-trivial-filenames'
7036 `dired-shrink-to-fit'
7037 `dired-marker-char'
7038 `dired-del-marker'
7039 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
7040 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
7041 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
7042 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
7043
7044 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
7045
7046 `dired-before-readin-hook'
7047 `dired-after-readin-hook'
7048 `dired-mode-hook'
7049 `dired-load-hook'
7050
7051 Keybindings:
7052 \\{dired-mode-map}
7053
7054 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
7055 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
7056
7057 ;;;***
7058 \f
7059 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
7060 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
7061 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
7062 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
7063 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
7064 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
7065 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
7066 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
7067 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
7068 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-query dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
7069 ;;;;;; dired-run-shell-command dired-do-shell-command dired-clean-directory
7070 ;;;;;; dired-do-print dired-do-touch dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
7071 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-compare-directories dired-backup-diff
7072 ;;;;;; dired-diff) "dired-aux" "dired-aux.el" (17994 6715))
7073 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
7074
7075 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7076 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
7077 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
7078 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
7079 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
7080 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
7081 which is options for `diff'.
7082
7083 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7084
7085 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
7086 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
7087 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7088 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
7089 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
7090 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.
7091
7092 \(fn &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
7093
7094 (autoload (quote dired-compare-directories) "dired-aux" "\
7095 Mark files with different file attributes in two dired buffers.
7096 Compare file attributes of files in the current directory
7097 with file attributes in directory DIR2 using PREDICATE on pairs of files
7098 with the same name. Mark files for which PREDICATE returns non-nil.
7099 Mark files with different names if PREDICATE is nil (or interactively
7100 with empty input at the predicate prompt).
7101
7102 PREDICATE is a Lisp expression that can refer to the following variables:
7103
7104 size1, size2 - file size in bytes
7105 mtime1, mtime2 - last modification time in seconds, as a float
7106 fa1, fa2 - list of file attributes
7107 returned by function `file-attributes'
7108
7109 where 1 refers to attribute of file in the current dired buffer
7110 and 2 to attribute of file in second dired buffer.
7111
7112 Examples of PREDICATE:
7113
7114 (> mtime1 mtime2) - mark newer files
7115 (not (= size1 size2)) - mark files with different sizes
7116 (not (string= (nth 8 fa1) (nth 8 fa2))) - mark files with different modes
7117 (not (and (= (nth 2 fa1) (nth 2 fa2)) - mark files with different UID
7118 (= (nth 3 fa1) (nth 3 fa2)))) and GID.
7119
7120 \(fn DIR2 PREDICATE)" t nil)
7121
7122 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
7123 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7124 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.
7125
7126 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7127
7128 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
7129 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7130
7131 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7132
7133 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
7134 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7135
7136 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7137
7138 (autoload (quote dired-do-touch) "dired-aux" "\
7139 Change the timestamp of the marked (or next ARG) files.
7140 This calls touch.
7141
7142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7143
7144 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
7145 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
7146 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
7147 `lpr-switches' as default.
7148
7149 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7150
7151 (autoload (quote dired-clean-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7152 Flag numerical backups for deletion.
7153 Spares `dired-kept-versions' latest versions, and `kept-old-versions' oldest.
7154 Positive prefix arg KEEP overrides `dired-kept-versions';
7155 Negative prefix arg KEEP overrides `kept-old-versions' with KEEP made positive.
7156
7157 To clear the flags on these files, you can use \\[dired-flag-backup-files]
7158 with a prefix argument.
7159
7160 \(fn KEEP)" t nil)
7161
7162 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7163 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
7164 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
7165 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
7166 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
7167
7168 If there is a `*' in COMMAND, surrounded by whitespace, this runs
7169 COMMAND just once with the entire file list substituted there.
7170
7171 If there is no `*', but there is a `?' in COMMAND, surrounded by
7172 whitespace, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7173 file name substituted for `?'.
7174
7175 Otherwise, this runs COMMAND on each file individually with the
7176 file name added at the end of COMMAND (separated by a space).
7177
7178 `*' and `?' when not surrounded by whitespace have no special
7179 significance for `dired-do-shell-command', and are passed through
7180 normally to the shell, but you must confirm first. To pass `*' by
7181 itself to the shell as a wildcard, type `*\"\"'.
7182
7183 If COMMAND produces output, it goes to a separate buffer.
7184
7185 This feature does not try to redisplay Dired buffers afterward, as
7186 there's no telling what files COMMAND may have changed.
7187 Type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
7188
7189 When COMMAND runs, its working directory is the top-level directory of
7190 the Dired buffer, so output files usually are created there instead of
7191 in a subdir.
7192
7193 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
7194 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument, which
7195 can be produced by `dired-get-marked-files', for example.
7196
7197 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG FILE-LIST)" t nil)
7198
7199 (autoload (quote dired-run-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
7200 Not documented
7201
7202 \(fn COMMAND)" nil nil)
7203
7204 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
7205 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
7206 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
7207 \(A negative argument kills backward.)
7208 If you use this command with a prefix argument to kill the line
7209 for a file that is a directory, which you have inserted in the
7210 Dired buffer as a subdirectory, then it deletes that subdirectory
7211 from the buffer as well.
7212 To kill an entire subdirectory (without killing its line in the
7213 parent directory), go to its directory header line and use this
7214 command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).
7215
7216 \(fn &optional ARG FMT)" t nil)
7217
7218 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" "\
7219 Not documented
7220
7221 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7222
7223 (autoload (quote dired-query) "dired-aux" "\
7224 Not documented
7225
7226 \(fn QS-VAR QS-PROMPT &rest QS-ARGS)" nil nil)
7227
7228 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
7229 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.
7230
7231 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7232
7233 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
7234 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7235
7236 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7237
7238 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
7239 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.
7240
7241 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7242
7243 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
7244 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
7245 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
7246 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.
7247
7248 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7249 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7250 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7251 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7252 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7253 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7254 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7255
7256 \(fn &optional ARG TEST-FOR-SUBDIR)" t nil)
7257
7258 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" "\
7259 Not documented
7260
7261 \(fn FILENAME &optional MARKER-CHAR)" nil nil)
7262
7263 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" "\
7264 Not documented
7265
7266 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7267
7268 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" "\
7269 Create or update the line for FILE in all Dired buffers it would belong in.
7270
7271 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
7272
7273 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" "\
7274 Not documented
7275
7276 \(fn FROM TO OK-FLAG)" nil nil)
7277
7278 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" "\
7279 Not documented
7280
7281 \(fn FILE NEWNAME OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)" nil nil)
7282
7283 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
7284 Create a directory called DIRECTORY.
7285
7286 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7287
7288 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
7289 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
7290 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
7291 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7292 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
7293 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
7294 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7295 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7296 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7297
7298 This command copies symbolic links by creating new ones,
7299 like `cp -d'.
7300
7301 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7302
7303 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
7304 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7305 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7306 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7307 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
7308 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7309 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7310 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7311
7312 For relative symlinks, use \\[dired-do-relsymlink].
7313
7314 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7315
7316 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
7317 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7318 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
7319 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
7320 and new hard links are made in that directory
7321 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
7322 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
7323 `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7324
7325 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7326
7327 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
7328 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
7329 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
7330 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
7331 This command also renames any buffers that are visiting the files.
7332 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
7333 of `dired-dwim-target', which see.
7334
7335 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7336
7337 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7338 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7339
7340 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
7341 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
7342 file if none are marked.
7343
7344 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
7345 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
7346 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
7347 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
7348
7349 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
7350 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.
7351
7352 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7353
7354 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7355 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7356 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7357
7358 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7359
7360 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7361 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7362 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7363
7364 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7365
7366 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7367 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
7368 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.
7369
7370 \(fn REGEXP NEWNAME &optional ARG WHOLE-NAME)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
7373 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.
7374
7375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
7378 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.
7379
7380 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7383 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7384 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
7385 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7386 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
7387 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7388 this subdirectory.
7389 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7390
7391 Dired remembers switches specified with a prefix arg, so that reverting
7392 the buffer will not reset them. However, using `dired-undo' to re-insert
7393 or delete subdirectories can bypass this machinery. Hence, you sometimes
7394 may have to reset some subdirectory switches after a `dired-undo'.
7395 You can reset all subdirectory switches to the default using
7396 \\<dired-mode-map>\\[dired-reset-subdir-switches].
7397 See Info node `(emacs)Subdir switches' for more details.
7398
7399 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7400
7401 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7402 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
7403 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
7404 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
7405 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
7406 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
7407 this subdirectory.
7408 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.
7409
7410 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-DIR-P)" t nil)
7411
7412 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7413 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
7414 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.
7415
7416 \(fn ARG &optional NO-ERROR-IF-NOT-FOUND NO-SKIP)" t nil)
7417
7418 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7419 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
7420 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
7421 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden.
7422
7423 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
7424
7425 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
7426 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
7427 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
7428 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.
7429
7430 \(fn)" t nil)
7431
7432 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7433 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
7434 Lower levels are unaffected.
7435
7436 \(fn &optional REMEMBER-MARKS)" t nil)
7437
7438 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
7439 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.
7440
7441 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7442
7443 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
7444 Go down in the dired tree.
7445
7446 \(fn)" t nil)
7447
7448 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
7449 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
7450 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
7451 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.
7452
7453 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7454
7455 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
7456 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
7457 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
7458 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.
7459
7460 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7461
7462 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
7463 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
7464 Stops when a match is found.
7465 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7466
7467 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7468
7469 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
7470 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
7471 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
7472 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
7473 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
7474
7475 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED)" t nil)
7476
7477 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
7478 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
7479 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
7480 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.
7481
7482 \(fn FILE &optional DEREF-SYMLINKS)" t nil)
7483
7484 ;;;***
7485 \f
7486 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-do-relsymlink dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el"
7487 ;;;;;; (17994 6731))
7488 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
7489
7490 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
7491 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
7492 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
7493 If in Dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
7494 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
7495 buffer and try again.
7496
7497 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
7498
7499 (autoload (quote dired-do-relsymlink) "dired-x" "\
7500 Relative symlink all marked (or next ARG) files into a directory.
7501 Otherwise make a relative symbolic link to the current file.
7502 This creates relative symbolic links like
7503
7504 foo -> ../bar/foo
7505
7506 not absolute ones like
7507
7508 foo -> /ugly/file/name/that/may/change/any/day/bar/foo
7509
7510 For absolute symlinks, use \\[dired-do-symlink].
7511
7512 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7513
7514 ;;;***
7515 \f
7516 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (17994 6715))
7517 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
7518
7519 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
7520 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
7521 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
7522
7523 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
7524
7525 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
7526 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
7527
7528 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
7529 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
7530
7531 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
7532
7533 ;;;***
7534 \f
7535 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (17994
7536 ;;;;;; 6715))
7537 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
7538
7539 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
7540 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
7541 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
7542 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
7543 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
7544 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
7545
7546 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
7547
7548 ;;;***
7549 \f
7550 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european glyph-face glyph-char
7551 ;;;;;; make-glyph-code create-glyph standard-display-underline standard-display-graphic
7552 ;;;;;; standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii standard-display-default
7553 ;;;;;; standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table describe-display-table
7554 ;;;;;; set-display-table-slot display-table-slot make-display-table)
7555 ;;;;;; "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (17994 6715))
7556 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
7557
7558 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7559 Return a new, empty display table.
7560
7561 \(fn)" nil nil)
7562
7563 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7564 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
7565 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
7566 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7567 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7568
7569 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
7570
7571 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
7572 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
7573 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
7574 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
7575 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
7576
7577 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
7578
7579 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7580 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
7581
7582 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
7583
7584 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
7585 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
7586
7587 \(fn)" t nil)
7588
7589 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
7590 Display characters in the range L to H literally.
7591
7592 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7593
7594 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
7595 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
7596
7597 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
7598
7599 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
7600 Display character C using printable string S.
7601
7602 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
7603
7604 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
7605 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
7606 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
7607 it is meaningless for an X frame.
7608
7609 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
7610
7611 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
7612 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
7613 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
7614 X frame.
7615
7616 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
7617
7618 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
7619 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
7620
7621 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
7622
7623 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
7624 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
7625
7626 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
7627
7628 (autoload (quote make-glyph-code) "disp-table" "\
7629 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
7630
7631 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
7632
7633 (autoload (quote glyph-char) "disp-table" "\
7634 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
7635
7636 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7637
7638 (autoload (quote glyph-face) "disp-table" "\
7639 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
7640
7641 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
7642
7643 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
7644 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
7645
7646 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
7647 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
7648 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
7649 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
7650
7651 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
7652 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
7653 European character display.
7654
7655 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
7656 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
7657 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
7658 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
7659
7660 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
7661 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
7662 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
7663 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
7664 for users who call this function in `.emacs'.
7665
7666 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
7667
7668 ;;;***
7669 \f
7670 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
7671 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
7672 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
7673
7674 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
7675 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
7676 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
7677 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
7678 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
7679 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
7680 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
7681 Default is 2.
7682
7683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7684
7685 ;;;***
7686 \f
7687 ;;;### (autoloads (dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" "dnd.el" (17994 6715))
7688 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
7689
7690 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist (quote (("^file:///" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^file://" . dnd-open-file) ("^file:" . dnd-open-local-file) ("^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://" . dnd-open-file))) "\
7691 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
7692 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
7693 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
7694 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
7695 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
7696 private or ask).
7697 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
7698 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
7699 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
7700 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
7701 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
7702
7703 (custom-autoload (quote dnd-protocol-alist) "dnd" t)
7704
7705 ;;;***
7706 \f
7707 ;;;### (autoloads (dns-mode-soa-increment-serial dns-mode) "dns-mode"
7708 ;;;;;; "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (17994 6715))
7709 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
7710
7711 (autoload (quote dns-mode) "dns-mode" "\
7712 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
7713 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
7714 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
7715 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
7716 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
7717 table and its own syntax table.
7718
7719 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
7720
7721 \(fn)" t nil)
7722 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
7723
7724 (autoload (quote dns-mode-soa-increment-serial) "dns-mode" "\
7725 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
7726
7727 \(fn)" t nil)
7728 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.soa\\'" . dns-mode))
7729
7730 ;;;***
7731 \f
7732 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (17994 6715))
7733 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
7734
7735 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
7736 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
7737
7738 \(fn)" t nil)
7739
7740 ;;;***
7741 \f
7742 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
7743 ;;;;;; (17994 6750))
7744 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
7745
7746 (defvar double-mode nil "\
7747 Toggle Double mode.
7748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7749 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
7750
7751 (custom-autoload (quote double-mode) "double" nil)
7752
7753 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
7754 Toggle Double mode.
7755 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
7756
7757 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
7758 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.
7759
7760 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7761
7762 ;;;***
7763 \f
7764 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (17994 6715))
7765 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
7766
7767 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
7768 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
7769
7770 \(fn)" t nil)
7771
7772 ;;;***
7773 \f
7774 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
7775 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
7776 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
7777
7778 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
7779 Play sounds in message buffers.
7780
7781 \(fn)" t nil)
7782
7783 ;;;***
7784 \f
7785 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
7786 ;;;;;; define-globalized-minor-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
7787 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (17994 6743))
7788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
7789
7790 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
7791
7792 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7793 Define a new minor mode MODE.
7794 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
7795 and toggle command MODE.
7796
7797 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
7798 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
7799 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
7800 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
7801 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
7802 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
7803 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
7804 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
7805 used (see below).
7806
7807 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is activated or deactivated.
7808 It is executed after toggling the mode,
7809 and before running the hook variable `mode-HOOK'.
7810 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments (alternating
7811 keywords and values). These following keyword arguments are supported (other
7812 keywords will be passed to `defcustom' if the minor mode is global):
7813 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
7814 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
7815 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
7816 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
7817 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
7818 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
7819 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
7820 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
7821 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
7822 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
7823 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
7824
7825 For example, you could write
7826 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7827 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
7828 ...BODY CODE...)
7829
7830 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
7831
7832 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7833
7834 (defalias (quote define-global-minor-mode) (quote define-globalized-minor-mode))
7835
7836 (autoload (quote define-globalized-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
7837 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7838 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7839 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7840 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7841 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7842 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7843 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7844 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7845 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7846 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7847 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7848
7849 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7850 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7851 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7852 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7853 call another major mode in their body.
7854
7855 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil (quote macro))
7856
7857 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
7858 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7859 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7860 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7861 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7862 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7863 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7864
7865 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7866
7867 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" "\
7868 Not documented
7869
7870 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7871
7872 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
7873 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7874 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7875
7876 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil (quote macro))
7877
7878 ;;;***
7879 \f
7880 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
7881 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (17994
7882 ;;;;;; 6715))
7883 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7884
7885 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
7886
7887 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
7888 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
7889
7890 If SYMBOL is non-nil, store the menu keymap in the value of SYMBOL,
7891 and define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the menu, with DOC as its doc string.
7892 If SYMBOL is nil, just store the menu keymap into MAPS.
7893
7894 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
7895 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
7896
7897 :filter FUNCTION
7898
7899 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the rest of menu items.
7900 It returns the remaining items of the displayed menu.
7901
7902 :visible INCLUDE
7903
7904 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
7905 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7906
7907 :active ENABLE
7908
7909 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
7910 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7911
7912 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
7913
7914 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7915
7916 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7917
7918 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
7919 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7920
7921 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7922 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7923
7924 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7925
7926 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
7927
7928 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
7929
7930 :keys KEYS
7931
7932 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
7933 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
7934 computed automatically.
7935 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7936
7937 :key-sequence KEYS
7938
7939 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
7940 menu item.
7941 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
7942 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
7943 keyboard equivalent.
7944
7945 :active ENABLE
7946
7947 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7948 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7949
7950 :visible INCLUDE
7951
7952 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7953 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for `:visible'.
7954
7955 :suffix FORM
7956
7957 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
7958 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
7959
7960 :style STYLE
7961
7962 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
7963 defined:
7964
7965 toggle: A checkbox.
7966 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
7967 radio: A radio button.
7968 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
7969 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
7970 menu bar itself.
7971 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
7972
7973 :selected SELECTED
7974
7975 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
7976 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
7977
7978 :help HELP
7979
7980 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7981
7982 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
7983 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
7984 as a solid horizontal line.
7985
7986 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.
7987
7988 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil (quote macro))
7989
7990 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" "\
7991 Not documented
7992
7993 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7994
7995 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
7996 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7997 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7998 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7999
8000 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
8001
8002 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
8003 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
8004 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
8005 should contain a submenu named NAME.
8006 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
8007 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
8008
8009 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
8010 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
8011 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
8012
8013 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
8014 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
8015 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
8016
8017 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
8018 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
8019
8020 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
8021
8022 ;;;***
8023 \f
8024 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
8025 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-delete-style ebnf-insert-style
8026 ;;;;;; ebnf-setup ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-syntax-file
8027 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-directory ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer ebnf-eps-file
8028 ;;;;;; ebnf-eps-directory ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-spool-file
8029 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-directory ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
8030 ;;;;;; ebnf-print-file ebnf-print-directory ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps"
8031 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (17994 6715))
8032 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
8033
8034 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
8035 Customization for ebnf group.
8036
8037 \(fn)" t nil)
8038
8039 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8040 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8041
8042 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8043
8044 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8045 processed.
8046
8047 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8048
8049 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8050
8051 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8052 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8053
8054 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8055 killed after process termination.
8056
8057 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
8058
8059 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8060
8061 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8062 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8063
8064 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
8065 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
8066 it to the printer.
8067
8068 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
8069 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
8070 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
8071 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
8072
8073 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8074
8075 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
8077 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
8078
8079 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
8080
8081 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8082 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
8083
8084 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8085
8086 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8087 processed.
8088
8089 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8090
8091 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8092
8093 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8094 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
8095
8096 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8097 killed after process termination.
8098
8099 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
8100
8101 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8102
8103 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8104 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
8105 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
8106 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
8107
8108 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8109
8110 \(fn)" t nil)
8111
8112 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8113 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
8114 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
8115
8116 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
8117
8118 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8119
8120 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8121 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
8122
8123 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
8124
8125 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
8126 processed.
8127
8128 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8129
8130 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8131
8132 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8133 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
8134
8135 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8136 killed after EPS generation.
8137
8138 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
8139
8140 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8141
8142 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8143 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
8144
8145 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
8146 The EPS file name has the following form:
8147
8148 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8149
8150 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8151 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8152
8153 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8154 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8155 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8156 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8157 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8158
8159 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8160 files.
8161
8162 \(fn)" t nil)
8163
8164 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8165 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
8166
8167 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
8168 The EPS file name has the following form:
8169
8170 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
8171
8172 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
8173 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
8174
8175 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
8176 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
8177 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
8178 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
8179 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
8180
8181 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
8182 files.
8183
8184 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8185
8186 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
8187
8188 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-directory) "ebnf2ps" "\
8189 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
8190
8191 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
8192
8193 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
8194 are processed.
8195
8196 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8197
8198 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8199
8200 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-file) "ebnf2ps" "\
8201 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
8202
8203 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
8204 killed after syntax checking.
8205
8206 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
8207
8208 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
8209
8210 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
8211 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
8212
8213 \(fn)" t nil)
8214
8215 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
8216 Do a syntactic analysis of region.
8217
8218 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8219
8220 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
8221 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
8222
8223 \(fn)" nil nil)
8224
8225 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8226 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
8227
8228 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8229
8230 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8231
8232 (autoload (quote ebnf-delete-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8233 Delete style NAME.
8234
8235 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8236
8237 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
8238
8239 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8240 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
8241
8242 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8243
8244 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
8245
8246 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8247 Set STYLE as the current style.
8248
8249 Returns the old style symbol.
8250
8251 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8252
8253 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
8254
8255 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8256 Reset current style.
8257
8258 Returns the old style symbol.
8259
8260 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8263
8264 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8265 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
8266
8267 Returns the old style symbol.
8268
8269 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
8270
8271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8272
8273 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
8274
8275 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
8276 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
8277
8278 Returns the old style symbol.
8279
8280 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
8281
8282 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
8283
8284 \(fn)" t nil)
8285
8286 ;;;***
8287 \f
8288 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
8289 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
8290 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
8291 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-search ebrowse-tags-loop-continue
8292 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame
8293 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame
8294 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window
8295 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window ebrowse-tags-find-definition
8296 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-definition ebrowse-tags-find-declaration
8297 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-view-declaration ebrowse-member-mode ebrowse-electric-choose-tree
8298 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (17994
8299 ;;;;;; 6751))
8300 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
8301
8302 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8303 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
8304 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
8305 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
8306 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
8307 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
8308
8309 Tree mode key bindings:
8310 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
8311
8312 \(fn)" t nil)
8313
8314 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8315 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
8316
8317 \(fn)" t nil)
8318
8319 (autoload (quote ebrowse-member-mode) "ebrowse" "\
8320 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
8321
8322 \\{ebrowse-member-mode-map}
8323
8324 \(fn)" nil nil)
8325
8326 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8327 View declaration of member at point.
8328
8329 \(fn)" t nil)
8330
8331 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration) "ebrowse" "\
8332 Find declaration of member at point.
8333
8334 \(fn)" t nil)
8335
8336 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8337 View definition of member at point.
8338
8339 \(fn)" t nil)
8340
8341 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition) "ebrowse" "\
8342 Find definition of member at point.
8343
8344 \(fn)" t nil)
8345
8346 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8347 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
8348
8349 \(fn)" t nil)
8350
8351 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8352 View definition of member at point in other window.
8353
8354 \(fn)" t nil)
8355
8356 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window) "ebrowse" "\
8357 Find definition of member at point in other window.
8358
8359 \(fn)" t nil)
8360
8361 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8362 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8363
8364 \(fn)" t nil)
8365
8366 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8367 View definition of member at point in other frame.
8368
8369 \(fn)" t nil)
8370
8371 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame) "ebrowse" "\
8372 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
8373
8374 \(fn)" t nil)
8375
8376 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
8377 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
8378 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
8379 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
8380 completion.
8381
8382 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8383
8384 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
8385 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
8386 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
8387 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
8388
8389 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
8390
8391 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search) "ebrowse" "\
8392 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
8393 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
8394 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
8395
8396 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
8397
8398 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
8399 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
8400 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
8401
8402 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
8403
8404 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
8405 Search for call sites of a member.
8406 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
8407 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
8408 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
8409 looks like a function call to the member.
8410
8411 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
8412
8413 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8414 Move backward in the position stack.
8415 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8416
8417 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8418
8419 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
8420 Move forward in the position stack.
8421 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
8422
8423 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8424
8425 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
8426 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
8427
8428 \(fn)" t nil)
8429
8430 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
8431 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
8432
8433 \(fn)" t nil)
8434
8435 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
8436 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
8437 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
8438 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
8439
8440 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
8441
8442 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
8443 Display statistics for a class tree.
8444
8445 \(fn)" t nil)
8446
8447 ;;;***
8448 \f
8449 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
8450 ;;;;;; (17994 6750))
8451 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
8452
8453 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
8454 Pop up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
8455 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
8456 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
8457
8458 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
8459 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
8460 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
8461
8462 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
8463 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
8464 much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
8465
8466 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
8467
8468 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}
8469
8470 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
8471
8472 ;;;***
8473 \f
8474 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
8475 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (17994 6750))
8476 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
8477
8478 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
8479 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
8480 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
8481
8482 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
8483
8484 ;;;***
8485 \f
8486 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs edebug-eval-top-level-form
8487 ;;;;;; edebug-basic-spec edebug-all-forms edebug-all-defs) "edebug"
8488 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (17994 6715))
8489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
8490
8491 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
8492 *If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
8493 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
8494 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
8495 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
8496
8497 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
8498 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
8499 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
8500 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
8501
8502 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" t)
8503
8504 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
8505 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
8506 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
8507 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
8508
8509 (custom-autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" t)
8510
8511 (autoload (quote edebug-basic-spec) "edebug" "\
8512 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
8513 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
8514 `edebug-form-spec' property.
8515
8516 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
8517
8518 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
8519
8520 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
8521 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
8522 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
8523 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
8524 using `eval-expression' (which see).
8525
8526 If you do this on a function definition
8527 such as a defun or defmacro, it defines the function and instruments
8528 its definition for Edebug, so it will do Edebug stepping when called
8529 later. It displays `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate
8530 that FUNCTION is now instrumented for Edebug.
8531
8532 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
8533 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
8534 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
8535 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
8536 already is one.)
8537
8538 \(fn)" t nil)
8539
8540 (autoload (quote edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "\
8541 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
8542
8543 \(fn)" t nil)
8544
8545 (autoload (quote edebug-all-forms) "edebug" "\
8546 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
8547
8548 \(fn)" t nil)
8549
8550 ;;;***
8551 \f
8552 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
8553 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
8554 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
8555 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
8556 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
8557 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
8558 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
8559 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
8560 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-backup
8561 ;;;;;; ediff-files3 ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (17994 6715))
8562 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
8563
8564 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
8565 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
8566
8567 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8568
8569 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
8570 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
8571
8572 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8573
8574 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
8575
8576 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
8577
8578 (autoload (quote ediff-backup) "ediff" "\
8579 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
8580 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
8581 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
8582
8583 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8584
8585 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
8586 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
8587
8588 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8589
8590 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
8591
8592 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
8593 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
8594
8595 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
8596
8597 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
8598
8599 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
8600 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
8601 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8602 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8603
8604 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
8605
8606 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
8607
8608 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8609 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
8610 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8611 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8612
8613 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
8614
8615 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
8616
8617 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
8618 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
8619 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
8620 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8621
8622 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
8623
8624 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
8625
8626 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
8627 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
8628 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
8629 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8630
8631 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8632
8633 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
8634
8635 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8636 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
8637 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
8638 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
8639 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
8640 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
8641
8642 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8643
8644 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
8645 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
8646 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8647 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8648
8649 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8650
8651 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
8652
8653 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8654 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
8655 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
8656 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
8657
8658 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
8659
8660 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
8661
8662 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
8663
8664 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8665 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
8666 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8667 follows:
8668 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8669 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8670
8671 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8672
8673 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
8674 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
8675 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
8676 follows:
8677 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
8678 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
8679
8680 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8681
8682 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
8683 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8684 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8685 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
8686 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
8687
8688 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8689
8690 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
8691 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
8692 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
8693 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
8694 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
8695 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
8696
8697 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8698
8699 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
8700
8701 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
8702 Merge two files without ancestor.
8703
8704 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8705
8706 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8707 Merge two files with ancestor.
8708
8709 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8710
8711 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
8712
8713 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
8714 Merge buffers without ancestor.
8715
8716 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8717
8718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8719 Merge buffers with ancestor.
8720
8721 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8722
8723 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
8724 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
8725 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8726 buffer.
8727
8728 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8729
8730 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
8731 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
8732 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
8733 buffer.
8734
8735 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
8736
8737 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
8738 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
8739 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
8740 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.
8741
8742 \(fn POS)" t nil)
8743
8744 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
8745 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
8746 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
8747 and don't ask the user.
8748 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
8749 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
8750
8751 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8752
8753 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
8754 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
8755 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
8756 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
8757 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
8758 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
8759 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
8760 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
8761
8762 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
8763
8764 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
8765
8766 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
8767
8768 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
8769 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
8770 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
8771 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
8772 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
8773
8774 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
8775
8776 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
8777
8778 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
8779 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
8780 When called interactively, displays the version.
8781
8782 \(fn)" t nil)
8783
8784 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
8785 Display Ediff's manual.
8786 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8787
8788 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8789
8790 ;;;***
8791 \f
8792 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
8793 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
8794 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
8795
8796 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "\
8797 Not documented
8798
8799 \(fn)" t nil)
8800
8801 ;;;***
8802 \f
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (17994 6715))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
8805
8806 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
8807 (defmacro ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (xemacs-form emacs-form) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) xemacs-form emacs-form))
8808
8809 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser...")))) nil)
8810
8811 (ediff-cond-compile-for-xemacs-or-emacs (progn (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual" ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff" ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions" ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) (if (featurep (quote menu-bar)) (progn (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame" . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions" . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff" . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual" . ediff-documentation))))))
8812
8813 ;;;***
8814 \f
8815 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
8816 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
8817 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
8818
8819 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
8820 Display Ediff's registry.
8821
8822 \(fn)" t nil)
8823
8824 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
8825
8826 ;;;***
8827 \f
8828 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
8829 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (17994 6715))
8830 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
8831
8832 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
8833 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8834 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8835 which see.
8836
8837 \(fn)" t nil)
8838
8839 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
8840 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8841 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8842 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8843
8844 \(fn)" t nil)
8845
8846 ;;;***
8847 \f
8848 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
8849 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
8850 ;;;;;; (17994 6750))
8851 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8852
8853 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
8854 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
8855 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
8856
8857 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8858 Edit a keyboard macro.
8859 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8860 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8861 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
8862 its command name.
8863 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8864
8865 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8866
8867 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8868 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8869
8870 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8871
8872 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8873 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8874
8875 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8876
8877 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8878 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8879 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8880 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8881 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8882 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8883
8884 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8885 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8886 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8887 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8888
8889 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8890
8891 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
8892 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8893 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8894 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8895 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8896 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8897
8898 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8899
8900 ;;;***
8901 \f
8902 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
8903 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (17994 6715))
8904 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8905
8906 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
8907 Set scroll margins.
8908 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8909 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8910
8911 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8912
8913 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
8914 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8915
8916 \(fn)" t nil)
8917
8918 ;;;***
8919 \f
8920 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
8921 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
8922 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8923
8924 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
8925 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8926 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8927 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8928 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8929 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8930 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8931
8932 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8933 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8934
8935 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
8936 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
8937 in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
8938 this value is non-nil.
8939
8940 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8941 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8942 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8943
8944 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8945 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8946 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode').
8947
8948 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8949
8950 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" "\
8951 Not documented
8952
8953 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8954
8955 ;;;***
8956 \f
8957 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)
8958 ;;;;;; "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (17994 6737))
8959 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8960
8961 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
8962 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8963
8964 (custom-autoload (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string) "eldoc" t)
8965
8966 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8967 Toggle ElDoc mode on or off.
8968 In ElDoc mode, the echo area displays information about a
8969 function or variable in the text where point is. If point is
8970 on a documented variable, it displays the first line of that
8971 variable's doc string. Otherwise it displays the argument list
8972 of the function called in the expression point is on.
8973
8974 With prefix ARG, turn ElDoc mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8975
8976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8977
8978 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
8979 Unequivocally turn on ElDoc mode (see command `eldoc-mode').
8980
8981 \(fn)" t nil)
8982
8983 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8984 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8985 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8986 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8987 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8988 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8989 arg list.
8990
8991 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8992 Emacs Lisp mode) that support Eldoc.")
8993
8994 ;;;***
8995 \f
8996 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (17994
8997 ;;;;;; 6715))
8998 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8999
9000 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
9001 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
9002
9003 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
9004 an elided material again.
9005
9006 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
9007
9008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9009
9010 ;;;***
9011 \f
9012 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
9013 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9014 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
9015
9016 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
9017 Initialize elint.
9018
9019 \(fn)" t nil)
9020
9021 ;;;***
9022 \f
9023 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
9024 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (17994
9025 ;;;;;; 6715))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
9027
9028 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
9029 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
9030 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
9031
9032 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
9033
9034 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
9035 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
9036 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
9037
9038 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
9039
9040 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
9041 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
9042 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
9043
9044 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
9045
9046 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
9047
9048 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
9049 Display current profiling results.
9050 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
9051 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
9052 displayed.
9053
9054 \(fn)" t nil)
9055
9056 ;;;***
9057 \f
9058 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
9059 ;;;;;; (17994 6751))
9060 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
9061
9062 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
9063 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
9064 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9065
9066 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
9067
9068 ;;;***
9069 \f
9070 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
9071 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
9072 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
9073 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
9074 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (17994 6715))
9075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
9076
9077 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
9078 (fset 'menu-bar-emerge-menu (symbol-value 'menu-bar-emerge-menu))
9079 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories]
9080 '("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories))
9081 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor]
9082 '("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor))
9083 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions]
9084 '("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions))
9085 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor]
9086 '("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor))
9087 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files]
9088 '("Files..." . emerge-files))
9089 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor]
9090 '("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor))
9091 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers]
9092 '("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers))
9093
9094 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
9095 Run Emerge on two files.
9096
9097 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9098
9099 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9100 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
9101
9102 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9103
9104 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
9105 Run Emerge on two buffers.
9106
9107 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9108
9109 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9110 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
9111
9112 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9113
9114 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" "\
9115 Not documented
9116
9117 \(fn)" nil nil)
9118
9119 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" "\
9120 Not documented
9121
9122 \(fn)" nil nil)
9123
9124 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" "\
9125 Not documented
9126
9127 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9128
9129 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" "\
9130 Not documented
9131
9132 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
9133
9134 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
9135 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
9136
9137 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9138
9139 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
9140 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
9141
9142 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
9143
9144 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" "\
9145 Not documented
9146
9147 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
9148
9149 ;;;***
9150 \f
9151 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
9152 ;;;;;; (17994 6751))
9153 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
9154
9155 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-setup-display) "encoded-kb" "\
9156 Set up a `key-translation-map' for `keyboard-coding-system' on DISPLAY.
9157
9158 DISPLAY may be a display id, a frame, or nil for the selected frame's display.
9159
9160 \(fn DISPLAY)" nil nil)
9161
9162 ;;;***
9163 \f
9164 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
9165 ;;;;;; "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (17994 6715))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
9167
9168 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
9169 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
9170 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
9171 text/enriched format.
9172 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
9173
9174 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
9175 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
9176
9177 Commands:
9178
9179 \\{enriched-mode-map}
9180
9181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9182
9183 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" "\
9184 Not documented
9185
9186 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
9187
9188 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" "\
9189 Not documented
9190
9191 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
9192
9193 ;;;***
9194 \f
9195 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-handle-irc-url erc erc-select-read-args) "erc"
9196 ;;;;;; "erc/erc.el" (17994 6715))
9197 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
9198
9199 (autoload (quote erc-select-read-args) "erc" "\
9200 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
9201
9202 \(fn)" nil nil)
9203
9204 (autoload (quote erc) "erc" "\
9205 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
9206 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
9207
9208 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
9209
9210 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
9211 (server (erc-compute-server))
9212 (port (erc-compute-port))
9213 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
9214 password
9215 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
9216
9217 That is, if called with
9218
9219 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
9220
9221 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
9222 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
9223 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
9224
9225 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
9226
9227 (defalias (quote erc-select) (quote erc))
9228
9229 (autoload (quote erc-handle-irc-url) "erc" "\
9230 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
9231 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
9232 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
9233
9234 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
9235
9236 ;;;***
9237 \f
9238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (17994
9239 ;;;;;; 6715))
9240 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
9241 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
9242
9243 ;;;***
9244 \f
9245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (17994 6715))
9246 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
9247 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
9248
9249 ;;;***
9250 \f
9251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (17994 6715))
9252 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
9253 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
9254
9255 ;;;***
9256 \f
9257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (17994 6715))
9258 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
9259 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
9260
9261 ;;;***
9262 \f
9263 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ctcp-query-DCC pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC erc-cmd-DCC)
9264 ;;;;;; "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (17994 6715))
9265 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
9266
9267 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9268 Parser for /dcc command.
9269 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
9270 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
9271 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
9272
9273 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9274
9275 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9276 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
9277
9278 \(fn)" nil nil)
9279
9280 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook (quote (erc-ctcp-query-DCC)) "\
9281 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries")
9282
9283 (autoload (quote erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "erc-dcc" "\
9284 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
9285 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
9286 that subcommand.
9287
9288 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
9289
9290 ;;;***
9291 \f
9292 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-ezb-initialize erc-ezb-select-session erc-ezb-select
9293 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-add-session erc-ezb-end-of-session-list erc-ezb-init-session-list
9294 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-identify erc-ezb-notice-autodetect erc-ezb-lookup-action
9295 ;;;;;; erc-ezb-get-login erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el"
9296 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9297 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
9298
9299 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-ezb) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9300 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
9301
9302 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
9303
9304 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-get-login) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9305 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
9306 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
9307 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
9308
9309 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
9310
9311 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-lookup-action) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9312 Not documented
9313
9314 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9315
9316 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-notice-autodetect) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9317 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
9318
9319 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
9320
9321 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-identify) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9322 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
9323
9324 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9325
9326 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-init-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9327 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
9328
9329 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9330
9331 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-end-of-session-list) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9332 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9333
9334 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9335
9336 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-add-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9337 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9338
9339 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9340
9341 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9342 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9343
9344 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9345
9346 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-select-session) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9347 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9348
9349 \(fn)" nil nil)
9350
9351 (autoload (quote erc-ezb-initialize) "erc-ezbounce" "\
9352 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9353
9354 \(fn)" nil nil)
9355
9356 ;;;***
9357 \f
9358 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-fill) "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (17994
9359 ;;;;;; 6715))
9360 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9361 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9362
9363 (autoload (quote erc-fill) "erc-fill" "\
9364 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9365 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9366
9367 \(fn)" nil nil)
9368
9369 ;;;***
9370 \f
9371 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-hecomplete" "erc/erc-hecomplete.el" (17994
9372 ;;;;;; 6715))
9373 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-hecomplete.el
9374 (autoload 'erc-hecomplete-mode "erc-hecomplete" nil t)
9375
9376 ;;;***
9377 \f
9378 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-identd-stop erc-identd-start) "erc-identd"
9379 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-identd.el" (17994 6715))
9380 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9381 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9382
9383 (autoload (quote erc-identd-start) "erc-identd" "\
9384 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9385 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9386 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9387 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9388 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9389 system.
9390
9391 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9392
9393 (autoload (quote erc-identd-stop) "erc-identd" "\
9394 Not documented
9395
9396 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9397
9398 ;;;***
9399 \f
9400 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el"
9401 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9402 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9403
9404 (autoload (quote erc-create-imenu-index) "erc-imenu" "\
9405 Not documented
9406
9407 \(fn)" nil nil)
9408
9409 ;;;***
9410 \f
9411 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (17994 6715))
9412 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9413 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9414
9415 ;;;***
9416 \f
9417 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-save-buffer-in-logs erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log"
9418 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-log.el" (17994 6715))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9420 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9421
9422 (autoload (quote erc-logging-enabled) "erc-log" "\
9423 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9424 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9425 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9426 is writeable (it will be created as necessary) and
9427 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9428
9429 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9430
9431 (autoload (quote erc-save-buffer-in-logs) "erc-log" "\
9432 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9433 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9434 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9435
9436 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9437 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9438 automatically.
9439
9440 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9441 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9442
9443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9444
9445 ;;;***
9446 \f
9447 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-delete-dangerous-host erc-add-dangerous-host
9448 ;;;;;; erc-delete-keyword erc-add-keyword erc-delete-fool erc-add-fool
9449 ;;;;;; erc-delete-pal erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el"
9450 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9451 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9452 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9453
9454 (autoload (quote erc-add-pal) "erc-match" "\
9455 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9456
9457 \(fn)" t nil)
9458
9459 (autoload (quote erc-delete-pal) "erc-match" "\
9460 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9461
9462 \(fn)" t nil)
9463
9464 (autoload (quote erc-add-fool) "erc-match" "\
9465 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9466
9467 \(fn)" t nil)
9468
9469 (autoload (quote erc-delete-fool) "erc-match" "\
9470 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9471
9472 \(fn)" t nil)
9473
9474 (autoload (quote erc-add-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9475 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9476
9477 \(fn)" t nil)
9478
9479 (autoload (quote erc-delete-keyword) "erc-match" "\
9480 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9481
9482 \(fn)" t nil)
9483
9484 (autoload (quote erc-add-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9485 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9486
9487 \(fn)" t nil)
9488
9489 (autoload (quote erc-delete-dangerous-host) "erc-match" "\
9490 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9491
9492 \(fn)" t nil)
9493
9494 ;;;***
9495 \f
9496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (17994 6715))
9497 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9498 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9499
9500 ;;;***
9501 \f
9502 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el"
9503 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9504 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9505 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9506
9507 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-WHOLEFT) "erc-netsplit" "\
9508 Show who's gone.
9509
9510 \(fn)" nil nil)
9511
9512 ;;;***
9513 \f
9514 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-server-select erc-determine-network) "erc-networks"
9515 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-networks.el" (17994 6715))
9516 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9517
9518 (autoload (quote erc-determine-network) "erc-networks" "\
9519 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9520 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9521 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9522
9523 \(fn)" nil nil)
9524
9525 (autoload (quote erc-server-select) "erc-networks" "\
9526 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9527
9528 \(fn)" t nil)
9529
9530 ;;;***
9531 \f
9532 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify"
9533 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-notify.el" (17994 6715))
9534 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9535 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9536
9537 (autoload (quote erc-cmd-NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9538 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9539 Without args, list the current list of notificated people online,
9540 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9541
9542 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9543
9544 (autoload (quote pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY) "erc-notify" "\
9545 Not documented
9546
9547 \(fn)" nil nil)
9548
9549 ;;;***
9550 \f
9551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (17994 6715))
9552 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9553 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9554
9555 ;;;***
9556 \f
9557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (17994
9558 ;;;;;; 6715))
9559 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9560 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9561
9562 ;;;***
9563 \f
9564 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (17994 6715))
9565 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9566 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9567
9568 ;;;***
9569 \f
9570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (17994 6715))
9571 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9572 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9573
9574 ;;;***
9575 \f
9576 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-nickserv-identify erc-nickserv-identify-mode)
9577 ;;;;;; "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (17994 6715))
9578 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9579 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9580
9581 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify-mode) "erc-services" "\
9582 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9583
9584 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9585
9586 (autoload (quote erc-nickserv-identify) "erc-services" "\
9587 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9588 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9589
9590 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9591
9592 ;;;***
9593 \f
9594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (17994 6715))
9595 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9596 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9597
9598 ;;;***
9599 \f
9600 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el"
9601 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9602 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9603
9604 (autoload (quote erc-speedbar-browser) "erc-speedbar" "\
9605 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9606 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9607
9608 \(fn)" t nil)
9609
9610 ;;;***
9611 \f
9612 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (17994
9613 ;;;;;; 6715))
9614 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9615 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9616
9617 ;;;***
9618 \f
9619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (17994 6715))
9620 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9621 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9622
9623 ;;;***
9624 \f
9625 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el"
9626 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9627 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9628
9629 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9630 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9631 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9632
9633 (custom-autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" nil)
9634
9635 (autoload (quote erc-track-minor-mode) "erc-track" "\
9636 Global minor mode for tracking ERC buffers and showing activity in the
9637 mode line.
9638
9639 This exists for the sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and
9640 C-c C-@ keybindings. Make sure that you have enabled the track
9641 module, otherwise the keybindings will not do anything useful.
9642
9643 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9644 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9645
9646 ;;;***
9647 \f
9648 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-truncate-buffer erc-truncate-buffer-to-size)
9649 ;;;;;; "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (17994 6715))
9650 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9651 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9652
9653 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer-to-size) "erc-truncate" "\
9654 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9655 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9656 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9657
9658 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9659
9660 (autoload (quote erc-truncate-buffer) "erc-truncate" "\
9661 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9662 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9663
9664 \(fn)" t nil)
9665
9666 ;;;***
9667 \f
9668 ;;;### (autoloads (erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el"
9669 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9670 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9671
9672 (autoload (quote erc-xdcc-add-file) "erc-xdcc" "\
9673 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9674
9675 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9676
9677 ;;;***
9678 \f
9679 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (17994
9680 ;;;;;; 6715))
9681 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9682
9683 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
9684 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9685
9686 \\{eshell-mode-map}
9687
9688 \(fn)" nil nil)
9689
9690 ;;;***
9691 \f
9692 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (17994
9693 ;;;;;; 6715))
9694 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
9695
9696 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
9697 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.
9698
9699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9700
9701 ;;;***
9702 \f
9703 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
9704 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (17994 6715))
9705 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9706
9707 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
9708 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9709 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9710 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9711 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9712 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9713 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9714 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9715 buffer selected (or created).
9716
9717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9718
9719 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
9720 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9721 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9722
9723 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9724
9725 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
9726 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9727 The result might be any Lisp object.
9728 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9729 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9730 corresponding to a successful execution.
9731
9732 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9733
9734 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
9735 Report a bug in Eshell.
9736 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
9737 Please include any configuration details that might be involved.
9738
9739 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
9740
9741 ;;;***
9742 \f
9743 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
9744 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
9745 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
9746 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table-buffer
9747 ;;;;;; visit-tags-table tags-table-mode find-tag-default-function
9748 ;;;;;; find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
9749 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
9750 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
9751 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9752
9753 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9754 *File name of tags table.
9755 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9756 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9757 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9758 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
9759
9760 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
9761 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9762 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9763 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9764
9765 (custom-autoload (quote tags-case-fold-search) "etags" t)
9766
9767 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9768 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
9769 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9770 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9771 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9772 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9773
9774 (custom-autoload (quote tags-table-list) "etags" t)
9775
9776 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
9777 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
9778 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
9779 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
9780 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
9781 `auto-compression-mode').")
9782
9783 (custom-autoload (quote tags-compression-info-list) "etags" t)
9784
9785 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
9786 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9787 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9788 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9789 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9790
9791 (custom-autoload (quote tags-add-tables) "etags" t)
9792
9793 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9794 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9795 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9796 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9797
9798 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-hook) "etags" t)
9799
9800 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9801 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9802 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9803 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9804 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9805
9806 (custom-autoload (quote find-tag-default-function) "etags" t)
9807
9808 (autoload (quote tags-table-mode) "etags" "\
9809 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9810
9811 \(fn)" t nil)
9812
9813 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
9814 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9815 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9816 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9817
9818 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9819 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9820 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9821 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9822 file the tag was in.
9823
9824 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9825
9826 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table-buffer) "etags" "\
9827 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9828 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9829 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9830 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9831 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9832 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9833 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9834 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9835
9836 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9837
9838 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
9839 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9840 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9841 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9842 without directory names.
9843
9844 \(fn)" nil nil)
9845
9846 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
9847 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9848 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9849 but does not select the buffer.
9850 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9851
9852 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9853 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9854 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9855 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9856 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9857
9858 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9859
9860 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9861 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9862 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9863
9864 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9865
9866 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9867
9868 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
9869 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9870 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9871 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9872
9873 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9874 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9875 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9876 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9877 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9878
9879 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9880
9881 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9882 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9883 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9884
9885 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9886
9887 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9888 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9889
9890 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
9891 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9892 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9893 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9894 around or before point.
9895
9896 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9897 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9898 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9899 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9900 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9901
9902 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9903
9904 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9905 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9906 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9907
9908 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9909
9910 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9911 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9912
9913 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
9914 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9915 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9916 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9917 around or before point.
9918
9919 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9920 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9921 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9922 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9923 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9924
9925 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9926
9927 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9928 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9929 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9930
9931 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9932
9933 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9934 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9935
9936 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
9937 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9938 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9939
9940 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9941 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9942 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9943 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9944 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9945
9946 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9947
9948 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9949 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9950 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9951
9952 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9953
9954 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9955 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9956 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9957
9958 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
9959 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9960
9961 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9962 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9963 where they were found.
9964
9965 \(fn)" t nil)
9966
9967 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
9968 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9969
9970 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9971 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9972 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9973
9974 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9975 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9976
9977 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9978 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9979
9980 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
9983 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9984 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9985 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9986
9987 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9988 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9989 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9990 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9991 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9992
9993 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9994 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9995
9996 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
9997 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9998 Stops when a match is found.
9999 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10000
10001 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10002
10003 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
10004
10005 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
10006 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
10007 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
10008 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
10009 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
10010
10011 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
10012
10013 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM START END)" t nil)
10014
10015 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
10016 Display list of tags in file FILE.
10017 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
10018 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
10019 directory specification.
10020
10021 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
10022
10023 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
10024 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
10025
10026 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10027
10028 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
10029 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
10030 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
10031 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
10032
10033 \(fn)" t nil)
10034
10035 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
10036 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
10037 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
10038 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
10039 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
10040
10041 \(fn)" t nil)
10042
10043 ;;;***
10044 \f
10045 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
10046 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
10047 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
10048 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
10049 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
10050 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
10051 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
10052 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (17994 6715))
10053 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
10054
10055 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" "\
10056 Not documented
10057
10058 \(fn)" nil nil)
10059
10060 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
10061 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
10062 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
10063 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10064
10065 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
10066 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10067 language.
10068
10069 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
10070 even if the buffer is read-only.
10071
10072 See also the descriptions of the variables
10073 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10074 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10075
10076 \(fn BEG END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10077
10078 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10079 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
10080
10081 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10082 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10083
10084 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
10085 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
10086 language.
10087
10088 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
10089 buffer is read-only.
10090
10091 See also the descriptions of the variables
10092 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
10093 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
10094
10095 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10096
10097 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10098 Execute `ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail' or `ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10099 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10100
10101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10102
10103 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10104 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
10105
10106 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
10107 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
10108
10109 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
10110 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.
10111
10112 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10113
10114 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10115 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
10116 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
10117 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10118
10119 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10120
10121 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
10122 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
10123 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10124 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10125
10126 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
10127 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
10128 the primary language.
10129
10130 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
10131 buffer is read-only.
10132
10133 See also the descriptions of the variables
10134 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10135 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10136
10137 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10138
10139 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10140 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
10141 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
10142 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
10143
10144 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
10145 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
10146 primary language.
10147
10148 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
10149 buffer is read-only.
10150
10151 See also the descriptions of the variables
10152 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
10153 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
10154
10155 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
10156
10157 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10158 Execute `ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail' or `ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker' depending on the current major mode.
10159 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.
10160
10161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10162
10163 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
10164 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
10165
10166 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
10167 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
10168 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
10169 3) convert the body into SERA.
10170
10171 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.
10172
10173 \(fn)" t nil)
10174
10175 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
10176 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
10177 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
10178
10179 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
10180
10181 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
10182 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
10183
10184 \(fn)" t nil)
10185
10186 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
10187 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
10188
10189 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
10190 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
10191 be 1, 2, or 3.
10192
10193 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
10194 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
10195 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
10196
10197 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.
10198
10199 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
10200
10201 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
10202 Allow the user to input special characters.
10203
10204 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10205
10206 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10207 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
10208 Each command is always surrounded by braces.
10209
10210 \(fn)" t nil)
10211
10212 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10213 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
10214
10215 \(fn)" t nil)
10216
10217 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10218 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
10219
10220 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
10221 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
10222
10223 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
10224 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
10225
10226 \(fn)" nil nil)
10227
10228 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
10229 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
10230
10231 \(fn)" nil nil)
10232
10233 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
10234 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
10235
10236 \(fn)" nil nil)
10237
10238 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
10239 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
10240
10241 \(fn)" nil nil)
10242
10243 ;;;***
10244 \f
10245 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
10246 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
10247 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
10248 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
10249
10250 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
10251 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
10252 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
10253 server for future sessions.
10254
10255 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
10256
10257 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
10258 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
10259 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10260
10261 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10262
10263 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
10264 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
10265 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
10266
10267 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
10268
10269 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
10270 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
10271 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
10272 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
10273 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
10274 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10275 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10276 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10277 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10278 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10279 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10280 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10281
10282 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10283
10284 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
10285 Display a form to query the directory server.
10286 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10287 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10288
10289 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10290
10291 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
10292 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10293 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10294
10295 \(fn)" t nil)
10296
10297 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if eudc-xemacs-p (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10298
10299 ;;;***
10300 \f
10301 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
10302 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-mail eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
10303 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (17994 6715))
10304 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10305
10306 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
10307 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10308
10309 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10310
10311 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
10312 Display URL and make it clickable.
10313
10314 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10315
10316 (autoload (quote eudc-display-mail) "eudc-bob" "\
10317 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10318
10319 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10320
10321 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
10322 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10323
10324 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10325
10326 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
10327 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10328
10329 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10330
10331 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
10332 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10333
10334 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10335
10336 ;;;***
10337 \f
10338 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
10339 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (17994 6715))
10340 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10341
10342 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
10343 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10344 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10345
10346 \(fn)" t nil)
10347
10348 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
10349 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10350
10351 \(fn)" t nil)
10352
10353 ;;;***
10354 \f
10355 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
10356 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
10357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10358
10359 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
10360 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10361
10362 \(fn)" t nil)
10363
10364 ;;;***
10365 \f
10366 ;;;### (autoloads (ewoc-create) "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (17994
10367 ;;;;;; 6715))
10368 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10369
10370 (autoload (quote ewoc-create) "ewoc" "\
10371 Create an empty ewoc.
10372
10373 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10374
10375 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10376 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10377 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10378 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10379 `insert-before-markers'.
10380
10381 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10382 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10383 respectively, of the ewoc.
10384
10385 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10386 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10387 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10388
10389 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10390
10391 ;;;***
10392 \f
10393 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
10394 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-interpret
10395 ;;;;;; executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "progmodes/executable.el"
10396 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
10397 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10398
10399 (autoload (quote executable-command-find-posix-p) "executable" "\
10400 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10401 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10402
10403 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10404
10405 (autoload (quote executable-interpret) "executable" "\
10406 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10407 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10408 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10409 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10410
10411 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
10414 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10415 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10416 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10417 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10418 executable.
10419
10420 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10421
10422 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
10423 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10424 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10425
10426 \(fn)" t nil)
10427
10428 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
10429 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10430 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10431 file modes.
10432
10433 \(fn)" nil nil)
10434
10435 ;;;***
10436 \f
10437 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
10438 ;;;;;; expand-abbrev-hook expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el"
10439 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
10440 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10441
10442 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
10443 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
10444 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10445 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10446
10447 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10448
10449 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10450 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10451 to generate such functions.
10452
10453 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10454 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10455 beginning of the expanded text.
10456
10457 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10458 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10459 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10460 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10461
10462 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10463
10464 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10465
10466 (autoload (quote expand-abbrev-hook) "expand" "\
10467 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10468 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10469
10470 \(fn)" nil nil)
10471
10472 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
10473 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10474 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10475
10476 \(fn)" t nil)
10477
10478 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
10479 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10480 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10481
10482 \(fn)" t nil)
10483 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10484 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10485
10486 ;;;***
10487 \f
10488 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (17994 6715))
10489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10490
10491 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
10492 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10493 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10494
10495 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10496 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10497 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10498
10499 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10500
10501 Key definitions:
10502 \\{f90-mode-map}
10503
10504 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10505
10506 `f90-do-indent'
10507 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10508 `f90-if-indent'
10509 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10510 `f90-type-indent'
10511 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10512 `f90-program-indent'
10513 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10514 (default 2).
10515 `f90-continuation-indent'
10516 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10517 `f90-comment-region'
10518 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10519 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10520 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10521 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10522 (default \"!\").
10523 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10524 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10525 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10526 `f90-break-delimiters'
10527 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10528 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10529 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10530 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10531 (default t).
10532 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10533 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10534 `f90-smart-end'
10535 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10536 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
10537 whether to blink the matching beginning (default 'blink).
10538 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10539 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10540 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
10541 `f90-leave-line-no'
10542 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10543
10544 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10545 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10546
10547 \(fn)" t nil)
10548
10549 ;;;***
10550 \f
10551 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color facemenu-remove-special
10552 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props facemenu-set-read-only
10553 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible facemenu-set-face-from-menu
10554 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground facemenu-set-face)
10555 ;;;;;; "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (17994 6715))
10556 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
10557 (define-key global-map "\M-o" 'facemenu-keymap)
10558 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
10559
10560 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
10561 Menu keymap for faces.")
10562
10563 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
10564
10565 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
10566 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
10567
10568 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
10569
10570 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
10571 Menu keymap for background colors.")
10572
10573 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
10574
10575 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
10576 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
10577
10578 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
10579
10580 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
10581 Submenu for text justification commands.")
10582
10583 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
10584
10585 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
10586 Submenu for indentation commands.")
10587
10588 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
10589
10590 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
10591 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
10592
10593 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
10594
10595 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "Describe Properties") (quote describe-text-properties))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
10596
10597 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
10598
10599 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
10600
10601 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
10602 Apply FACE to the region or next character typed.
10603
10604 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient
10605 Mark mode) and nonempty, and there is no prefix argument,
10606 this command applies FACE to the region. Otherwise, it applies FACE
10607 to the faces to use for the next character
10608 inserted. (Moving point or switching buffers before typing
10609 a character to insert cancels the specification.)
10610
10611 If FACE is `default', to \"apply\" it means clearing
10612 the list of faces to be used. For any other value of FACE,
10613 to \"apply\" it means putting FACE at the front of the list
10614 of faces to be used, and removing any faces further
10615 along in the list that would be completely overridden by
10616 preceding faces (including FACE).
10617
10618 This command can also add FACE to the menu of faces,
10619 if `facemenu-listed-faces' says to do that.
10620
10621 \(fn FACE &optional START END)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
10624 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10625 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10626
10627 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10628 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10629 requested face.
10630
10631 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10632 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10633 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10634
10635 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10636
10637 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
10638 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
10639 This command reads the color in the minibuffer.
10640
10641 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10642 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10643 requested face.
10644
10645 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10646 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
10647 typing a character to insert cancels the specification.
10648
10649 \(fn COLOR &optional START END)" t nil)
10650
10651 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
10652 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
10653 This function is designed to be called from a menu; FACE is determined
10654 using the event type of the menu entry. If FACE is a symbol whose
10655 name starts with \"fg:\" or \"bg:\", then this functions sets the
10656 foreground or background to the color specified by the rest of the
10657 symbol's name. Any other symbol is considered the name of a face.
10658
10659 If the region is active (normally true except in Transient Mark mode)
10660 and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the
10661 requested face.
10662
10663 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
10664 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character
10665 to insert cancels the specification.
10666
10667 \(fn FACE START END)" t nil)
10668
10669 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
10670 Make the region invisible.
10671 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
10672 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10673
10674 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10675
10676 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
10677 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
10678 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
10679 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10680
10681 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10682
10683 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
10684 Make the region unmodifiable.
10685 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
10686 `facemenu-remove-special'.
10687
10688 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10689
10690 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
10691 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.
10692
10693 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10694
10695 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
10696 Remove all text properties from the region.
10697
10698 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10699
10700 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
10701 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
10702 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.
10703
10704 \(fn START END)" t nil)
10705
10706 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
10707 Read a color using the minibuffer.
10708
10709 \(fn &optional PROMPT)" nil nil)
10710
10711 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
10712 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
10713 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
10714 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of
10715 colors that the current display can handle. If the optional
10716 argument BUFFER-NAME is nil, it defaults to *Colors*.
10717
10718 \(fn &optional LIST BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
10719
10720 ;;;***
10721 \f
10722 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
10723 ;;;;;; "obsolete/fast-lock.el" (17994 6715))
10724 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/fast-lock.el
10725
10726 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
10727 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
10728 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
10729 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10730
10731 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
10732
10733 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
10734 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
10735 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
10736
10737 Font Lock caches may be saved:
10738 - When you save the file's buffer.
10739 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
10740 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
10741 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
10742 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
10743
10744 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
10745
10746 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
10747 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
10748 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
10749 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.
10750
10751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10752
10753 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
10754 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.
10755
10756 \(fn)" nil nil)
10757
10758 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
10759
10760 ;;;***
10761 \f
10762 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
10763 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
10764 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (17994 6715))
10765 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10766
10767 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
10768 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10769 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10770 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10771
10772 \(fn)" nil nil)
10773
10774 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
10775 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10776
10777 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10778
10779 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
10780 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10781 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10782 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10783
10784 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10785
10786 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
10787 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10788 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10789 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10790 backup file names and the like).
10791
10792 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10793
10794 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
10795 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10796 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10797 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10798 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10799 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10800 internally by feedmail):
10801
10802 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10803 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10804 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10805 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10806
10807 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10808 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10809 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10810 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10811 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10812
10813 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10814
10815 ;;;***
10816 \f
10817 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
10818 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (17994 6715))
10819 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10820
10821 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
10822 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10823 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10824 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10825 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
10826 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10827 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.
10828
10829 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10830
10831 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
10832 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10833 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10834 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10835 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10836 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10837 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10838
10839 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10840
10841 (defalias (quote ffap) (quote find-file-at-point))
10842
10843 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
10844 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
10845 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10846 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10847 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10848 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10849
10850 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10851
10852 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
10853 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
10854 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10855 Return value:
10856 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10857 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10858 * otherwise, nil
10859
10860 \(fn E)" t nil)
10861
10862 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
10863 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10864
10865 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10866
10867 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
10868 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10869
10870 \(fn)" t nil)
10871
10872 ;;;***
10873 \f
10874 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete file-cache-add-directory-recursively
10875 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-directory-using-locate file-cache-add-directory-using-find
10876 ;;;;;; file-cache-add-file file-cache-add-directory-list file-cache-add-directory)
10877 ;;;;;; "filecache" "filecache.el" (17994 6715))
10878 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10879
10880 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory) "filecache" "\
10881 Add DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10882 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it will
10883 be added to the cache.
10884
10885 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10886
10887 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-list) "filecache" "\
10888 Add DIRECTORY-LIST (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10889 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10890 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10891 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10892
10893 \(fn DIRECTORY-LIST &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10894
10895 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-file) "filecache" "\
10896 Add FILE to the file cache.
10897
10898 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10899
10900 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-find) "filecache" "\
10901 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10902 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10903
10904 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10905
10906 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-using-locate) "filecache" "\
10907 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10908 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10909
10910 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10911
10912 (autoload (quote file-cache-add-directory-recursively) "filecache" "\
10913 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10914 This function does not use any external programs
10915 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10916 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the files
10917 in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10918
10919 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10920
10921 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
10922 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10923 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10924 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10925 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10926 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10927 \(directories) is done.
10928
10929 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10930 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10931 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10932 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
10933
10934 ;;;***
10935 \f
10936 ;;;### (autoloads (filesets-init) "filesets" "filesets.el" (17994
10937 ;;;;;; 6715))
10938 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10939
10940 (autoload (quote filesets-init) "filesets" "\
10941 Filesets initialization.
10942 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10943
10944 \(fn)" nil nil)
10945
10946 ;;;***
10947 \f
10948 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fill" "textmodes/fill.el" (17994 6726))
10949 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/fill.el
10950 (put 'colon-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
10951
10952 ;;;***
10953 \f
10954 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
10955 ;;;;;; find-ls-subdir-switches find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el"
10956 ;;;;;; (17994 6729))
10957 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10958
10959 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
10960 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
10961 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
10962 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
10963 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
10964
10965 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-option) "find-dired" t)
10966
10967 (defvar find-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
10968 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Find*' buffers.
10969 This should contain the \"-l\" switch.
10970 Use the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches if and only if you also use
10971 them for `find-ls-option'.")
10972
10973 (custom-autoload (quote find-ls-subdir-switches) "find-dired" t)
10974
10975 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
10976 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
10977 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
10978 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
10979
10980 (custom-autoload (quote find-grep-options) "find-dired" t)
10981
10982 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
10983 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10984 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10985
10986 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10987
10988 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
10989 as the final argument.
10990
10991 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10992
10993 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
10994 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10995 and run dired on those files.
10996 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10997 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10998
10999 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
11000
11001 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
11002
11003 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
11004 Find files in DIR containing a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
11005 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
11006
11007 find . -exec grep -s -e REGEXP {} \\; -ls
11008
11009 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.
11010
11011 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11012
11013 ;;;***
11014 \f
11015 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
11016 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
11017 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
11018 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
11019
11020 (defvar ff-special-constructs (quote (("^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]" lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2))))) "\
11021 *List of special constructs for `ff-treat-as-special' to recognize.
11022 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
11023 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
11024 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
11025 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
11026 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
11027
11028 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
11029 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11030 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
11031
11032 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
11033
11034 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
11035
11036 (defalias (quote ff-find-related-file) (quote ff-find-other-file))
11037
11038 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11039 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
11040 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
11041
11042 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
11043 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
11044
11045 Variables of interest include:
11046
11047 - `ff-case-fold-search'
11048 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
11049 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
11050
11051 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
11052 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
11053 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
11054
11055 - `ff-ignore-include'
11056 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
11057
11058 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
11059 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
11060
11061 - `ff-quiet-mode'
11062 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
11063
11064 - `ff-special-constructs'
11065 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
11066 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
11067 extracting the filename from that construct.
11068
11069 - `ff-other-file-alist'
11070 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
11071
11072 - `ff-search-directories'
11073 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
11074 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
11075
11076 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
11077 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
11078
11079 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
11080 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
11081
11082 - `ff-post-load-hook'
11083 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
11084
11085 - `ff-not-found-hook'
11086 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
11087
11088 - `ff-file-created-hook'
11089 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
11090
11091 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
11092
11093 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
11094 Visit the file you click on.
11095
11096 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11097
11098 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
11099 Visit the file you click on in another window.
11100
11101 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
11102
11103 ;;;***
11104 \f
11105 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
11106 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-face-definition
11107 ;;;;;; find-definition-noselect find-variable-other-frame find-variable-other-window
11108 ;;;;;; find-variable find-variable-noselect find-function-other-frame
11109 ;;;;;; find-function-other-window find-function find-function-noselect
11110 ;;;;;; find-function-search-for-symbol find-library) "find-func"
11111 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (17994 6715))
11112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
11113
11114 (autoload (quote find-library) "find-func" "\
11115 Find the elisp source of LIBRARY.
11116
11117 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
11118
11119 (autoload (quote find-function-search-for-symbol) "find-func" "\
11120 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
11121 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
11122 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
11123
11124 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
11125 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
11126 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
11127 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
11128
11129 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
11130
11131 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
11132 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
11133
11134 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
11135 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
11136 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
11137 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
11138
11139 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
11140 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
11141 in `load-path'.
11142
11143 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
11144
11145 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
11146 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
11147
11148 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
11149 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
11150 places point before the definition.
11151 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11152
11153 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
11154 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11155 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11156
11157 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11158
11159 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
11160 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11161
11162 See `find-function' for more details.
11163
11164 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11165
11166 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11167 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
11168
11169 See `find-function' for more details.
11170
11171 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
11172
11173 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
11174 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
11175
11176 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
11177 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
11178 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11179
11180 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
11181 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11182
11183 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11184
11185 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
11186 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
11187
11188 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
11189 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11190 places point before the definition.
11191
11192 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11193
11194 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
11195 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11196 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11197
11198 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11199
11200 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
11201 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11202
11203 See `find-variable' for more details.
11204
11205 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11206
11207 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
11208 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11209
11210 See `find-variable' for more details.
11211
11212 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11213
11214 (autoload (quote find-definition-noselect) "find-func" "\
11215 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11216 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11217 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11218 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11219 buffer nor display it.
11220
11221 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11222 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11223
11224 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11225
11226 (autoload (quote find-face-definition) "find-func" "\
11227 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11228
11229 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11230 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11231 places point before the definition.
11232
11233 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11234
11235 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11236 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11237 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11238
11239 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11240
11241 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
11242 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11243 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11244
11245 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11246
11247 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
11248 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11249
11250 \(fn)" t nil)
11251
11252 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
11253 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11254
11255 \(fn)" t nil)
11256
11257 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
11258 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11259
11260 \(fn)" nil nil)
11261
11262 ;;;***
11263 \f
11264 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
11265 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (17994 6715))
11266 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11267
11268 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
11269 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11270
11271 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11272
11273 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
11274 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11275
11276 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11277
11278 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
11279 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.
11280
11281 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11282
11283 ;;;***
11284 \f
11285 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
11286 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (17994 6715))
11287 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11288
11289 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
11290 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11291
11292 \(fn)" t nil)
11293
11294 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
11295 Display FILE's commentary section.
11296 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11297
11298 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11299
11300 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
11301 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11302
11303 \(fn)" t nil)
11304
11305 ;;;***
11306 \f
11307 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
11308 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (17994 6715))
11309 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11310
11311 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
11312 Toggle flow control handling.
11313 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11314 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11315
11316 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11317
11318 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
11319 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11320 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11321 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11322 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11323 to get the effect of a C-q.
11324
11325 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11326
11327 ;;;***
11328 \f
11329 ;;;### (autoloads (fill-flowed fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el"
11330 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
11331 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11332
11333 (autoload (quote fill-flowed-encode) "flow-fill" "\
11334 Not documented
11335
11336 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11337
11338 (autoload (quote fill-flowed) "flow-fill" "\
11339 Not documented
11340
11341 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11342
11343 ;;;***
11344 \f
11345 ;;;### (autoloads (flymake-mode-off flymake-mode-on flymake-mode)
11346 ;;;;;; "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (17994 6715))
11347 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11348
11349 (autoload (quote flymake-mode) "flymake" "\
11350 Minor mode to do on-the-fly syntax checking.
11351 When called interactively, toggles the minor mode.
11352 With arg, turn Flymake mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11353
11354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11355
11356 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-on) "flymake" "\
11357 Turn flymake mode on.
11358
11359 \(fn)" nil nil)
11360
11361 (autoload (quote flymake-mode-off) "flymake" "\
11362 Turn flymake mode off.
11363
11364 \(fn)" nil nil)
11365
11366 ;;;***
11367 \f
11368 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
11369 ;;;;;; turn-off-flyspell turn-on-flyspell flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode)
11370 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (17994 6726))
11371 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11372
11373 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
11374 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11375
11376 \(fn)" t nil)
11377 (defvar flyspell-mode nil)
11378
11379 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
11380 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
11381 This spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word.
11382 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11383 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
11384 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
11385
11386 Bindings:
11387 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11388 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11389 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11390 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11391
11392 Hooks:
11393 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell is entered.
11394
11395 Remark:
11396 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11397 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
11398 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11399
11400 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11401 consider adding:
11402 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11403 in your .emacs file.
11404
11405 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11406 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11407
11408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11409
11410 (autoload (quote turn-on-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11411 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11412
11413 \(fn)" nil nil)
11414
11415 (autoload (quote turn-off-flyspell) "flyspell" "\
11416 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11417
11418 \(fn)" nil nil)
11419
11420 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
11421 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11422
11423 \(fn)" nil nil)
11424
11425 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
11426 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11427
11428 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11429
11430 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
11431 Flyspell whole buffer.
11432
11433 \(fn)" t nil)
11434
11435 ;;;***
11436 \f
11437 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
11438 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
11439 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
11440 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11441
11442 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11443 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11444
11445 \(fn)" t nil)
11446
11447 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
11448 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11449
11450 \(fn)" t nil)
11451
11452 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
11453 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
11454
11455 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
11456 of two major techniques:
11457
11458 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11459 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11460 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
11461
11462 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11463 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11464 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11465 movement commands.
11466
11467 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11468 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11469 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11470 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11471 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11472 mileage may vary).
11473
11474 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11475 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11476
11477 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
11478
11479 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
11480 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
11481 \(This is the default.)
11482
11483 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
11484 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
11485
11486 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11487 \\{follow-mode-map}
11488
11489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11490
11491 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
11492 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
11493
11494 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11495 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11496 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11497 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
11498 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11499 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11500
11501 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
11502 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11503 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11504
11505 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
11506 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
11507 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)
11508
11509 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11510
11511 ;;;***
11512 \f
11513 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (17994
11514 ;;;;;; 6715))
11515 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11516
11517 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
11518 Toggle footnote minor mode.
11519 \\<message-mode-map>
11520 key binding
11521 --- -------
11522
11523 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
11524 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
11525 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
11526 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
11527 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
11528 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
11529
11530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11531
11532 ;;;***
11533 \f
11534 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
11535 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (17994 6715))
11536 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11537
11538 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
11539 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11540
11541 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11542 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11543 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11544 C-c < forms-first-record <
11545 C-c > forms-last-record >
11546 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11547 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11548 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11549 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11550 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11551 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11552 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11553 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11554 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11555 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11556
11557 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11558
11559 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
11560 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11561
11562 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11563
11564 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
11565 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11566
11567 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11568
11569 ;;;***
11570 \f
11571 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
11572 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (17994 6715))
11573 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11574
11575 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
11576 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
11577 A non-nil value specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
11578 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
11579 with a character in column 6.")
11580
11581 (custom-autoload (quote fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran" t)
11582
11583 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
11584 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11585 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11586
11587 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11588 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11589
11590 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11591
11592 Key definitions:
11593 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11594
11595 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11596
11597 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11598 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11599 `fortran-do-indent'
11600 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11601 `fortran-if-indent'
11602 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11603 `fortran-structure-indent'
11604 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11605 (default 3)
11606 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11607 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11608 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11609 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11610 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11611 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11612 nil don't change the indentation
11613 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11614 value of either
11615 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11616 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11617 depending on the continuation format in use.
11618 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11619 indentation for a line of code.
11620 (default 'fixed)
11621 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11622 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11623 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11624 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11625 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11626 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11627 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11628 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11629 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11630 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11631 column 5.
11632 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11633 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11634 statements (default nil).
11635 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11636 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11637 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11638 `fortran-continuation-string'
11639 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11640 line (default \"$\").
11641 `fortran-comment-region'
11642 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11643 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11644 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11645 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11646 as typed (default t).
11647 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11648 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11649
11650 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11651 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11652
11653 \(fn)" t nil)
11654
11655 ;;;***
11656 \f
11657 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
11658 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (17994 6715))
11659 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11660
11661 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
11662 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11663
11664 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11665 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11666
11667 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11668
11669 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
11670 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11671
11672 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11673 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11674
11675 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11676
11677 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
11678 Compile fortune file.
11679
11680 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11681 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11682
11683 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11684
11685 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
11686 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11687
11688 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11689 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11690 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11691 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11692
11693 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11694
11695 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
11696 Display a fortune cookie.
11697
11698 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11699 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11700 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11701 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11702
11703 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11704
11705 ;;;***
11706 \f
11707 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-enable-debug gdba) "gdb-ui" "progmodes/gdb-ui.el"
11708 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
11709 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-ui.el
11710
11711 (autoload (quote gdba) "gdb-ui" "\
11712 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11713 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11714 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11715
11716 If `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11717 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11718 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11719 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11720
11721 If `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11722 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear unless
11723 `gdb-use-separate-io-buffer' is nil when the source buffer
11724 occupies the full width of the frame. Keybindings are shown in
11725 some of the buffers.
11726
11727 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11728
11729 The following commands help control operation :
11730
11731 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11732 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11733
11734 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11735 detailed description of this mode.
11736
11737
11738 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11739 | GDB Toolbar |
11740 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11741 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11742 | | |
11743 | | |
11744 | | |
11745 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11746 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11747 | | (comint-mode) |
11748 | | |
11749 | | |
11750 | | |
11751 | | |
11752 | | |
11753 | | |
11754 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11755 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11756 | RET gdb-frames-select | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11757 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11758 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11759 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11760
11761 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11762
11763 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11764 Non-nil means record the process input and output in `gdb-debug-log'.")
11765
11766 (custom-autoload (quote gdb-enable-debug) "gdb-ui" t)
11767
11768 ;;;***
11769 \f
11770 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-make-keywords-list generic-mode generic-mode-internal
11771 ;;;;;; define-generic-mode) "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (17994
11772 ;;;;;; 6715))
11773 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11774
11775 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11776 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11777 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11778 instead (which see).")
11779
11780 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
11781 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11782
11783 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11784 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11785 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11786 documentation string instead.
11787
11788 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11789 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11790 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11791 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11792 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11793 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11794 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11795 enders are actually possible.
11796
11797 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11798 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11799
11800 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11801 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11802 `font-lock-keywords'.
11803
11804 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11805 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11806 runs the macro expansion.
11807
11808 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11809 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11810 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11811
11812 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11813
11814 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil (quote macro))
11815
11816 (autoload (quote generic-mode-internal) "generic" "\
11817 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11818
11819 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11820
11821 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
11822 Enter generic mode MODE.
11823
11824 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11825 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11826 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11827
11828 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11829 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11830
11831 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11832
11833 (autoload (quote generic-make-keywords-list) "generic" "\
11834 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11835 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11836 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11837 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11838 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11839 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11840 `font-lock-keywords'.
11841
11842 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11843
11844 ;;;***
11845 \f
11846 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
11847 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
11848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11849
11850 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
11851 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11852 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
11853 at places they belong to.
11854
11855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11856
11857 ;;;***
11858 \f
11859 ;;;### (autoloads (gmm-tool-bar-from-list gmm-widget-p gmm-error
11860 ;;;;;; gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (17994 6715))
11861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11862
11863 (autoload (quote gmm-message) "gmm-utils" "\
11864 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11865
11866 Guideline for numbers:
11867 1 - error messages, 3 - non-serious error messages, 5 - messages for things
11868 that take a long time, 7 - not very important messages on stuff, 9 - messages
11869 inside loops.
11870
11871 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11872
11873 (autoload (quote gmm-error) "gmm-utils" "\
11874 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11875 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11876
11877 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11878
11879 (autoload (quote gmm-widget-p) "gmm-utils" "\
11880 Non-nil iff SYMBOL is a widget.
11881
11882 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11883
11884 (autoload (quote gmm-tool-bar-from-list) "gmm-utils" "\
11885 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11886
11887 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11888 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11889 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11890 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11891 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11892 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11893
11894 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11895 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11896 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11897 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11898 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11899
11900 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11901
11902 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11903
11904 ;;;***
11905 \f
11906 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
11907 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (17994 6715))
11908 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11909 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11910 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11911
11912 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
11913 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11914
11915 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11916
11917 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
11918 Read network news.
11919 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11920 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11921 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11922 name of an NNTP server to use.
11923 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11924 server.
11925
11926 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11927
11928 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
11929 Read news as a slave.
11930
11931 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11932
11933 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
11934 Pop up a frame to read news.
11935 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11936 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11937 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise just pop up a Gnus frame. The
11938 optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11939 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11940 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11941 current display is used.
11942
11943 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11944
11945 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
11946 Read network news.
11947 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11948 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11949 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11950
11951 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11952
11953 ;;;***
11954 \f
11955 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-regenerate gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch
11956 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-find-parameter gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active
11957 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list gnus-agent-delete-group
11958 ;;;;;; gnus-agent-rename-group gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc gnus-agentize
11959 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-unplugged gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent"
11960 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (17994 6715))
11961 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11962
11963 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11964 Start Gnus unplugged.
11965
11966 \(fn)" t nil)
11967
11968 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11969 Start Gnus plugged.
11970
11971 \(fn)" t nil)
11972
11973 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
11974 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11975
11976 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11977
11978 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
11979 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11980
11981 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11982 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11983 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11984
11985 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11986 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11987 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11988
11989 \(fn)" t nil)
11990
11991 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc) "gnus-agent" "\
11992 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11993
11994 \(fn)" nil nil)
11995
11996 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-rename-group) "gnus-agent" "\
11997 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11998 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11999 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12000 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12001 supported.
12002
12003 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12004
12005 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-delete-group) "gnus-agent" "\
12006 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12007 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12008 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12009 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12010 supported.
12011
12012 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12013
12014 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list) "gnus-agent" "\
12015 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12016
12017 \(fn)" nil nil)
12018
12019 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active) "gnus-agent" "\
12020 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12021 downloaded into the agent.
12022
12023 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12024
12025 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-find-parameter) "gnus-agent" "\
12026 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12027 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12028 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12029
12030 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12031
12032 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
12033 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12034
12035 \(fn)" t nil)
12036
12037 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" "\
12038 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12039
12040 \(fn)" t nil)
12041
12042 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-regenerate) "gnus-agent" "\
12043 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12044 If CLEAN, obsolete (ignore).
12045
12046 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12047
12048 ;;;***
12049 \f
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
12051 ;;;;;; (18000 24325))
12052 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12053
12054 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
12055 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12056
12057 \(fn)" nil nil)
12058
12059 ;;;***
12060 \f
12061 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
12062 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12063 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
12064
12065 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
12066 Play a sound FILE through the speaker.
12067
12068 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12069
12070 ;;;***
12071 \f
12072 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-delete-group gnus-cache-rename-group
12073 ;;;;;; gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
12074 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (17994
12075 ;;;;;; 6715))
12076 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12077
12078 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
12079 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12080
12081 Usage:
12082 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12083
12084 \(fn)" t nil)
12085
12086 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
12087 Generate the cache active file.
12088
12089 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12090
12091 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
12092 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12093
12094 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12095
12096 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-rename-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12097 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12098 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12099 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12100 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12101 supported.
12102
12103 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12104
12105 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-delete-group) "gnus-cache" "\
12106 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12107 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12108 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12109 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12110 supported.
12111
12112 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12113
12114 ;;;***
12115 \f
12116 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-delay-initialize gnus-delay-send-queue gnus-delay-article)
12117 ;;;;;; "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (17994 6715))
12118 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12119
12120 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-article) "gnus-delay" "\
12121 Delay this article by some time.
12122 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12123
12124 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12125 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12126
12127 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12128 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12129
12130 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12131 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12132
12133 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12134
12135 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-send-queue) "gnus-delay" "\
12136 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12137
12138 \(fn)" t nil)
12139
12140 (autoload (quote gnus-delay-initialize) "gnus-delay" "\
12141 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12142 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12143 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12144
12145 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12146 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12147
12148 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12149
12150 ;;;***
12151 \f
12152 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-user-format-function-D gnus-user-format-function-d)
12153 ;;;;;; "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (17994 6741))
12154 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12155
12156 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-d) "gnus-diary" "\
12157 Not documented
12158
12159 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12160
12161 (autoload (quote gnus-user-format-function-D) "gnus-diary" "\
12162 Not documented
12163
12164 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12165
12166 ;;;***
12167 \f
12168 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el"
12169 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12170 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12171
12172 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-dired-mode) "gnus-dired" "\
12173 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12174
12175 \(fn)" nil nil)
12176
12177 ;;;***
12178 \f
12179 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el"
12180 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12181 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12182
12183 (autoload (quote gnus-draft-reminder) "gnus-draft" "\
12184 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12185
12186 \(fn)" t nil)
12187
12188 ;;;***
12189 \f
12190 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-convert-png-to-face gnus-convert-face-to-png
12191 ;;;;;; gnus-face-from-file gnus-x-face-from-file gnus-insert-random-x-face-header
12192 ;;;;;; gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (17994
12193 ;;;;;; 6715))
12194 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12195
12196 (autoload (quote gnus-random-x-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12197 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12198
12199 \(fn)" t nil)
12200
12201 (autoload (quote gnus-insert-random-x-face-header) "gnus-fun" "\
12202 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12203
12204 \(fn)" t nil)
12205
12206 (autoload (quote gnus-x-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12207 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12208
12209 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12210
12211 (autoload (quote gnus-face-from-file) "gnus-fun" "\
12212 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12213
12214 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12215
12216 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-face-to-png) "gnus-fun" "\
12217 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12218 The PNG is returned as a string.
12219
12220 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12221
12222 (autoload (quote gnus-convert-png-to-face) "gnus-fun" "\
12223 Convert FILE to a Face.
12224 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12225 726 bytes.
12226
12227 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12228
12229 ;;;***
12230 \f
12231 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
12232 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (17994 6715))
12233 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12234
12235 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
12236 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12237 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12238
12239 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12240
12241 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
12242 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12243
12244 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12245
12246 ;;;***
12247 \f
12248 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
12249 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12250 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12251
12252 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
12253
12254 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
12255 Run batched scoring.
12256 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12257
12258 \(fn)" t nil)
12259
12260 ;;;***
12261 \f
12262 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode gnus-mailing-list-insinuate
12263 ;;;;;; turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el"
12264 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12265 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12266
12267 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12268 Not documented
12269
12270 \(fn)" nil nil)
12271
12272 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-insinuate) "gnus-ml" "\
12273 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12274 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12275
12276 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12277
12278 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
12279 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12280
12281 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12282
12283 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12284
12285 ;;;***
12286 \f
12287 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
12288 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
12289 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12290 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12291
12292 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12293 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
12294 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12295 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12296 group parameters.
12297
12298 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12299 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12300 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
12301 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
12302
12303 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12304 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
12305 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12306 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12307 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
12308 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12309 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12310 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12311 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12312 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12313
12314 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12315
12316 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12317 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12318 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12319 nil CATCH-ALL).
12320
12321 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
12322 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.
12323
12324 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12325
12326 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12327 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12328 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12329
12330 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.
12331
12332 \(fn)" nil nil)
12333
12334 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
12335 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12336 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12337
12338 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12339
12340 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12341 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12342 existing groups are considered.
12343
12344 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12345 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12346 returned.
12347
12348 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12349 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12350 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12351 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12352 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12353 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12354 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12355 clauses will be generated.
12356
12357 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12358 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12359 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12360 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12361 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12362 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12363
12364 For example, given the following group parameters:
12365
12366 nnml:mail.bar:
12367 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12368 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12369 nnml:mail.foo:
12370 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12371 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12372 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12373 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12374 nnml:mail.others:
12375 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12376
12377 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12378
12379 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12380 \"mail.bar\")
12381 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12382 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12383 \"mail.others\")
12384
12385 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12386
12387 ;;;***
12388 \f
12389 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
12390 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12391 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
12392
12393 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
12394 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
12395 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.
12396
12397 \(fn FROM-SERVER TO-SERVER)" t nil)
12398
12399 ;;;***
12400 \f
12401 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-button-reply gnus-button-mailto gnus-msg-mail)
12402 ;;;;;; "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (17994 6715))
12403 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12404
12405 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
12406 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12407 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12408 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12409
12410 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
12411
12412 (autoload (quote gnus-button-mailto) "gnus-msg" "\
12413 Mail to ADDRESS.
12414
12415 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12416
12417 (autoload (quote gnus-button-reply) "gnus-msg" "\
12418 Like `message-reply'.
12419
12420 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12421
12422 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
12423
12424 ;;;***
12425 \f
12426 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-nocem-load-cache gnus-nocem-scan-groups)
12427 ;;;;;; "gnus-nocem" "gnus/gnus-nocem.el" (17994 6715))
12428 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-nocem.el
12429
12430 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-scan-groups) "gnus-nocem" "\
12431 Scan all NoCeM groups for new NoCeM messages.
12432
12433 \(fn)" t nil)
12434
12435 (autoload (quote gnus-nocem-load-cache) "gnus-nocem" "\
12436 Load the NoCeM cache.
12437
12438 \(fn)" t nil)
12439
12440 ;;;***
12441 \f
12442 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon gnus-treat-mail-picon
12443 ;;;;;; gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el"
12444 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12446
12447 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-from-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12448 Display picons in the From header.
12449 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12450
12451 \(fn)" t nil)
12452
12453 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-mail-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12454 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12455 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12456
12457 \(fn)" t nil)
12458
12459 (autoload (quote gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon) "gnus-picon" "\
12460 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12461 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12462
12463 \(fn)" t nil)
12464
12465 ;;;***
12466 \f
12467 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-to-sorted-list gnus-sorted-nunion gnus-sorted-union
12468 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-nintersection gnus-sorted-range-intersection
12469 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-intersection gnus-intersection gnus-sorted-complement
12470 ;;;;;; gnus-sorted-ndifference gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range"
12471 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-range.el" (17994 6715))
12472 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12473
12474 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-difference) "gnus-range" "\
12475 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12476 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12477 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12478
12479 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12480
12481 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-ndifference) "gnus-range" "\
12482 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12483 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12484 LIST1 is modified.
12485
12486 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12487
12488 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-complement) "gnus-range" "\
12489 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12490 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12491
12492 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12493
12494 (autoload (quote gnus-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12495 Not documented
12496
12497 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12498
12499 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12500 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12501 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12502
12503 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12504
12505 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-range-intersection) "gnus-range" "\
12506 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12507 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12508
12509 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12510
12511 (defalias (quote gnus-set-sorted-intersection) (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection))
12512
12513 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nintersection) "gnus-range" "\
12514 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12515 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12516
12517 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12518
12519 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-union) "gnus-range" "\
12520 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12521 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12522
12523 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12524
12525 (autoload (quote gnus-sorted-nunion) "gnus-range" "\
12526 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12527 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12528
12529 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12530
12531 (autoload (quote gnus-add-to-sorted-list) "gnus-range" "\
12532 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12533
12534 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12535
12536 ;;;***
12537 \f
12538 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-registry-install-hooks gnus-registry-initialize)
12539 ;;;;;; "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (17994 6715))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12541
12542 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-initialize) "gnus-registry" "\
12543 Not documented
12544
12545 \(fn)" t nil)
12546
12547 (autoload (quote gnus-registry-install-hooks) "gnus-registry" "\
12548 Install the registry hooks.
12549
12550 \(fn)" t nil)
12551
12552 ;;;***
12553 \f
12554 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-sieve-article-add-rule gnus-sieve-generate
12555 ;;;;;; gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (17994
12556 ;;;;;; 6715))
12557 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12558
12559 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-update) "gnus-sieve" "\
12560 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12561 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12562 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12563 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12564 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12565
12566 \(fn)" t nil)
12567
12568 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-generate) "gnus-sieve" "\
12569 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12570 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12571 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12572 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12573
12574 \(fn)" t nil)
12575
12576 (autoload (quote gnus-sieve-article-add-rule) "gnus-sieve" "\
12577 Not documented
12578
12579 \(fn)" t nil)
12580
12581 ;;;***
12582 \f
12583 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
12584 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
12586
12587 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
12588 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
12589 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
12590 for matching on group names.
12591
12592 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
12593 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
12594
12595 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
12596
12597 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.
12598
12599 \(fn)" t nil)
12600
12601 ;;;***
12602 \f
12603 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
12604 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12605 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12606
12607 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
12608 Update the format specification near point.
12609
12610 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12611
12612 ;;;***
12613 \f
12614 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news
12615 ;;;;;; gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (17994
12616 ;;;;;; 6715))
12617 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12618
12619 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
12620 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12621
12622 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12623
12624 (autoload (quote gnus-fixup-nnimap-unread-after-getting-new-news) "gnus-start" "\
12625 Not documented
12626
12627 \(fn)" nil nil)
12628
12629 ;;;***
12630 \f
12631 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
12632 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12633 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12634
12635 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
12636 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12637
12638 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12639
12640 ;;;***
12641 \f
12642 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (17994 6715))
12643 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12644
12645 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
12646 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12647
12648 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
12649 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12650 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12651
12652 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12653 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12654 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12655
12656 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12657 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12658
12659 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12660 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12661
12662 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12663
12664 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12665
12666 ;;;***
12667 \f
12668 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr"
12669 ;;;;;; "net/goto-addr.el" (17994 6715))
12670 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12671
12672 (define-obsolete-function-alias (quote goto-address-at-mouse) (quote goto-address-at-point) "22.1")
12673
12674 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
12675 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12676 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12677 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12678 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12679
12680 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12681
12682 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
12683 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12684 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12685 or to send e-mail.
12686 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12687 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12688
12689 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12690 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12691
12692 \(fn)" t nil)
12693 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12694
12695 ;;;***
12696 \f
12697 ;;;### (autoloads (rgrep lgrep grep-find grep grep-mode grep-compute-defaults
12698 ;;;;;; grep-process-setup grep-setup-hook grep-find-command grep-command
12699 ;;;;;; grep-window-height) "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (17994 6715))
12700 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12701
12702 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12703 *Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12704
12705 (custom-autoload (quote grep-window-height) "grep" t)
12706
12707 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12708 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12709 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12710 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12711 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12712
12713 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12714 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12715
12716 (custom-autoload (quote grep-command) "grep" t)
12717
12718 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12719 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12720 The default value of this variable is set up by `grep-compute-defaults';
12721 call that function before using this variable in your program.")
12722
12723 (custom-autoload (quote grep-find-command) "grep" t)
12724
12725 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12726 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12727
12728 (custom-autoload (quote grep-setup-hook) "grep" t)
12729
12730 (defvar grep-regexp-alist (quote (("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([0-9]+\\)\\2" 1 3) ("^\\(\\(.+?\\):\\([0-9]+\\):\\).*?\\(\e\\[01;31m\\(?:\e\\[K\\)?\\)\\(.*?\\)\\(\e\\[[0-9]*m\\)" 2 3 ((lambda nil (setq compilation-error-screen-columns nil) (- (match-beginning 4) (match-end 1))) lambda nil (- (match-end 5) (match-end 1) (- (match-end 4) (match-beginning 4)))) nil 1) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1))) "\
12731 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12732
12733 (defvar grep-program "grep" "\
12734 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12735 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12736
12737 (defvar find-program "find" "\
12738 The default find program for `grep-find-command'.
12739 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12740
12741 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12742 Non-nil means that `grep-find' uses the `xargs' utility by default.
12743 If `exec', use `find -exec'.
12744 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12745 Any other non-nil value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12746
12747 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12748
12749 (defvar grep-history nil)
12750
12751 (defvar grep-find-history nil)
12752
12753 (autoload (quote grep-process-setup) "grep" "\
12754 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12755 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12756
12757 \(fn)" nil nil)
12758
12759 (autoload (quote grep-compute-defaults) "grep" "\
12760 Not documented
12761
12762 \(fn)" nil nil)
12763
12764 (autoload (quote grep-mode) "grep" "\
12765 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12766
12767 \(fn)" nil nil)
12768
12769 (autoload (quote grep) "grep" "\
12770 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12771 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12772 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
12773 where grep found matches.
12774
12775 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12776 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12777
12778 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
12779 easily repeat a grep command.
12780
12781 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12782 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12783 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
12784 if that history list is empty).
12785
12786 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12787
12788 (autoload (quote grep-find) "grep" "\
12789 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12790 Collect output in a buffer.
12791 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12792 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12793
12794 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12795 easily repeat a find command.
12796
12797 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12798
12799 (defalias (quote find-grep) (quote grep-find))
12800
12801 (autoload (quote lgrep) "grep" "\
12802 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12803 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12804 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12805 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12806
12807 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12808 before it is executed.
12809 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12810
12811 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12812 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12813 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12814
12815 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12816
12817 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12818
12819 (autoload (quote rgrep) "grep" "\
12820 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12821 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12822 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12823 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12824
12825 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12826 before it is executed.
12827 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12828
12829 Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you
12830 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error]
12831 in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12832
12833 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12834
12835 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR)" t nil)
12836
12837 ;;;***
12838 \f
12839 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (17994 6715))
12840 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12841
12842 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
12843 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12844 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12845 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12846 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12847
12848 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12849
12850 ;;;***
12851 \f
12852 ;;;### (autoloads (gdb-script-mode jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb)
12853 ;;;;;; "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (17994 6727))
12854 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12855
12856 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
12857 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12858 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12859 directory and source-file directory for your debugger. By
12860 default this command starts GDB using a graphical interface. See
12861 `gdba' for more information.
12862
12863 To run GDB in text command mode, replace the GDB \"--annotate=3\"
12864 option with \"--fullname\" either in the minibuffer for the
12865 current Emacs session, or the custom variable
12866 `gud-gdb-command-name' for all future sessions. You need to use
12867 text command mode to debug multiple programs within one Emacs
12868 session.
12869
12870 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12871
12872 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
12873 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12874 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12875 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12876
12877 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12878
12879 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
12880 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12881 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12882 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12883
12884 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12885
12886 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
12887 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12888 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12889 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12890
12891 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12892 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12893
12894 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12895
12896 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
12897 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12898 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12899 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12900
12901 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12902
12903 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
12904 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12905 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12906 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12907
12908 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12909
12910 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
12911 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12912 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12913 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12914 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12915
12916 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12917 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12918 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12919 original source file access method.
12920
12921 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12922 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12923
12924 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12925 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
12926
12927 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("/\\.gdbinit" . gdb-script-mode)))
12928
12929 (autoload (quote gdb-script-mode) "gud" "\
12930 Major mode for editing GDB scripts
12931
12932 \(fn)" t nil)
12933
12934 ;;;***
12935 \f
12936 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (17994
12937 ;;;;;; 6715))
12938 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12939
12940 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
12941 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12942 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12943 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12944
12945 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
12946 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
12947 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
12948 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)
12949
12950 \(fn)" t nil)
12951
12952 ;;;***
12953 \f
12954 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
12955 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
12956 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
12957
12958 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
12959 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
12960
12961 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
12962
12963 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
12964 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
12965 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
12966 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
12967
12968 Repent before ring 31 moves.
12969
12970 \(fn)" t nil)
12971
12972 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
12973 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
12974 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
12975 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
12976 to be updated.
12977
12978 \(fn)" t nil)
12979
12980 ;;;***
12981 \f
12982 ;;;### (autoloads (scan-buf-previous-region scan-buf-next-region
12983 ;;;;;; scan-buf-move-to-region help-at-pt-display-when-idle help-at-pt-set-timer
12984 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-cancel-timer display-local-help help-at-pt-kbd-string
12985 ;;;;;; help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (17994 6715))
12986 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
12987
12988 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12989 Return the help-echo string at point.
12990 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
12991 property, or nil, is returned.
12992 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
12993 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
12994 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
12995
12996 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
12997
12998 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-kbd-string) "help-at-pt" "\
12999 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13000 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13001 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property. If
13002 this produces no string either, return nil.
13003
13004 \(fn)" nil nil)
13005
13006 (autoload (quote display-local-help) "help-at-pt" "\
13007 Display local help in the echo area.
13008 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13009 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13010 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13011 printed instead.
13012
13013 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13014 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13015 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13016
13017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13018
13019 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-cancel-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13020 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13021 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13022
13023 \(fn)" t nil)
13024
13025 (autoload (quote help-at-pt-set-timer) "help-at-pt" "\
13026 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13027 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13028
13029 \(fn)" t nil)
13030
13031 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle (quote never) "\
13032 *Automatically show local help on point-over.
13033 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13034 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13035 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13036 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13037 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13038 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13039 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13040 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13041 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13042
13043 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13044 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13045 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13046 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13047 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13048
13049 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13050 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13051 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13052 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13053 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13054 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13055 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13056 The default is `never'.")
13057
13058 (custom-autoload (quote help-at-pt-display-when-idle) "help-at-pt" nil)
13059
13060 (autoload (quote scan-buf-move-to-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13061 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13062 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13063 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13064 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13065 considered different regions.
13066
13067 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13068 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13069 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13070 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13071 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13072 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13073 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13074 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13075 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13076
13077 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13078
13079 (autoload (quote scan-buf-next-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13080 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13081 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13082 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13083 different regions.
13084
13085 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13086 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13087 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13088 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13089 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13090 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13091 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13092 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13093
13094 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13095 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13096 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13097 rarely happens in practice.
13098
13099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13100
13101 (autoload (quote scan-buf-previous-region) "help-at-pt" "\
13102 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13103 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13104 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13105 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13106 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG..
13107
13108 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13109
13110 ;;;***
13111 \f
13112 ;;;### (autoloads (describe-categories describe-syntax describe-variable
13113 ;;;;;; variable-at-point describe-function-1 describe-simplify-lib-file-name
13114 ;;;;;; help-C-file-name describe-function) "help-fns" "help-fns.el"
13115 ;;;;;; (17994 6751))
13116 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13117
13118 (autoload (quote describe-function) "help-fns" "\
13119 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13120
13121 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13122
13123 (autoload (quote help-C-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13124 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13125 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13126
13127 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13128
13129 (autoload (quote describe-simplify-lib-file-name) "help-fns" "\
13130 Simplify a library name FILE to a relative name, and make it a source file.
13131
13132 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
13133
13134 (autoload (quote describe-function-1) "help-fns" "\
13135 Not documented
13136
13137 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13138
13139 (autoload (quote variable-at-point) "help-fns" "\
13140 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13141 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13142 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13143
13144 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13145
13146 (autoload (quote describe-variable) "help-fns" "\
13147 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13148 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13149 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13150 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13151 it is displayed along with the global value.
13152
13153 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13154
13155 (autoload (quote describe-syntax) "help-fns" "\
13156 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13157 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13158 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13159
13160 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13161
13162 (autoload (quote describe-categories) "help-fns" "\
13163 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13164 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13165 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13166 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13167
13168 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13169
13170 ;;;***
13171 \f
13172 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
13173 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
13174 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13175
13176 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13177 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13178 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
13179 and window listing and describing the options.
13180 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
13181 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
13182
13183 (custom-autoload (quote three-step-help) "help-macro" t)
13184
13185 ;;;***
13186 \f
13187 ;;;### (autoloads (help-xref-on-pp help-insert-xref-button help-xref-button
13188 ;;;;;; help-make-xrefs help-setup-xref help-mode-finish help-mode-setup
13189 ;;;;;; help-mode) "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (17994 6715))
13190 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13191
13192 (autoload (quote help-mode) "help-mode" "\
13193 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13194 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13195 Commands:
13196 \\{help-mode-map}
13197
13198 \(fn)" t nil)
13199
13200 (autoload (quote help-mode-setup) "help-mode" "\
13201 Not documented
13202
13203 \(fn)" nil nil)
13204
13205 (autoload (quote help-mode-finish) "help-mode" "\
13206 Not documented
13207
13208 \(fn)" nil nil)
13209
13210 (autoload (quote help-setup-xref) "help-mode" "\
13211 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13212
13213 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13214 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13215 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13216 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13217
13218 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13219 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13220 restore it properly when going back.
13221
13222 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13223
13224 (autoload (quote help-make-xrefs) "help-mode" "\
13225 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13226
13227 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13228 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13229 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13230 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13231 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13232 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13233 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13234 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13235
13236 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13237 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13238 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13239 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13240
13241 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13242 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13243 that.
13244
13245 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13246
13247 (autoload (quote help-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13248 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13249 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13250 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13251 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13252 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13253
13254 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13255
13256 (autoload (quote help-insert-xref-button) "help-mode" "\
13257 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13258 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13259 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13260 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13261
13262 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13263
13264 (autoload (quote help-xref-on-pp) "help-mode" "\
13265 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13266
13267 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13268
13269 ;;;***
13270 \f
13271 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
13272 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (17994 6715))
13273 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13274
13275 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
13276 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13277
13278 \(fn)" t nil)
13279
13280 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
13281 Provide help for current mode.
13282
13283 \(fn)" t nil)
13284
13285 ;;;***
13286 \f
13287 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
13288 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (17994 6715))
13289 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13290
13291 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
13292 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13293 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13294 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13295 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13296
13297 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13298 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13299
13300 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13301 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13302 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13303 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
13304
13305 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13306 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
13307 periods.
13308
13309 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13310 in hexl format.
13311
13312 A sample format:
13313
13314 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13315 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13316 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13317 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13318 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13319 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13320 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13321 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13322 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13323 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13324 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13325 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13326 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13327 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13328 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13329
13330 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer. Most
13331 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13332 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
13333
13334 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13335 also supported.
13336
13337 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13338
13339 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13340 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13341 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13342
13343 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13344 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13345 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13346
13347 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13348 into the buffer at the current point.
13349
13350 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13351 into the buffer at the current point.
13352
13353 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13354 into the buffer at the current point.
13355
13356 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
13357
13358 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13359 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13360
13361 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13362
13363 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13364
13365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13366
13367 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
13368 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13369 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13370 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13371
13372 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13373
13374 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
13375 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13376 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13377
13378 \(fn)" t nil)
13379
13380 ;;;***
13381 \f
13382 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
13383 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
13384 ;;;;;; global-hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el"
13385 ;;;;;; (17994 6726))
13386 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13387
13388 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13389 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
13390
13391 If ARG positive, turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
13392 turn hi-lock on. To turn hi-lock on in all buffers use
13393 `global-hi-lock-mode' or in your .emacs file (global-hi-lock-mode 1).
13394 When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu is added
13395 to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be
13396 called interactively, are:
13397
13398 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13399 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13400
13401 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13402 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13403 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13404 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13405
13406 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13407 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13408
13409 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13410 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13411
13412 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13413 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13414 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13415 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13416 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13417 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13418 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy is
13419 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13420 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13421 function returns t.
13422
13423 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13424 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13425
13426 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13427 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13428 form:
13429 Hi-lock: FOO
13430 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock
13431 keywords already present. The patterns must start before position
13432 \(number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'.
13433 Patterns will be read until
13434 Hi-lock: end
13435 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13436
13437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13438
13439 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13440 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13441 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13442 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13443 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13444 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13445
13446 (custom-autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" nil)
13447
13448 (autoload (quote global-hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
13449 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in every possible buffer.
13450 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hi-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
13451 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13452 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13453
13454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13455
13456 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
13457
13458 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13459 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13460
13461 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13462 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13463 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13464 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13465
13466 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13467
13468 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
13469
13470 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13471 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13472
13473 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
13474 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
13475 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
13476 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13477
13478 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13479
13480 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
13481
13482 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13483 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13484
13485 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
13486 lower-case letters made case insensitive.
13487
13488 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13489
13490 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
13491
13492 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
13493 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13494
13495 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
13496 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
13497 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
13498 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
13499 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)
13500
13501 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13502
13503 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
13504 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13505
13506 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13507 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13508 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13509
13510 \(fn)" t nil)
13511
13512 ;;;***
13513 \f
13514 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
13515 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (17994 6715))
13516 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13517
13518 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
13519 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
13520 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
13521 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
13522 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
13523 how the hiding is done:
13524
13525 `hide-ifdef-env'
13526 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13527 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13528 is used.
13529
13530 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13531 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13532 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13533 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13534 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13535
13536 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13537 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13538 #endif lines when hiding.
13539
13540 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13541 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13542 is activated.
13543
13544 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13545 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13546 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13547
13548 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13549
13550 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13551
13552 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
13553 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
13554
13555 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-initially) "hideif" t)
13556
13557 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
13558 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
13559
13560 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-read-only) "hideif" t)
13561
13562 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
13563 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
13564
13565 (custom-autoload (quote hide-ifdef-lines) "hideif" t)
13566
13567 ;;;***
13568 \f
13569 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-off-hideshow hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el"
13570 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
13571 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13572
13573 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
13574 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13575 Each element has the form
13576 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13577
13578 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13579 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13580
13581 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13582 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13583
13584 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13585 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13586 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13587 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13588 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13589 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13590
13591 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13592 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13593
13594 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13595 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13596
13597 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13598 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13599 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13600
13601 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
13602 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
13603 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13604 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13605 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13606 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13607
13608 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13609 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13610 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13611
13612 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13613 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13614
13615 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13616
13617 Key bindings:
13618 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13619
13620 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13621
13622 (autoload (quote turn-off-hideshow) "hideshow" "\
13623 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13624
13625 \(fn)" nil nil)
13626
13627 ;;;***
13628 \f
13629 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
13630 ;;;;;; highlight-compare-buffers highlight-changes-rotate-faces
13631 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-previous-change highlight-changes-next-change
13632 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
13633 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (18000 24338))
13634 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13635
13636 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
13637 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13638 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13639
13640 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13641
13642 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
13643 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
13644
13645 Without an argument:
13646 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
13647 or passive state as determined by the variable
13648 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
13649 and passive state.
13650
13651 With an argument ARG:
13652 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
13653 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
13654 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
13655
13656 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
13657 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
13658 not displayed in a different face.
13659
13660 Functions:
13661 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13662 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13663 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13664 buffer with the contents of a file
13665 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13666 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
13667 various faces
13668
13669 Hook variables:
13670 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode
13671 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
13672 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode
13673
13674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13675
13676 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13677 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13678
13679 \(fn)" t nil)
13680
13681 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
13682 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13683
13684 \(fn)" t nil)
13685
13686 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
13687 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
13688
13689 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13690 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13691 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13692 shown in the last face in the list.
13693
13694 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13695 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13696 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13697
13698 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13699
13700 \(fn)" t nil)
13701
13702 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-buffers) "hilit-chg" "\
13703 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13704
13705 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13706
13707 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13708 to save the file.
13709
13710 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13711 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13712
13713 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13714 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13715 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13716
13717 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13718
13719 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
13720 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13721
13722 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13723 this function is called interactively.
13724
13725 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13726 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13727 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13728
13729 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13730 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13731 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13732
13733 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13734
13735 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
13736 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
13737
13738 When called interactively:
13739 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
13740 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
13741 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
13742 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
13743
13744 When called from a program:
13745 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
13746 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
13747 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
13748 - otherwise just turn it on
13749
13750 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
13751 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
13752 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
13753 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.
13754
13755 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13756
13757 ;;;***
13758 \f
13759 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
13760 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
13761 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
13762 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
13763 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (17994 6715))
13764 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13765
13766 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
13767 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13768 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13769 or insert functions in this list.")
13770
13771 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp" t)
13772
13773 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
13774 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
13775
13776 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-verbose) "hippie-exp" t)
13777
13778 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
13779 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
13780
13781 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space) "hippie-exp" t)
13782
13783 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
13784 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
13785
13786 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol) "hippie-exp" t)
13787
13788 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
13789 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
13790
13791 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-no-restriction) "hippie-exp" t)
13792
13793 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
13794 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
13795 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
13796
13797 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-max-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13798
13799 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
13800 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
13801 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13802 \(as atoms)")
13803
13804 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-ignore-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13805
13806 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
13807 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
13808 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
13809 \(as atoms). If non-nil, this variable overrides the variable
13810 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
13811
13812 (custom-autoload (quote hippie-expand-only-buffers) "hippie-exp" t)
13813
13814 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
13815 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13816 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13817 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13818 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13819 expansions.
13820 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13821 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13822 undoes the expansion.
13823
13824 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13825
13826 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
13827 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13828 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13829 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13830
13831 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil (quote macro))
13832
13833 ;;;***
13834 \f
13835 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
13836 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
13837 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13838
13839 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13840 Buffer-local minor mode to highlight the line about point.
13841 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13842
13843 If `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13844 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13845 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13846 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13847 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13848
13849 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13850 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13851 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13852 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13853
13854 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13855
13856 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13857 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13858 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13859 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13860 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13861 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13862
13863 (custom-autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" nil)
13864
13865 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
13866 Global minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
13867 With ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
13868
13869 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13870 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13871
13872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13873
13874 ;;;***
13875 \f
13876 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
13877 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
13878 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
13879
13880 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
13881 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
13882 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
13883
13884 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
13885
13886 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13887
13888 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
13889 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
13890
13891 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'.
13892 If you want to control what holidays are displayed, use a
13893 different list. For example,
13894
13895 (list-holidays 2006 2006
13896 (append general-holidays local-holidays other-holidays))
13897
13898 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the 3
13899 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
13900
13901 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
13902 holidays, based on the variables `solar-holidays' etc. See the
13903 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
13904 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
13905 of a holiday list.
13906
13907 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
13908
13909 \(fn Y1 Y2 &optional L LABEL)" t nil)
13910
13911 ;;;***
13912 \f
13913 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
13914 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (17994 6715))
13915 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
13916
13917 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
13918 This function is obsolete.
13919 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13920 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13921
13922 \(fn)" nil nil)
13923
13924 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
13925 This function is obsolete.
13926 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13927 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13928
13929 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13930
13931 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
13932 This function is obsolete.
13933 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
13934 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.
13935
13936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13937
13938 ;;;***
13939 \f
13940 ;;;### (autoloads (html2text) "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (17994
13941 ;;;;;; 6715))
13942 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
13943
13944 (autoload (quote html2text) "html2text" "\
13945 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
13946
13947 \(fn)" t nil)
13948
13949 ;;;***
13950 \f
13951 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer-do-occur ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers
13952 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-special-buffers ibuffer-mark-old-buffers ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers
13953 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-help-buffers ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers
13954 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers
13955 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-mode ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp
13956 ;;;;;; ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill
13957 ;;;;;; ibuffer-diff-with-file ibuffer-jump-to-buffer ibuffer-do-kill-lines
13958 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backwards-next-marked ibuffer-forward-next-marked
13959 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide ibuffer-bs-show
13960 ;;;;;; ibuffer-invert-sorting ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters
13961 ;;;;;; ibuffer-add-saved-filters ibuffer-delete-saved-filters ibuffer-save-filters
13962 ;;;;;; ibuffer-or-filter ibuffer-negate-filter ibuffer-exchange-filters
13963 ;;;;;; ibuffer-decompose-filter ibuffer-pop-filter ibuffer-filter-disable
13964 ;;;;;; ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups
13965 ;;;;;; ibuffer-save-filter-groups ibuffer-yank-filter-group ibuffer-yank
13966 ;;;;;; ibuffer-kill-line ibuffer-kill-filter-group ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group
13967 ;;;;;; ibuffer-clear-filter-groups ibuffer-decompose-filter-group
13968 ;;;;;; ibuffer-pop-filter-group ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode
13969 ;;;;;; ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group ibuffer-included-in-filters-p
13970 ;;;;;; ibuffer-backward-filter-group ibuffer-forward-filter-group
13971 ;;;;;; ibuffer-toggle-filter-group ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group
13972 ;;;;;; ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode
13973 ;;;;;; ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "ibuf-ext.el" (17994 6715))
13974 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-ext.el
13975
13976 (autoload (quote ibuffer-auto-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13977 Toggle use of Ibuffer's auto-update facility.
13978 With numeric ARG, enable auto-update if and only if ARG is positive.
13979
13980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13981
13982 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13983 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode chosen via mouse.
13984
13985 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13986
13987 (autoload (quote ibuffer-interactive-filter-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
13988 Enable or disable filtering by the major mode at point.
13989
13990 \(fn EVENT-OR-POINT)" t nil)
13991
13992 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mouse-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13993 Toggle the display status of the filter group chosen with the mouse.
13994
13995 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
13996
13997 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
13998 Toggle the display status of the filter group on this line.
13999
14000 \(fn)" t nil)
14001
14002 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14003 Move point forwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14004
14005 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14006
14007 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backward-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14008 Move point backwards by COUNT filtering groups.
14009
14010 \(fn &optional COUNT)" t nil)
14011 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe "ibuf-ext")
14012 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-pipe-replace "ibuf-ext")
14013 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-shell-command-file "ibuf-ext")
14014 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-eval "ibuf-ext")
14015 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-view-and-eval "ibuf-ext")
14016 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-rename-uniquely "ibuf-ext")
14017 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-revert "ibuf-ext")
14018 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14019 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace "ibuf-ext")
14020 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-query-replace-regexp "ibuf-ext")
14021 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-print "ibuf-ext")
14022
14023 (autoload (quote ibuffer-included-in-filters-p) "ibuf-ext" "\
14024 Not documented
14025
14026 \(fn BUF FILTERS)" nil nil)
14027
14028 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filters-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14029 Make the current filters into a filtering group.
14030
14031 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14032
14033 (autoload (quote ibuffer-set-filter-groups-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14034 Set the current filter groups to filter by mode.
14035
14036 \(fn)" t nil)
14037
14038 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14039 Remove the first filter group.
14040
14041 \(fn)" t nil)
14042
14043 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14044 Decompose the filter group GROUP into active filters.
14045
14046 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
14047
14048 (autoload (quote ibuffer-clear-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14049 Remove all filter groups.
14050
14051 \(fn)" t nil)
14052
14053 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14054 Move point to the filter group whose name is NAME.
14055
14056 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14057
14058 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14059 Kill the filter group named NAME.
14060 The group will be added to `ibuffer-filter-group-kill-ring'.
14061
14062 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14063
14064 (autoload (quote ibuffer-kill-line) "ibuf-ext" "\
14065 Kill the filter group at point.
14066 See also `ibuffer-kill-filter-group'.
14067
14068 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
14069
14070 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank) "ibuf-ext" "\
14071 Yank the last killed filter group before group at point.
14072
14073 \(fn)" t nil)
14074
14075 (autoload (quote ibuffer-yank-filter-group) "ibuf-ext" "\
14076 Yank the last killed filter group before group named NAME.
14077
14078 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14079
14080 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14081 Save all active filter groups GROUPS as NAME.
14082 They are added to `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'. Interactively,
14083 prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14084
14085 \(fn NAME GROUPS)" t nil)
14086
14087 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14088 Delete saved filter groups with NAME.
14089 They are removed from `ibuffer-saved-filter-groups'.
14090
14091 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14092
14093 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filter-groups) "ibuf-ext" "\
14094 Set this buffer's filter groups to saved version with NAME.
14095 The value from `ibuffer-saved-filters' is used.
14096 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14097 of replacing the current filters.
14098
14099 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14100
14101 (autoload (quote ibuffer-filter-disable) "ibuf-ext" "\
14102 Disable all filters currently in effect in this buffer.
14103
14104 \(fn)" t nil)
14105
14106 (autoload (quote ibuffer-pop-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14107 Remove the top filter in this buffer.
14108
14109 \(fn)" t nil)
14110
14111 (autoload (quote ibuffer-decompose-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14112 Separate the top compound filter (OR, NOT, or SAVED) in this buffer.
14113
14114 This means that the topmost filter on the filtering stack, which must
14115 be a complex filter like (OR [name: foo] [mode: bar-mode]), will be
14116 turned into two separate filters [name: foo] and [mode: bar-mode].
14117
14118 \(fn)" t nil)
14119
14120 (autoload (quote ibuffer-exchange-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14121 Exchange the top two filters on the stack in this buffer.
14122
14123 \(fn)" t nil)
14124
14125 (autoload (quote ibuffer-negate-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14126 Negate the sense of the top filter in the current buffer.
14127
14128 \(fn)" t nil)
14129
14130 (autoload (quote ibuffer-or-filter) "ibuf-ext" "\
14131 Replace the top two filters in this buffer with their logical OR.
14132 If optional argument REVERSE is non-nil, instead break the top OR
14133 filter into parts.
14134
14135 \(fn &optional REVERSE)" t nil)
14136
14137 (autoload (quote ibuffer-save-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14138 Save FILTERS in this buffer with name NAME in `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14139 Interactively, prompt for NAME, and use the current filters.
14140
14141 \(fn NAME FILTERS)" t nil)
14142
14143 (autoload (quote ibuffer-delete-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14144 Delete saved filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14145
14146 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14147
14148 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14149 Add saved filters from `ibuffer-saved-filters' to this buffer's filters.
14150
14151 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14152
14153 (autoload (quote ibuffer-switch-to-saved-filters) "ibuf-ext" "\
14154 Set this buffer's filters to filters with NAME from `ibuffer-saved-filters'.
14155 If prefix argument ADD is non-nil, then add the saved filters instead
14156 of replacing the current filters.
14157
14158 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14159 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-mode "ibuf-ext")
14160 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-used-mode "ibuf-ext")
14161 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-name "ibuf-ext")
14162 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-filename "ibuf-ext")
14163 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-gt "ibuf-ext")
14164 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-size-lt "ibuf-ext")
14165 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-content "ibuf-ext")
14166 (autoload 'ibuffer-filter-by-predicate "ibuf-ext")
14167
14168 (autoload (quote ibuffer-toggle-sorting-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14169 Toggle the current sorting mode.
14170 Default sorting modes are:
14171 Recency - the last time the buffer was viewed
14172 Name - the name of the buffer
14173 Major Mode - the name of the major mode of the buffer
14174 Size - the size of the buffer
14175
14176 \(fn)" t nil)
14177
14178 (autoload (quote ibuffer-invert-sorting) "ibuf-ext" "\
14179 Toggle whether or not sorting is in reverse order.
14180
14181 \(fn)" t nil)
14182 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-major-mode "ibuf-ext")
14183 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-mode-name "ibuf-ext")
14184 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-alphabetic "ibuf-ext")
14185 (autoload 'ibuffer-do-sort-by-size "ibuf-ext")
14186
14187 (autoload (quote ibuffer-bs-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14188 Emulate `bs-show' from the bs.el package.
14189
14190 \(fn)" t nil)
14191
14192 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-hide) "ibuf-ext" "\
14193 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-hide-regexps'.
14194 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will not be shown
14195 for this Ibuffer session.
14196
14197 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14198
14199 (autoload (quote ibuffer-add-to-tmp-show) "ibuf-ext" "\
14200 Add REGEXP to `ibuffer-tmp-show-regexps'.
14201 This means that buffers whose name matches REGEXP will always be shown
14202 for this Ibuffer session.
14203
14204 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14205
14206 (autoload (quote ibuffer-forward-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14207 Move forward by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14208
14209 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14210 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14211
14212 If DIRECTION is non-nil, it should be an integer; negative integers
14213 mean move backwards, non-negative integers mean move forwards.
14214
14215 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK DIRECTION)" t nil)
14216
14217 (autoload (quote ibuffer-backwards-next-marked) "ibuf-ext" "\
14218 Move backwards by COUNT marked buffers (default 1).
14219
14220 If MARK is non-nil, it should be a character denoting the type of mark
14221 to move by. The default is `ibuffer-marked-char'.
14222
14223 \(fn &optional COUNT MARK)" t nil)
14224
14225 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-kill-lines) "ibuf-ext" "\
14226 Hide all of the currently marked lines.
14227
14228 \(fn)" t nil)
14229
14230 (autoload (quote ibuffer-jump-to-buffer) "ibuf-ext" "\
14231 Move point to the buffer whose name is NAME.
14232
14233 If called interactively, prompt for a buffer name and go to the
14234 corresponding line in the Ibuffer buffer. If said buffer is in a
14235 hidden group filter, open it.
14236
14237 If `ibuffer-jump-offer-only-visible-buffers' is non-nil, only offer
14238 visible buffers in the completion list. Calling the command with
14239 a prefix argument reverses the meaning of that variable.
14240
14241 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
14242
14243 (autoload (quote ibuffer-diff-with-file) "ibuf-ext" "\
14244 View the differences between this buffer and its associated file.
14245 This requires the external program \"diff\" to be in your `exec-path'.
14246
14247 \(fn)" t nil)
14248
14249 (autoload (quote ibuffer-copy-filename-as-kill) "ibuf-ext" "\
14250 Copy filenames of marked buffers into the kill ring.
14251
14252 The names are separated by a space.
14253 If a buffer has no filename, it is ignored.
14254
14255 With no prefix arg, use the filename sans its directory of each marked file.
14256 With a zero prefix arg, use the complete filename of each marked file.
14257 With \\[universal-argument], use the filename of each marked file relative
14258 to `ibuffer-default-directory' iff non-nil, otherwise `default-directory'.
14259
14260 You can then feed the file name(s) to other commands with \\[yank].
14261
14262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14263
14264 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14265 Mark all buffers whose name matches REGEXP.
14266
14267 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14268
14269 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14270 Mark all buffers whose major mode matches REGEXP.
14271
14272 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14273
14274 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-file-name-regexp) "ibuf-ext" "\
14275 Mark all buffers whose file name matches REGEXP.
14276
14277 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
14278
14279 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-by-mode) "ibuf-ext" "\
14280 Mark all buffers whose major mode equals MODE.
14281
14282 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
14283
14284 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-modified-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14285 Mark all modified buffers.
14286
14287 \(fn)" t nil)
14288
14289 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-unsaved-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14290 Mark all modified buffers that have an associated file.
14291
14292 \(fn)" t nil)
14293
14294 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dissociated-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14295 Mark all buffers whose associated file does not exist.
14296
14297 \(fn)" t nil)
14298
14299 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-help-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14300 Mark buffers like *Help*, *Apropos*, *Info*.
14301
14302 \(fn)" t nil)
14303
14304 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-compressed-file-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14305 Mark buffers whose associated file is compressed.
14306
14307 \(fn)" t nil)
14308
14309 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-old-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14310 Mark buffers which have not been viewed in `ibuffer-old-time' days.
14311
14312 \(fn)" t nil)
14313
14314 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-special-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14315 Mark all buffers whose name begins and ends with '*'.
14316
14317 \(fn)" t nil)
14318
14319 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-read-only-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14320 Mark all read-only buffers.
14321
14322 \(fn)" t nil)
14323
14324 (autoload (quote ibuffer-mark-dired-buffers) "ibuf-ext" "\
14325 Mark all `dired' buffers.
14326
14327 \(fn)" t nil)
14328
14329 (autoload (quote ibuffer-do-occur) "ibuf-ext" "\
14330 View lines which match REGEXP in all marked buffers.
14331 Optional argument NLINES says how many lines of context to display: it
14332 defaults to one.
14333
14334 \(fn REGEXP &optional NLINES)" t nil)
14335
14336 ;;;***
14337 \f
14338 ;;;### (autoloads (define-ibuffer-filter define-ibuffer-op define-ibuffer-sorter
14339 ;;;;;; define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (17994
14340 ;;;;;; 6715))
14341 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14342
14343 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-column) "ibuf-macs" "\
14344 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14345
14346 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14347 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14348 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14349
14350 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14351 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14352 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14353 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14354 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14355 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14356
14357 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14358 title of the column.
14359
14360 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14361 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14362 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14363 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14364 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14365
14366 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14367
14368 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-sorter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14369 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14370 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14371 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14372 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14373
14374 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14375 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14376 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14377
14378 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14379
14380 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-op) "ibuf-macs" "\
14381 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14382 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14383 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14384 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14385 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14386
14387 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14388 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14389 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14390 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14391 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14392 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14393 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14394 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14395 values are:
14396 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14397 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14398 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14399 buffer's modification flag.
14400 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14401 prompted before performing this operation.
14402 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14403 operation is complete, in the form:
14404 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14405 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14406 confirmation message, in the form:
14407 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14408 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14409 macro for exactly what it does.
14410
14411 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14412
14413 (autoload (quote define-ibuffer-filter) "ibuf-macs" "\
14414 Define a filter named NAME.
14415 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14416 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14417 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14418
14419 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14420 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14421 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14422 bound to the current value of the filter.
14423
14424 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14425
14426 ;;;***
14427 \f
14428 ;;;### (autoloads (ibuffer ibuffer-other-window ibuffer-list-buffers)
14429 ;;;;;; "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (17994 6715))
14430 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14431
14432 (autoload (quote ibuffer-list-buffers) "ibuffer" "\
14433 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14434 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14435 buffers which are visiting a file.
14436
14437 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14438
14439 (autoload (quote ibuffer-other-window) "ibuffer" "\
14440 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14441 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14442 buffers which are visiting a file.
14443
14444 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14445
14446 (autoload (quote ibuffer) "ibuffer" "\
14447 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14448 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14449
14450 All arguments are optional.
14451 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14452 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14453 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14454 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14455 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14456 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14457 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14458 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14459 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14460 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14461 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14462 that value locally in this buffer.
14463
14464 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14465
14466 ;;;***
14467 \f
14468 ;;;### (autoloads (icalendar-import-buffer icalendar-import-file
14469 ;;;;;; icalendar-export-region icalendar-export-file) "icalendar"
14470 ;;;;;; "calendar/icalendar.el" (17994 6715))
14471 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14472
14473 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-file) "icalendar" "\
14474 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14475 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14476 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14477
14478 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14479
14480 (autoload (quote icalendar-export-region) "icalendar" "\
14481 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14482 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14483 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14484 ICAL-FILENAME.
14485 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14486 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14487 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14488
14489 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14490
14491 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-file) "icalendar" "\
14492 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14493 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14494 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14495 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14496 non-marking or not.
14497
14498 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14499
14500 (autoload (quote icalendar-import-buffer) "icalendar" "\
14501 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14502
14503 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14504 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14505 DIARY-FILE.
14506
14507 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14508 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14509 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14510
14511 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14512 non-marking.
14513
14514 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14515 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14516 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14517
14518 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14519
14520 ;;;***
14521 \f
14522 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (17994
14523 ;;;;;; 6715))
14524 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14525
14526 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14527 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14528 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14529 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14530 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14531 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14532
14533 (custom-autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" nil)
14534
14535 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
14536 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
14537 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.
14538
14539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14540
14541 ;;;***
14542 \f
14543 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (17994 6715))
14544 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14545
14546 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
14547 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14548 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14549 Tab indents for Icon code.
14550 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14551 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14552 \\{icon-mode-map}
14553 Variables controlling indentation style:
14554 icon-tab-always-indent
14555 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14556 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14557 icon-auto-newline
14558 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14559 inserted in Icon code.
14560 icon-indent-level
14561 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14562 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14563 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14564 icon-continued-statement-offset
14565 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14566 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14567 icon-continued-brace-offset
14568 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14569 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14570 icon-brace-offset
14571 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14572 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14573 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14574 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14575
14576 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14577 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14578
14579 \(fn)" t nil)
14580
14581 ;;;***
14582 \f
14583 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
14584 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
14585 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14586
14587 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
14588 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14589 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14590 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14591
14592 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14593 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14594 separate frames.
14595
14596 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14597 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14598
14599 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14600 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14601 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14602
14603 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14604
14605 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14606
14607 ;;;***
14608 \f
14609 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
14610 ;;;;;; (17994 6723))
14611 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14612
14613 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
14614 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14615
14616 The main features of this mode are
14617
14618 1. Indentation and Formatting
14619 --------------------------
14620 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14621 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14622
14623 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14624 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14625 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14626 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14627
14628 Comments are indented as follows:
14629
14630 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14631 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14632 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14633
14634 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14635
14636 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14637 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14638 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14639 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14640 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14641 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14642
14643 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14644 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14645 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14646 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14647
14648 2. Routine Info
14649 ------------
14650 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14651 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14652 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14653 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14654 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14655 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14656 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14657 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14658 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14659 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14660
14661 3. Online IDL Help
14662 ---------------
14663
14664 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14665 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14666 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14667 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14668
14669 4. Completion
14670 ----------
14671 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14672 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14673 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14674 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14675 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14676 upper case.
14677
14678 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14679 --------------------------------
14680 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14681 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
14682
14683 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14684 \\fu FUNCTION template
14685 \\c CASE statement template
14686 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14687 \\f FOR loop template
14688 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14689 \\w WHILE loop template
14690 \\i IF statement template
14691 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14692 \\b BEGIN
14693
14694 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14695 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14696
14697 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14698 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14699 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14700 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14701
14702 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14703 -------------------------
14704 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14705 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14706
14707 7. Automatic END completion
14708 ------------------------
14709 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14710 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14711
14712 8. Hooks
14713 -----
14714 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14715 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14716
14717 9. Documentation and Customization
14718 -------------------------------
14719 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14720 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14721 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14722 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://idlwave.org'.
14723 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14724
14725 10.Keybindings
14726 -----------
14727 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14728 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14729 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14730
14731 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14732
14733 \(fn)" t nil)
14734 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[Pp][Rr][Oo]\\'" . idlwave-mode))
14735
14736 ;;;***
14737 \f
14738 ;;;### (autoloads (ido-completing-read ido-read-directory-name ido-read-file-name
14739 ;;;;;; ido-read-buffer ido-dired ido-insert-file ido-write-file
14740 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-other-frame ido-display-file ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame
14741 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-read-only-other-window ido-find-file-read-only
14742 ;;;;;; ido-find-alternate-file ido-find-file-other-window ido-find-file
14743 ;;;;;; ido-find-file-in-dir ido-switch-buffer-other-frame ido-insert-buffer
14744 ;;;;;; ido-kill-buffer ido-display-buffer ido-switch-buffer-other-window
14745 ;;;;;; ido-switch-buffer ido-mode ido-mode) "ido" "ido.el" (17994
14746 ;;;;;; 6715))
14747 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14748
14749 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14750 Determines for which functional group (buffer and files) ido behavior
14751 should be enabled. The following values are possible:
14752 - `buffer': Turn only on ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14753 displaying...)
14754 - `file': Turn only on ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14755 - `both': Turn on ido buffer and file behavior.
14756 - `nil': Turn off any ido switching.
14757
14758 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14759 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14760
14761 (custom-autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" nil)
14762
14763 (autoload (quote ido-mode) "ido" "\
14764 Toggle ido speed-ups on or off.
14765 With ARG, turn ido speed-up on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14766 Turning on ido-mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14767 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14768 commands to the ido versions of these functions.
14769 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14770 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14771 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14772
14773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14774
14775 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer) "ido" "\
14776 Switch to another buffer.
14777 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14778 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14779 in another frame.
14780
14781 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14782 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14783 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14784 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14785 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14786
14787 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches. If the
14788 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14789
14790 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer.
14791 If no buffer is found, prompt for a new one.
14792
14793 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14794 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14795 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14796 matches all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14797 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14798 in a separate window.
14799 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14800 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14801 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14802 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14803 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14804 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14805 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14806 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14807 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14808
14809 \(fn)" t nil)
14810
14811 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-window) "ido" "\
14812 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14813 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14814 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14815
14816 \(fn)" t nil)
14817
14818 (autoload (quote ido-display-buffer) "ido" "\
14819 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14820 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14821 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14822
14823 \(fn)" t nil)
14824
14825 (autoload (quote ido-kill-buffer) "ido" "\
14826 Kill a buffer.
14827 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14828 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14829
14830 \(fn)" t nil)
14831
14832 (autoload (quote ido-insert-buffer) "ido" "\
14833 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14834 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14835 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14836
14837 \(fn)" t nil)
14838
14839 (autoload (quote ido-switch-buffer-other-frame) "ido" "\
14840 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14841 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14842 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14843
14844 \(fn)" t nil)
14845
14846 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-in-dir) "ido" "\
14847 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14848
14849 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14850
14851 (autoload (quote ido-find-file) "ido" "\
14852 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14853 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14854 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already
14855 visible in another frame.
14856
14857 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14858 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14859 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14860 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14861 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14862 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14863
14864 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches. If the
14865 list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14866
14867 \\[ido-select-text] Select the current prompt as the buffer or file.
14868 If no buffer or file is found, prompt for a new one.
14869
14870 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14871 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14872 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that
14873 matches all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14874 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14875 in a separate window.
14876 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14877 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] or \\[ido-next-work-directory] go to previous/next directory in work directory history.
14878 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] search for file in the work directory history.
14879 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] removes current directory from the work directory history.
14880 \\[ido-prev-work-file] or \\[ido-next-work-file] cycle through the work file history.
14881 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] and \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] prompts and uses find to locate files or directories.
14882 \\[ido-make-directory] prompts for a directory to create in current directory.
14883 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14884 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14885 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14886 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14887 \\[ido-toggle-vc] Toggle version control for this file.
14888 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14889 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14890 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14891
14892 \(fn)" t nil)
14893
14894 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-window) "ido" "\
14895 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14896 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14897 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14898
14899 \(fn)" t nil)
14900
14901 (autoload (quote ido-find-alternate-file) "ido" "\
14902 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14903 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14904 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14905
14906 \(fn)" t nil)
14907
14908 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only) "ido" "\
14909 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14910 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14911 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14912
14913 \(fn)" t nil)
14914
14915 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-window) "ido" "\
14916 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14917 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14918 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14919
14920 \(fn)" t nil)
14921
14922 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame) "ido" "\
14923 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14924 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14925 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14926
14927 \(fn)" t nil)
14928
14929 (autoload (quote ido-display-file) "ido" "\
14930 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14931 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14932 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14933
14934 \(fn)" t nil)
14935
14936 (autoload (quote ido-find-file-other-frame) "ido" "\
14937 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14938 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14939 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14940
14941 \(fn)" t nil)
14942
14943 (autoload (quote ido-write-file) "ido" "\
14944 Write current buffer to a file.
14945 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14946 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14947
14948 \(fn)" t nil)
14949
14950 (autoload (quote ido-insert-file) "ido" "\
14951 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14952 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14953 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14954
14955 \(fn)" t nil)
14956
14957 (autoload (quote ido-dired) "ido" "\
14958 Call `dired' the ido way.
14959 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14960 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14961
14962 \(fn)" t nil)
14963
14964 (autoload (quote ido-read-buffer) "ido" "\
14965 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14966 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14967 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14968 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14969 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14970
14971 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14972
14973 (autoload (quote ido-read-file-name) "ido" "\
14974 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14975 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14976 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14977
14978 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14979
14980 (autoload (quote ido-read-directory-name) "ido" "\
14981 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14982 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14983 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14984
14985 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14986
14987 (autoload (quote ido-completing-read) "ido" "\
14988 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14989 Read a string in the minibuffer with ido-style completion.
14990 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14991 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14992 PREDICATE is currently ignored; it is included to be compatible
14993 with `completing-read'.
14994 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14995 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14996 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14997 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14998 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14999 with point positioned at the end.
15000 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15001 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15002
15003 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF)" nil nil)
15004
15005 ;;;***
15006 \f
15007 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (17994 6715))
15008 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15009 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
15010
15011 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
15012 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15013 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15014
15015 \(fn)" t nil)
15016
15017 ;;;***
15018 \f
15019 ;;;### (autoloads (iimage-mode turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "iimage.el"
15020 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
15021 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15022
15023 (autoload (quote turn-on-iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15024 Unconditionally turn on iimage mode.
15025
15026 \(fn)" t nil)
15027
15028 (autoload (quote iimage-mode) "iimage" "\
15029 Toggle inline image minor mode.
15030
15031 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15032
15033 ;;;***
15034 \f
15035 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-sliced-image
15036 ;;;;;; insert-image put-image create-image image-type-auto-detected-p
15037 ;;;;;; image-type-available-p image-type image-type-from-file-name
15038 ;;;;;; image-type-from-file-header image-type-from-buffer image-type-from-data)
15039 ;;;;;; "image" "image.el" (17994 6715))
15040 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15041
15042 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
15043 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15044 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15045 be determined.
15046
15047 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15048
15049 (autoload (quote image-type-from-buffer) "image" "\
15050 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15051 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15052 be determined.
15053
15054 \(fn)" nil nil)
15055
15056 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
15057 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15058 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15059 be determined.
15060
15061 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15062
15063 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-name) "image" "\
15064 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15065 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15066 be determined.
15067
15068 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15069
15070 (autoload (quote image-type) "image" "\
15071 Determine and return image type.
15072 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15073 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15074 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15075 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15076 use its file extension as image type.
15077 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15078
15079 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15080
15081 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
15082 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15083 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15084
15085 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15086
15087 (autoload (quote image-type-auto-detected-p) "image" "\
15088 Return t iff the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15089 This function is intended to be used from `magic-mode-alist' (which see).
15090
15091 First, compare the beginning of the buffer with `image-type-header-regexps'.
15092 If an appropriate image type is found, check if that image type can be
15093 autodetected using the variable `image-type-auto-detectable'. Finally,
15094 if `buffer-file-name' is non-nil, check if it matches another major mode
15095 in `auto-mode-alist' apart from `image-mode'; if there is another match,
15096 the autodetection is considered to have failed. Return t if all the above
15097 steps succeed.
15098
15099 \(fn)" nil nil)
15100
15101 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
15102 Create an image.
15103 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15104 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15105 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15106 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15107 use its file extension as image type.
15108 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15109 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15110 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15111 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15112
15113 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15114
15115 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15116
15117 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
15118 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15119 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15120 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15121 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15122 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15123 POS may be an integer or marker.
15124 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15125 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15126 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15127 means display it in the right marginal area.
15128
15129 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15130
15131 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
15132 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15133 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15134 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15135 defaulted if you omit it.
15136 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15137 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15138 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15139 means display it in the right marginal area.
15140 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15141 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15142 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15143 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15144 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15145
15146 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15147
15148 (autoload (quote insert-sliced-image) "image" "\
15149 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15150 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15151 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
15152 defaulted if you omit it.
15153 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15154 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15155 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15156 means display it in the right marginal area.
15157 The image is automatically split into ROW x COLS slices.
15158
15159 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15160
15161 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
15162 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15163 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15164 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15165
15166 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15167
15168 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
15169 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15170
15171 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15172
15173 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15174 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15175 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15176 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15177 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15178 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15179 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15180 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15181 satisfied.
15182
15183 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15184
15185 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15186
15187 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15188
15189 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
15190 Define SYMBOL as an image.
15191
15192 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15193 documentation string.
15194
15195 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15196 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15197 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15198 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15199 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15200 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15201 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15202 define SYMBOL.
15203
15204 Example:
15205
15206 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15207 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15208
15209 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil (quote macro))
15210
15211 ;;;***
15212 \f
15213 ;;;### (autoloads (image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags image-dired-mark-tagged-files
15214 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-comment-files image-dired-dired-display-image
15215 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-display-external image-dired-display-thumb
15216 ;;;;;; image-dired-display-thumbs-append image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings
15217 ;;;;;; image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer image-dired-delete-tag
15218 ;;;;;; image-dired-tag-files image-dired-show-all-from-dir image-dired-display-thumbs
15219 ;;;;;; image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs)
15220 ;;;;;; "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (17994 6727))
15221 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15222
15223 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-insert-marked-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15224 Insert thumbnails before file names of marked files in the dired buffer.
15225
15226 \(fn)" t nil)
15227
15228 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration) "image-dired" "\
15229 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15230
15231 Convenience command that:
15232
15233 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15234 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15235 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15236
15237 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15238 image files in dired and type
15239 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15240
15241 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15242
15243 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15244 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15245
15246 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15247
15248 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs) "image-dired" "\
15249 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15250 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15251 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15252 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15253 another one).
15254
15255 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15256 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15257 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15258
15259 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15260 instead of erasing it first.
15261
15262 Option argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15263 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15264 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15265 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15266 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15267 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15268
15269 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15270
15271 (autoload (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir) "image-dired" "\
15272 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15273 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15274 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15275 displayed.
15276
15277 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15278
15279 (defalias (quote image-dired) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15280
15281 (defalias (quote tumme) (quote image-dired-show-all-from-dir))
15282
15283 (autoload (quote image-dired-tag-files) "image-dired" "\
15284 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15285
15286 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15287
15288 (autoload (quote image-dired-delete-tag) "image-dired" "\
15289 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15290 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15291
15292 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15293
15294 (autoload (quote image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer) "image-dired" "\
15295 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15296
15297 \(fn)" t nil)
15298
15299 (autoload (quote image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings) "image-dired" "\
15300 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15301 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15302 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15303
15304 \(fn)" t nil)
15305
15306 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumbs-append) "image-dired" "\
15307 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15308
15309 \(fn)" t nil)
15310
15311 (autoload (quote image-dired-display-thumb) "image-dired" "\
15312 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15313
15314 \(fn)" t nil)
15315
15316 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-external) "image-dired" "\
15317 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15318
15319 \(fn)" t nil)
15320
15321 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-display-image) "image-dired" "\
15322 Display current image file.
15323 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15324 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15325
15326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15327
15328 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-comment-files) "image-dired" "\
15329 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15330
15331 \(fn)" t nil)
15332
15333 (autoload (quote image-dired-mark-tagged-files) "image-dired" "\
15334 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15335 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15336 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15337 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15338 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15339 matching tags will be marked in the dired buffer.
15340
15341 \(fn)" t nil)
15342
15343 (autoload (quote image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags) "image-dired" "\
15344 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15345 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15346 easy-to-use form.
15347
15348 \(fn)" t nil)
15349
15350 ;;;***
15351 \f
15352 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
15353 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
15354 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (17994 6715))
15355 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15356
15357 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm")) "\
15358 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
15359 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15360 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15361
15362 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15363 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15364 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15365 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15366
15367 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-extensions) "image-file" nil)
15368
15369 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15370 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15371 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15372 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15373
15374 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15375 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15376 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15377 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15378
15379 (custom-autoload (quote image-file-name-regexps) "image-file" nil)
15380
15381 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
15382 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15383
15384 \(fn)" nil nil)
15385
15386 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
15387 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15388 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15389 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15390
15391 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15392
15393 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15394 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15395 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15396 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15397 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15398 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15399
15400 (custom-autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" nil)
15401
15402 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
15403 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
15404 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
15405 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
15406
15407 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
15408 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15409 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15410
15411 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15412
15413 ;;;***
15414 \f
15415 ;;;### (autoloads (image-mode-maybe image-minor-mode image-mode)
15416 ;;;;;; "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (17994 6715))
15417 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15418 (push '("\\.jpe?g\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15419 (push '("\\.png\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15420 (push '("\\.gif\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15421 (push '("\\.tiff?\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15422 (push '("\\.p[bpgn]m\\'" . image-mode) auto-mode-alist)
15423 (push '("\\.x[bp]m\\'" . image-mode-maybe) auto-mode-alist)
15424
15425 (autoload (quote image-mode) "image-mode" "\
15426 Major mode for image files.
15427 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15428 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15429
15430 \(fn)" t nil)
15431
15432 (autoload (quote image-minor-mode) "image-mode" "\
15433 Toggle Image minor mode.
15434 With arg, turn Image minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
15435 See the command `image-mode' for more information on this mode.
15436
15437 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15438
15439 (autoload (quote image-mode-maybe) "image-mode" "\
15440 Set major or minor mode for image files.
15441 Set Image major mode only when there are no other major modes
15442 associated with a filename in `auto-mode-alist'. When an image
15443 filename matches another major mode in `auto-mode-alist' then
15444 set that major mode and Image minor mode.
15445
15446 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more
15447 information on these modes.
15448
15449 \(fn)" t nil)
15450
15451 ;;;***
15452 \f
15453 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
15454 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (17994 6715))
15455 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15456
15457 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15458 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15459
15460 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15461
15462 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15463 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15464 in the buffer.
15465
15466 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15467
15468 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15469 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15470 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15471
15472 (custom-autoload (quote imenu-sort-function) "imenu" t)
15473
15474 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15475 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
15476
15477 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15478 create a buffer index. Look there for the documentation of this
15479 pattern's structure.
15480
15481 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression' used by
15482 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
15483 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
15484 during matching.")
15485
15486 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
15487
15488 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
15489 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15490
15491 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15492 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15493 called within a `save-excursion'.
15494
15495 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15496
15497 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
15498
15499 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
15500 Function for finding the next index position.
15501
15502 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15503 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15504 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15505 file.
15506
15507 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15508 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15509
15510 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
15511
15512 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15513 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15514
15515 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15516 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15517 It should return the name for that index item.")
15518
15519 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
15520
15521 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15522 Function to compare string with index item.
15523
15524 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15525 non-nil if they match.
15526
15527 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15528 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15529 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15530 arguments match\".")
15531
15532 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
15533
15534 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
15535 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15536 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15537
15538 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
15539
15540 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
15541
15542 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
15543
15544 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
15545 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15546 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15547 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15548
15549 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15550
15551 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
15552 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15553
15554 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15555
15556 \(fn)" t nil)
15557
15558 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
15559 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15560 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15561 for more information.
15562
15563 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15564
15565 ;;;***
15566 \f
15567 ;;;### (autoloads (indian-char-glyph indian-glyph-char in-is13194-pre-write-conversion
15568 ;;;;;; in-is13194-post-read-conversion indian-compose-string indian-compose-region)
15569 ;;;;;; "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (17994 6715))
15570 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15571
15572 (autoload (quote indian-compose-region) "ind-util" "\
15573 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15574
15575 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15576
15577 (autoload (quote indian-compose-string) "ind-util" "\
15578 Not documented
15579
15580 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15581
15582 (autoload (quote in-is13194-post-read-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15583 Not documented
15584
15585 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15586
15587 (autoload (quote in-is13194-pre-write-conversion) "ind-util" "\
15588 Not documented
15589
15590 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15591
15592 (autoload (quote indian-glyph-char) "ind-util" "\
15593 Return character of charset `indian-glyph' made from glyph index INDEX.
15594 The variable `indian-default-script' specifies the script of the glyph.
15595 Optional argument SCRIPT, if non-nil, overrides `indian-default-script'.
15596 See also the function `indian-char-glyph'.
15597
15598 \(fn INDEX &optional SCRIPT)" nil nil)
15599
15600 (autoload (quote indian-char-glyph) "ind-util" "\
15601 Return information about the glyph code for CHAR of `indian-glyph' charset.
15602 The value is (INDEX . SCRIPT), where INDEX is the glyph index
15603 in the font that Indian script name SCRIPT specifies.
15604 See also the function `indian-glyph-char'.
15605
15606 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
15607
15608 ;;;***
15609 \f
15610 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp inferior-lisp-prompt inferior-lisp-load-command
15611 ;;;;;; inferior-lisp-program inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp"
15612 ;;;;;; "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (17994 6715))
15613 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15614
15615 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
15616 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
15617 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
15618 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
15619 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
15620
15621 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-filter-regexp) "inf-lisp" t)
15622
15623 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
15624 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp in Inferior Lisp mode.")
15625
15626 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-program) "inf-lisp" t)
15627
15628 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
15629 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
15630 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
15631 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
15632 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
15633 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
15634 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
15635 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
15636
15637 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-load-command) "inf-lisp" t)
15638
15639 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
15640 Regexp to recognize prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
15641 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
15642 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
15643 Inferior Lisp buffer.
15644
15645 This variable is only used if the variable
15646 `comint-use-prompt-regexp' is non-nil.
15647
15648 More precise choices:
15649 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
15650 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
15651 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
15652
15653 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file or through Custom.")
15654
15655 (custom-autoload (quote inferior-lisp-prompt) "inf-lisp" t)
15656
15657 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
15658 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
15659
15660 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
15661 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15662 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15663 to that buffer.
15664 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15665 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15666 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15667 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15668
15669 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15670 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
15671
15672 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
15673
15674 ;;;***
15675 \f
15676 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
15677 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-mode info-apropos Info-index
15678 ;;;;;; Info-directory Info-on-current-buffer info-standalone info-emacs-manual
15679 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (18000 24374))
15680 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15681
15682 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
15683 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15684
15685 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE)" t nil)
15686 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*info\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15687 (put 'info 'info-file "emacs")
15688
15689 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
15690 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15691 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15692 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15693 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15694 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
15695 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15696 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15697 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15698 with the top-level Info directory.
15699
15700 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15701 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15702 A numeric prefix argument selects an Info buffer with the prefix number
15703 appended to the Info buffer name.
15704
15705 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15706 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15707 in all the directories in that path.
15708
15709 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15710
15711 (autoload (quote info-emacs-manual) "info" "\
15712 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15713
15714 \(fn)" t nil)
15715
15716 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
15717 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15718 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15719 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15720
15721 \(fn)" nil nil)
15722
15723 (autoload (quote Info-on-current-buffer) "info" "\
15724 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15725 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15726 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15727
15728 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15729
15730 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
15731 Go to the Info directory node.
15732
15733 \(fn)" t nil)
15734
15735 (autoload (quote Info-index) "info" "\
15736 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15737 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15738 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15739 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15740 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15741
15742 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15743
15744 (autoload (quote info-apropos) "info" "\
15745 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15746 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15747
15748 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15749
15750 (autoload (quote Info-mode) "info" "\
15751 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15752 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15753 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15754 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15755
15756 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15757 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15758
15759 Selecting other nodes:
15760 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15761 Follow a node reference you click on.
15762 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15763 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15764 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15765 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15766 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15767 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15768 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15769 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15770 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15771 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15772 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15773 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15774 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15775 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15776 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15777 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15778 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15779 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15780 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15781 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15782
15783 Moving within a node:
15784 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15785 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15786 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15787 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15788 move up to the parent node.
15789 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15790 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15791 if there is none.
15792 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15793
15794 Advanced commands:
15795 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15796 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15797 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15798 \\[Info-search-next] Search for another occurrence of regexp
15799 from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-search] command.
15800 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15801 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15802 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15803 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15804 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15805 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15806 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15807 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15808 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15809 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15810 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15811
15812 \(fn)" nil nil)
15813 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15814
15815 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
15816 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15817 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15818 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15819 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15820 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15821
15822 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15823 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file "emacs")
15824
15825 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
15826 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15827 KEY is a string.
15828 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15829 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15830 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15831 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15832
15833 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15834
15835 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
15836 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15837 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15838
15839 \(fn)" t nil)
15840
15841 ;;;***
15842 \f
15843 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
15844 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
15845 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
15846 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15847
15848 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
15849 Throw away all cached data.
15850 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15851 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15852 system.
15853
15854 \(fn)" t nil)
15855 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15856
15857 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
15858 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15859 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15860 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15861 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15862 one found at point.
15863
15864 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15865
15866 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15867 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15868
15869 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
15870 Display the documentation of a file.
15871 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15872 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15873 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15874 The default file name is the one found at point.
15875
15876 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.
15877
15878 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15879
15880 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
15881 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15882
15883 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15884
15885 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
15886 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15887
15888 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15889
15890 ;;;***
15891 \f
15892 ;;;### (autoloads (info-xref-check-all-custom info-xref-check-all
15893 ;;;;;; info-xref-check) "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (17994 6715))
15894 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15895
15896 (autoload (quote info-xref-check) "info-xref" "\
15897 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15898
15899 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all) "info-xref" "\
15902 Check external references in all info documents in the usual path.
15903 The usual path is `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list'.
15904
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907 (autoload (quote info-xref-check-all-custom) "info-xref" "\
15908 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15909 `custom-manual' and `info-link' entries in the `custom-links' list are checked.
15910
15911 `custom-load' autoloads for all symbols are loaded in order to get all the
15912 link information. This will be a lot of lisp packages loaded, and can take
15913 quite a while.
15914
15915 \(fn)" t nil)
15916
15917 ;;;***
15918 \f
15919 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
15920 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (17994 6715))
15921 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15922
15923 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
15924 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15925
15926 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15927
15928 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
15929 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15930 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
15931
15932 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15933 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15934 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15935
15936 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15937 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15938 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15939 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15940
15941 \(fn)" t nil)
15942
15943 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
15944 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15945 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15946
15947 \(fn)" t nil)
15948
15949 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
15950 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15951 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15952 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15953 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15954
15955 \(fn)" nil nil)
15956
15957 ;;;***
15958 \f
15959 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
15960 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
15961 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
15962 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15963
15964 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15965 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15966
15967 \(fn)" t nil)
15968
15969 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
15970 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15971
15972 \(fn)" t nil)
15973
15974 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" "\
15975 Not documented
15976
15977 \(fn LAST-CHAR)" nil nil)
15978
15979 ;;;***
15980 \f
15981 ;;;### (autoloads (isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (17994
15982 ;;;;;; 6715))
15983 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15984
15985 (autoload (quote isearchb-activate) "isearchb" "\
15986 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15987 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15988 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15989 accessed via isearchb.
15990
15991 \(fn)" t nil)
15992
15993 ;;;***
15994 \f
15995 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "obsolete/iso-acc.el"
15996 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
15997 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/iso-acc.el
15998
15999 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
16000 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
16001 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
16002 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
16003 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
16004 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
16005
16006 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
16007 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
16008
16009 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
16010 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
16011 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
16012 \"s gives German sharp s.
16013 /a gives a with ring.
16014 /e gives an a-e ligature.
16015 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
16016 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
16017 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
16018
16019 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
16020 and a negative argument disables it.
16021
16022 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16023
16024 ;;;***
16025 \f
16026 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
16027 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
16028 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
16029 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (17994 6743))
16030 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16031
16032 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
16033 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16034 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16035 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16036
16037 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16038
16039 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
16040 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16041 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16042 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16043
16044 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16045
16046 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
16047 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16048 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16049 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16050
16051 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16052
16053 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16054 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16055 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16056 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16057
16058 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16059
16060 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16061 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16062 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16063 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16064
16065 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16066
16067 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
16068 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16069 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16070 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16071
16072 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16073
16074 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
16075 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16076 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
16077 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16078
16079 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16080
16081 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
16082 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16083 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16084 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16085
16086 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16087
16088 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
16089 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16090 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16091 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16092
16093 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16094
16095 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16096 Warn that format is read-only.
16097
16098 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16099
16100 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
16101 Warn that format is write-only.
16102
16103 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16104
16105 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
16106 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16107
16108 \(fn)" t nil)
16109
16110 ;;;***
16111 \f
16112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16113 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
16114 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16115 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
16116 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16117 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16118
16119 ;;;***
16120 \f
16121 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
16122 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
16123 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
16124 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-local-dictionary-alist
16125 ;;;;;; ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el"
16126 ;;;;;; (18000 24377))
16127 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16128 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16129
16130 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16131 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16132 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
16133 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
16134
16135 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-personal-dictionary) "ispell" t)
16136 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16137
16138 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
16139 *List of local or customized dictionary definitions.
16140 These can override the values in `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16141
16142 To make permanent changes to your dictionary definitions, you
16143 will need to make your changes in this variable, save, and then
16144 re-start Emacs.")
16145
16146 (custom-autoload (quote ispell-local-dictionary-alist) "ispell" t)
16147
16148 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil nil nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16149
16150 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
16151
16152 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-3) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-3) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^-]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-'.@]" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\".@]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
16153
16154 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-.]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\301\302\303\304\305\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\322\323\324\325\326\331\332\333\334\340\341\342\343\344\345\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\361\362\363\364\365\366\371\372\373\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1))))
16155
16156 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil nil "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1) ("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[.]" nil nil nil iso-8859-2) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
16157
16158 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil nil nil koi8-r) ("russianw" "[\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "[^\300\301\302\303\304\305\250\306\307\310\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\321\322\323\324\325\326\327\330\331\334\333\332\335\336\337\340\341\342\343\344\345\270\346\347\350\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\361\362\363\364\365\366\367\370\371\374\373\372\375\376\377]" "" nil nil nil windows-1251) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-2) ("slovenian" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovenian") nil iso-8859-2) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1))))
16159
16160 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
16161 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
16162
16163 Each element of this list is also a list:
16164
16165 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
16166 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
16167
16168 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
16169 nil means the default dictionary.
16170
16171 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word.
16172
16173 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
16174
16175 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
16176 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
16177 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
16178 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
16179 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
16180 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
16181 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
16182 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
16183 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
16184
16185 CASECHARS, NOT-CASECHARS, and OTHERCHARS must be unibyte strings
16186 containing bytes of CHARACTER-SET. In addition, if they contain
16187 a non-ASCII byte, the regular expression must be a single
16188 `character set' construct that doesn't specify a character range
16189 for non-ASCII bytes.
16190
16191 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
16192 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
16193 single word.
16194
16195 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
16196 subprocess.
16197
16198 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
16199 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
16200 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
16201 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
16202 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
16203 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
16204 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
16205 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
16206
16207 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
16208
16209 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
16210 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
16211 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
16212
16213 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16214 Key map for ispell menu.")
16215
16216 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16217 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16218 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16219 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16220
16221 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) (quote reload)))
16222
16223 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] (quote (menu-item "Customize..." (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group (quote ispell))) :help "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] (quote (menu-item "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)" flyspell-mode :help "Check spelling while you edit the text" :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode)))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16224
16225 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16226
16227 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode (quote mail-mode)) :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
16228
16229 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$" . "\nend\n") ("^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0" . "\n%%EOF\n") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16230 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16231 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16232 Valid forms include:
16233 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16234 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16235 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16236 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16237
16238 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16239 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16240 First list is used raw.
16241 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16242
16243 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16244 for skipping in latex mode.")
16245
16246 (defvar ispell-html-skip-alists (quote (("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]"))) "\
16247 *Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16248 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'
16249 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16250 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16251 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16252
16253 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
16254 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16255 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16256 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16257
16258 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16259 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16260 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16261 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16262 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16263
16264 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16265 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16266
16267 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16268 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16269
16270 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16271 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16272
16273 Return values:
16274 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16275 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16276 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16277 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16278 quit spell session exited.
16279
16280 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE)" t nil)
16281
16282 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
16283 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16284 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16285
16286 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16287
16288 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
16289 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16290
16291 Selections are:
16292
16293 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16294 SPC: Accept word this time.
16295 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16296 `a': Accept word for this session.
16297 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16298 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16299 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16300 `?': Show these commands.
16301 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16302 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16303 the aborted check to be completed later.
16304 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16305 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16306 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16307 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16308 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16309 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16310 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16311
16312 \(fn)" nil nil)
16313
16314 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
16315 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16316 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16317
16318 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
16319
16320 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
16321 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16322 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16323 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16324
16325 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16326
16327 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16328
16329 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
16330 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16331 Return nil if spell session is quit,
16332 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.
16333
16334 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16335
16336 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
16337 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16338
16339 \(fn)" t nil)
16340
16341 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
16342 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16343
16344 \(fn)" t nil)
16345
16346 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
16347 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16348
16349 \(fn)" t nil)
16350
16351 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
16352 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words').
16353 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16354 sequence inside of a word.
16355
16356 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16357
16358 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16359
16360 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
16361 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16362
16363 \(fn)" t nil)
16364
16365 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
16366 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16367 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16368 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16369
16370 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16371 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16372 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16373 available on the net.
16374
16375 \(fn)" t nil)
16376
16377 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
16378 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
16379 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
16380
16381 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
16382 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
16383
16384 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
16385 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC.
16386
16387 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16388
16389 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
16390 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16391 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16392 Don't check included messages.
16393
16394 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16395 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16396 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
16397
16398 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16399 in your .emacs file:
16400 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16401 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16402 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16403 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16404
16405 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16406 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16407 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16408
16409 \(fn)" t nil)
16410
16411 ;;;***
16412 \f
16413 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el" (17994
16414 ;;;;;; 6715))
16415 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
16416
16417 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
16418 Non-nil if Iswitchb mode is enabled.
16419 See the command `iswitchb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16420 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16421 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16422 or call the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
16423
16424 (custom-autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" nil)
16425
16426 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
16427 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
16428 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
16429 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
16430 `iswitchb' for details.
16431
16432 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16433
16434 ;;;***
16435 \f
16436 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
16437 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
16438 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
16439 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (17994 6715))
16440 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16441
16442 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" "\
16443 Not documented
16444
16445 \(fn)" nil nil)
16446
16447 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
16448 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16449 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16450 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16451 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16452 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16453 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16454 necessary to represent OBJ.
16455
16456 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16457
16458 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
16459 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16460 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16461 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16462
16463 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16464
16465 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
16466 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16467 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16468 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16469 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16470
16471 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16472
16473 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
16474 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16475 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16476 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16477
16478 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16479
16480 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
16481 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16482 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16483 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16484
16485 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16486
16487 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
16488 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16489
16490 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16491
16492 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16493 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16494 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16495 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16496 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16497
16498 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16499
16500 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
16501 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16502 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16503 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16504 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16505
16506 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16507
16508 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
16509 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16510 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16511
16512 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16513
16514 ;;;***
16515 \f
16516 ;;;### (autoloads (jka-compr-uninstall jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr"
16517 ;;;;;; "jka-compr.el" (17994 6715))
16518 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16519
16520 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16521 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16522 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16523 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16524
16525 (autoload (quote jka-compr-handler) "jka-compr" "\
16526 Not documented
16527
16528 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16529
16530 (autoload (quote jka-compr-uninstall) "jka-compr" "\
16531 Uninstall jka-compr.
16532 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16533 and `inhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes' that were added
16534 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16535
16536 \(fn)" nil nil)
16537
16538 ;;;***
16539 \f
16540 ;;;### (autoloads (keypad-setup keypad-numlock-shifted-setup keypad-shifted-setup
16541 ;;;;;; keypad-numlock-setup keypad-setup) "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el"
16542 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
16543 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16544
16545 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16546 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16547 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16548 decimal key must be specified.")
16549
16550 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" nil)
16551
16552 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16553 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16554 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16555 decimal key must be specified.")
16556
16557 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-setup) "keypad" nil)
16558
16559 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16560 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16561 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16562 decimal key must be specified.")
16563
16564 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16565
16566 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16567 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16568 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16569 decimal key must be specified.")
16570
16571 (custom-autoload (quote keypad-numlock-shifted-setup) "keypad" nil)
16572
16573 (autoload (quote keypad-setup) "keypad" "\
16574 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16575 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16576 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16577 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16578 keys are bound.
16579
16580 Setup Binding
16581 -------------------------------------------------------------
16582 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16583 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16584 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16585 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16586 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16587 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16588 in the global and local keymaps.
16589
16590 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16591 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16592
16593 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16594
16595 ;;;***
16596 \f
16597 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
16598 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
16599 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16600
16601 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
16602 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16603 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16604
16605 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16606 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16607 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16608 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16609 shorter.
16610
16611 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16612 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16613 the context of text formatting.
16614
16615 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16616
16617 ;;;***
16618 \f
16619 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (17994
16620 ;;;;;; 6715))
16621 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16622
16623 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16624 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16625 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16626 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16627 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16628 positions that contains the current selection.")
16629
16630 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
16631 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16632 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16633 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16634 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16635 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16636 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16637
16638 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16639
16640 ;;;***
16641 \f
16642 ;;;### (autoloads (kmacro-end-call-mouse kmacro-end-and-call-macro
16643 ;;;;;; kmacro-end-or-call-macro kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter
16644 ;;;;;; kmacro-call-macro kmacro-end-macro kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro"
16645 ;;;;;; "kmacro.el" (17994 6715))
16646 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16647 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16648 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16649 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16650 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16651 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16652 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16653 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16654
16655 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro) "kmacro" "\
16656 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16657 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16658 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16659 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16660
16661 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16662
16663 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16664 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16665 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16666
16667 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16668 defining the macro.
16669
16670 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16671 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16672 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16673
16674 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16675 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16676
16677 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16678
16679 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-macro) "kmacro" "\
16680 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16681 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16682 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16683 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16684 under that name.
16685
16686 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16687 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16688 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16689
16690 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16691
16692 (autoload (quote kmacro-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16693 Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16694 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16695
16696 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16697 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16698 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16699 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16700
16701 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16702 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16703
16704 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO)" t nil)
16705
16706 (autoload (quote kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter) "kmacro" "\
16707 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16708 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16709
16710 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16711 macro.
16712
16713 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16714 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16715
16716 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16717 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16718 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16719
16720 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16721 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16722
16723 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16724
16725 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-or-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16726 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16727 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16728 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16729
16730 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16731
16732 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-and-call-macro) "kmacro" "\
16733 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16734 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16735 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16736
16737 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16738 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16739
16740 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16741
16742 (autoload (quote kmacro-end-call-mouse) "kmacro" "\
16743 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16744 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16745
16746 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16747
16748 ;;;***
16749 \f
16750 ;;;### (autoloads (kannada-post-read-conversion kannada-compose-string
16751 ;;;;;; kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "language/knd-util.el"
16752 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
16753 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/knd-util.el
16754
16755 (defconst kannada-consonant "[\x51f75-\x51fb9]")
16756
16757 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-region) "knd-util" "\
16758 Not documented
16759
16760 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16761
16762 (autoload (quote kannada-compose-string) "knd-util" "\
16763 Not documented
16764
16765 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
16766
16767 (autoload (quote kannada-post-read-conversion) "knd-util" "\
16768 Not documented
16769
16770 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16771
16772 ;;;***
16773 \f
16774 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
16775 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (17994 6715))
16776 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16777
16778 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
16779 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16780 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16781
16782 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" "\
16783 Not documented
16784
16785 \(fn)" nil nil)
16786
16787 ;;;***
16788 \f
16789 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
16790 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
16791 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16792
16793 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
16794
16795 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
16796 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16797
16798 \(fn)" t nil)
16799
16800 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
16801
16802 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
16803 Start or resume an Lm game.
16804 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16805 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16806
16807 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16808 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16809 none / 1 | yes | no
16810 2 | yes | yes
16811 3 | no | yes
16812 4 | no | no
16813
16814 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
16815 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16816 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16817
16818 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16819
16820 ;;;***
16821 \f
16822 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-post-read-conversion
16823 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao
16824 ;;;;;; lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (17994
16825 ;;;;;; 6715))
16826 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16827
16828 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" "\
16829 Not documented
16830
16831 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16832
16833 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
16834 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16835 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16836 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16837 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16838 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16839
16840 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16841 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16842
16843 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16844
16845 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
16846 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16847
16848 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16849
16850 (autoload (quote lao-post-read-conversion) "lao-util" "\
16851 Not documented
16852
16853 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
16854
16855 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
16856 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
16857 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16858 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16859 to compose.
16860
16861 The return value is number of composed characters.
16862
16863 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
16864
16865 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" "\
16866 Not documented
16867
16868 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16869
16870 ;;;***
16871 \f
16872 ;;;### (autoloads (latexenc-find-file-coding-system latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc
16873 ;;;;;; latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system latex-inputenc-coding-alist)
16874 ;;;;;; "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (17994 6715))
16875 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16876
16877 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (quote (("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16878 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16879 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16880 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16881
16882 (custom-autoload (quote latex-inputenc-coding-alist) "latexenc" t)
16883
16884 (autoload (quote latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16885 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16886 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16887
16888 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16889
16890 (autoload (quote latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc) "latexenc" "\
16891 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16892 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16893
16894 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16895
16896 (autoload (quote latexenc-find-file-coding-system) "latexenc" "\
16897 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16898 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16899 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16900
16901 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16902
16903 ;;;***
16904 \f
16905 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx latin1-display latin1-display)
16906 ;;;;;; "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el" (17994 6715))
16907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16908
16909 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16910 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16911 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16912 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16913 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16914 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16915 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16916 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16917
16918 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16919 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16920
16921 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16922 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16923
16924 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" nil)
16925
16926 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
16927 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16928 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16929 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16930 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16931 `latin1-display-setup'. As well as iso-8859 characters, this treats
16932 some characters in the `mule-unicode-...' charsets if you don't have
16933 a Unicode font with which to display them.
16934
16935 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16936
16937 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16938 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16939 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16940 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16941
16942 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16943 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16944
16945 (custom-autoload (quote latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx) "latin1-disp" nil)
16946
16947 ;;;***
16948 \f
16949 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
16950 ;;;;;; "obsolete/lazy-lock.el" (17994 6715))
16951 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/lazy-lock.el
16952
16953 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
16954 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
16955 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
16956 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
16957
16958 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
16959
16960 For a newer font-lock support mode with similar functionality, see
16961 `jit-lock-mode'. Eventually, Lazy Lock mode will be deprecated in
16962 JIT Lock's favor.
16963
16964 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
16965
16966 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
16967 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
16968 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
16969 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
16970 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
16971 for large buffers.
16972
16973 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
16974 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
16975 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
16976 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
16977 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
16978
16979 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
16980 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
16981 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
16982 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
16983 slow to keep up with your typing.
16984
16985 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
16986 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
16987 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
16988 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
16989 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
16990 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
16991
16992 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
16993 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
16994 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
16995 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
16996
16997 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behavior fontifies modified
16998 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
16999 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
17000 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
17001
17002 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
17003 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
17004 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
17005 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
17006 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.
17007
17008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17009
17010 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
17011 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.
17012
17013 \(fn)" nil nil)
17014
17015 ;;;***
17016 \f
17017 ;;;### (autoloads (ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el"
17018 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
17019 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17020
17021 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.ld[si]?\\>" . ld-script-mode)))
17022
17023 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.x[bdsru]?[cn]?\\'" . ld-script-mode)))
17024
17025 (autoload (quote ld-script-mode) "ld-script" "\
17026 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17027
17028 \(fn)" t nil)
17029
17030 ;;;***
17031 \f
17032 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
17033 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
17034 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
17035
17036 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
17037 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
17038
17039 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
17040 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
17041
17042 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
17043 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
17044
17045 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
17046 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
17047 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
17048 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
17049 for later transmission to Lisp job.
17050 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
17051 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
17052 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
17053 and transmit saved text.
17054
17055 \\{ledit-mode-map}
17056 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
17057 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)
17058
17059 \(fn)" t nil)
17060
17061 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" "\
17062 Not documented
17063
17064 \(fn)" nil nil)
17065
17066 ;;;***
17067 \f
17068 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (17994 6715))
17069 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17070
17071 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
17072 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17073 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17074 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17075 generations (this defaults to 1).
17076
17077 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17078
17079 ;;;***
17080 \f
17081 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (17994
17082 ;;;;;; 6715))
17083 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17084
17085 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
17086 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
17087 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17088 is nil, raise an error.
17089
17090 This function tries to undo modifications made by the package to
17091 hooks. Packages may define a hook FEATURE-unload-hook that is called
17092 instead of the normal heuristics for doing this. Such a hook should
17093 undo all the relevant global state changes that may have been made by
17094 loading the package or executing functions in it. It has access to
17095 the package's feature list (before anything is unbound) in the
17096 variable `unload-hook-features-list' and could remove features from it
17097 in the event that the package has done something normally-ill-advised,
17098 such as redefining an Emacs function.
17099
17100 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17101
17102 ;;;***
17103 \f
17104 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate locate-ls-subdir-switches)
17105 ;;;;;; "locate" "locate.el" (17994 6728))
17106 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17107
17108 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches "-al" "\
17109 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17110 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17111
17112 (custom-autoload (quote locate-ls-subdir-switches) "locate" t)
17113
17114 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
17115 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17116 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17117 With prefix arg, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17118
17119 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17120 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17121 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17122 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17123 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17124 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17125 the version.)
17126
17127 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17128 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17129
17130 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17131 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17132
17133 ARG is the interactive prefix arg.
17134
17135 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17136
17137 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
17138 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17139 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17140 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17141 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17142 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17143 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17144 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17145 to constrain a big search.
17146
17147 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17148
17149 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17150 except that FILTER is not optional.
17151
17152 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17153
17154 ;;;***
17155 \f
17156 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (17994 6715))
17157 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
17158
17159 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
17160 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17161 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
17162 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
17163 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
17164 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
17165 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
17166 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17167 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
17168 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
17169 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
17170 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
17171 uses the current buffer.
17172
17173 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP LISTFUN BUFFER &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17174
17175 ;;;***
17176 \f
17177 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (17994
17178 ;;;;;; 6715))
17179 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
17180
17181 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
17182 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17183
17184 \(fn)" t nil)
17185
17186 ;;;***
17187 \f
17188 ;;;### (autoloads (longlines-mode) "longlines" "longlines.el" (18000
17189 ;;;;;; 23879))
17190 ;;; Generated autoloads from longlines.el
17191
17192 (autoload (quote longlines-mode) "longlines" "\
17193 Toggle Long Lines mode.
17194 In Long Lines mode, long lines are wrapped if they extend beyond
17195 `fill-column'. The soft newlines used for line wrapping will not
17196 show up when the text is yanked or saved to disk.
17197
17198 If the variable `longlines-auto-wrap' is non-nil, lines are automatically
17199 wrapped whenever the buffer is changed. You can always call
17200 `fill-paragraph' to fill individual paragraphs.
17201
17202 If the variable `longlines-show-hard-newlines' is non-nil, hard newlines
17203 are indicated with a symbol.
17204
17205 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17206
17207 ;;;***
17208 \f
17209 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
17210 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (17994
17211 ;;;;;; 6715))
17212 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17213
17214 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
17215
17216 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
17217
17218 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
17219 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17220 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17221
17222 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17223 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17224
17225 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17226 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17227 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17228 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17229 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17230 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17231 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17232
17233 (custom-autoload (quote printer-name) "lpr" t)
17234
17235 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17236 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17237 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17238 switch on this list.
17239 See `lpr-command'.")
17240
17241 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-switches) "lpr" t)
17242
17243 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
17244 *Name of program for printing a file.
17245
17246 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17247 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17248 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17249 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17250 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17251 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17252 argument.")
17253
17254 (custom-autoload (quote lpr-command) "lpr" t)
17255
17256 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
17257 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17258 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17259 for customization of the printer command.
17260
17261 \(fn)" t nil)
17262
17263 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
17264 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17265
17266 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17267 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17268 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17269 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17270
17271 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17272 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17273
17274 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17275 for further customization of the printer command.
17276
17277 \(fn)" t nil)
17278
17279 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
17280 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17281 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17282 for customization of the printer command.
17283
17284 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17285
17286 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
17287 Paginate and print the region contents.
17288
17289 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17290 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17291 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17292 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17293
17294 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17295 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17296
17297 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17298 for further customization of the printer command.
17299
17300 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17301
17302 ;;;***
17303 \f
17304 ;;;### (autoloads (ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el"
17305 ;;;;;; (18000 24333))
17306 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17307
17308 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17309 *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17310 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17311
17312 (custom-autoload (quote ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards) "ls-lisp" t)
17313
17314 ;;;***
17315 \f
17316 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (17994
17317 ;;;;;; 6715))
17318 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17319
17320 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
17321 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17322 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
17323
17324 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
17325
17326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17327
17328 ;;;***
17329 \f
17330 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (17994
17331 ;;;;;; 6715))
17332 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17333
17334 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
17335 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17336 \\{m4-mode-map}
17337
17338 \(fn)" t nil)
17339
17340 ;;;***
17341 \f
17342 ;;;### (autoloads (macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "emacs-lisp/macroexp.el"
17343 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
17344 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/macroexp.el
17345
17346 (autoload (quote macroexpand-all) "macroexp" "\
17347 Return result of expanding macros at all levels in FORM.
17348 If no macros are expanded, FORM is returned unchanged.
17349 The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro
17350 definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation.
17351
17352 \(fn FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)" nil nil)
17353
17354 ;;;***
17355 \f
17356 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
17357 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (17994 6715))
17358 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17359
17360 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17361 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17362 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17363 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17364 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17365
17366 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17367
17368 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
17369 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
17370 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17371 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17372
17373 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17374 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17375 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17376 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17377 bindings.
17378
17379 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17380 use this command, and then save the file.
17381
17382 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17383
17384 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
17385 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17386 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17387 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17388 each time the macro executes.
17389 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17390 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17391 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17392 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17393 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17394 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17395 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17396
17397 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17398
17399 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
17400 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17401 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17402 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17403
17404 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17405 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17406 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17407 execute.
17408
17409 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17410 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17411
17412 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17413 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17414 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17415 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17416 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17417
17418 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17419 looked like this:
17420
17421 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17422 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17423 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17424
17425 You could enter the names in this format:
17426
17427 foo
17428 bar
17429 baz
17430
17431 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17432
17433 \\C-x (
17434 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17435 \\C-x )
17436
17437 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17438 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17439
17440 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17441 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17442
17443 ;;;***
17444 \f
17445 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
17446 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (17994 6715))
17447 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17448
17449 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
17450 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17451 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17452 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17453 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17454 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17455
17456 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17457 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17458 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17459 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17460 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17461
17462 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17463 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17464 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17465 consing a string.)
17466
17467 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17468
17469 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
17470 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17471
17472 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17473
17474 ;;;***
17475 \f
17476 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
17477 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
17478 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
17479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17480
17481 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
17482 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17483
17484 \(fn)" nil nil)
17485
17486 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" "\
17487 Not documented
17488
17489 \(fn)" nil nil)
17490
17491 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17492 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17493
17494 (custom-autoload (quote mail-hist-keep-history) "mail-hist" t)
17495
17496 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
17497 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17498 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17499 message.
17500
17501 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17502
17503 \(fn)" nil nil)
17504
17505 ;;;***
17506 \f
17507 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
17508 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
17509 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (17994
17510 ;;;;;; 6715))
17511 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17512
17513 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17514 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17515 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17516 often correct parser.")
17517
17518 (custom-autoload (quote mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" t)
17519
17520 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" "\
17521 Not documented
17522
17523 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17524
17525 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17526 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17527 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17528 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17529
17530 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17531
17532 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
17533 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17534 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17535 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17536
17537 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17538
17539 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
17540 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17541 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17542 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17543 If NOERROR is non-nil, return t if successful.
17544 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17545 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17546 as Rmail does.
17547
17548 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17549
17550 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
17551 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17552 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
17553 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17554 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17555 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17556
17557 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17558
17559 ;;;***
17560 \f
17561 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
17562 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (17994 6741))
17563 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17564
17565 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
17566 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17567
17568 \(fn)" nil nil)
17569
17570 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
17571 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17572 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17573
17574 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17575
17576 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
17577 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17578 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17579
17580 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17581
17582 ;;;***
17583 \f
17584 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
17585 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (17994
17586 ;;;;;; 6715))
17587 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17588
17589 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
17590 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17591 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17592 king@grassland.com
17593 If `parens', they look like:
17594 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17595 If `angles', they look like:
17596 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17597
17598 (custom-autoload (quote mail-complete-style) "mailalias" t)
17599
17600 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
17601 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17602 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17603 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17604 their `Resent-' variants.
17605
17606 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17607 removed from alias expansions.
17608
17609 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17610
17611 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
17612 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17613 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17614
17615 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17616 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17617 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17618 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17619
17620 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17621
17622 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
17623 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17624 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17625 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.
17626
17627 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17628
17629 ;;;***
17630 \f
17631 ;;;### (autoloads (mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el"
17632 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
17633 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17634
17635 (autoload (quote mailclient-send-it) "mailclient" "\
17636 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17637 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17638 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17639
17640 \(fn)" nil nil)
17641
17642 ;;;***
17643 \f
17644 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-imake-mode makefile-bsdmake-mode makefile-makepp-mode
17645 ;;;;;; makefile-gmake-mode makefile-automake-mode makefile-mode)
17646 ;;;;;; "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (17994 6715))
17647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17648
17649 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
17650 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17651
17652 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17653 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17654 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17655 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17656 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17657 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17658
17659 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17660 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17661 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17662 dependency, despite the colon.
17663
17664 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17665
17666 In the browser, use the following keys:
17667
17668 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17669
17670 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17671
17672 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17673 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17674
17675 `makefile-target-colon':
17676 The string that gets appended to all target names
17677 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17678 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17679
17680 `makefile-macro-assign':
17681 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17682 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17683 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17684 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17685 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17686 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17687
17688 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17689 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17690 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17691
17692 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17693 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17694
17695 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17696 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17697 up or down in the browser.
17698
17699 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17700 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17701
17702 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17703 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17704
17705 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17706 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17707 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17708 has been selected in the browser.
17709
17710 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17711 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17712 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17713 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17714 filenames are omitted.
17715
17716 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17717 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17718 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17719 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17720 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17721 the backslash itself intact.
17722 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17723 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17724
17725 `makefile-browser-hook':
17726 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17727 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17728
17729 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17730 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17731 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17732 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17733
17734 \(fn)" t nil)
17735
17736 (autoload (quote makefile-automake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17737 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17738
17739 \(fn)" t nil)
17740
17741 (autoload (quote makefile-gmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17742 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17743
17744 \(fn)" t nil)
17745
17746 (autoload (quote makefile-makepp-mode) "make-mode" "\
17747 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17748
17749 \(fn)" t nil)
17750
17751 (autoload (quote makefile-bsdmake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17752 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17753
17754 \(fn)" t nil)
17755
17756 (autoload (quote makefile-imake-mode) "make-mode" "\
17757 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17758
17759 \(fn)" t nil)
17760
17761 ;;;***
17762 \f
17763 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (17994
17764 ;;;;;; 6715))
17765 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17766
17767 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
17768 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17769 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17770
17771 \(fn)" t nil)
17772
17773 ;;;***
17774 \f
17775 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (17994 6743))
17776 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17777
17778 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
17779
17780 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
17781 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17782 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
17783 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
17784 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
17785 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
17786 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
17787
17788 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
17789 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
17790 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
17791 `Man-switches' variable, which see.
17792
17793 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17794
17795 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
17796 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17797
17798 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17799
17800 ;;;***
17801 \f
17802 ;;;### (autoloads (master-mode) "master" "master.el" (17994 6715))
17803 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17804
17805 (autoload (quote master-mode) "master" "\
17806 Toggle Master mode.
17807 With no argument, this command toggles the mode.
17808 Non-null prefix argument turns on the mode.
17809 Null prefix argument turns off the mode.
17810
17811 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer using the
17812 following commands:
17813
17814 \\{master-mode-map}
17815
17816 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17817 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17818 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17819
17820 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17821
17822 ;;;***
17823 \f
17824 ;;;### (autoloads (menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "menu-bar.el" (17994
17825 ;;;;;; 6751))
17826 ;;; Generated autoloads from menu-bar.el
17827
17828 (put (quote menu-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
17829
17830 (defvar menu-bar-mode nil "\
17831 Non-nil if Menu-Bar mode is enabled.
17832 See the command `menu-bar-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17833 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17834 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17835 or call the function `menu-bar-mode'.")
17836
17837 (custom-autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" nil)
17838
17839 (autoload (quote menu-bar-mode) "menu-bar" "\
17840 Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame.
17841 This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be
17842 created in the future.
17843 With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive,
17844 turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.
17845
17846 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17847
17848 ;;;***
17849 \f
17850 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
17851 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
17852 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
17853 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
17854 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
17855 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-insert-empty-line
17856 ;;;;;; message-signature-file message-signature message-indent-citation-function
17857 ;;;;;; message-cite-function message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function
17858 ;;;;;; message-send-mail-function message-user-organization-file
17859 ;;;;;; message-signature-separator message-from-style) "message"
17860 ;;;;;; "gnus/message.el" (17994 6715))
17861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17862
17863 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
17864 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
17865
17866 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17867 king@grassland.com
17868 If `parens', they look like:
17869 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17870 If `angles', they look like:
17871 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
17872
17873 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
17874 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
17875
17876 (custom-autoload (quote message-from-style) "message" t)
17877
17878 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
17879 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
17880
17881 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-separator) "message" t)
17882
17883 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
17884 *Local news organization file.")
17885
17886 (custom-autoload (quote message-user-organization-file) "message" t)
17887
17888 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
17889 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
17890 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
17891 variable `mail-header-separator'.
17892
17893 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
17894 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
17895 `message-smtpmail-send-it', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
17896
17897 See also `send-mail-function'.")
17898
17899 (custom-autoload (quote message-send-mail-function) "message" t)
17900
17901 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
17902 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.
17903
17904 Note that Gnus provides a feature where the reader can click on
17905 `writes:' to hide the cited text. If you change this line too much,
17906 people who read your message will have to change their Gnus
17907 configuration. See the variable `gnus-cite-attribution-suffix'.")
17908
17909 (custom-autoload (quote message-citation-line-function) "message" t)
17910
17911 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
17912 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.
17913 Fix `message-cite-prefix-regexp' if it is set to an abnormal value.
17914 See also `message-yank-cited-prefix'.")
17915
17916 (custom-autoload (quote message-yank-prefix) "message" t)
17917
17918 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
17919 *Function for citing an original message.
17920 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
17921 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
17922 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
17923
17924 (custom-autoload (quote message-cite-function) "message" t)
17925
17926 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
17927 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
17928 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
17929 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
17930 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
17931
17932 (custom-autoload (quote message-indent-citation-function) "message" t)
17933
17934 (defvar message-signature t "\
17935 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
17936 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
17937 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
17938 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
17939
17940 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature) "message" t)
17941
17942 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
17943 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
17944 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
17945 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
17946
17947 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-file) "message" t)
17948
17949 (defvar message-signature-insert-empty-line t "\
17950 *If non-nil, insert an empty line before the signature separator.")
17951
17952 (custom-autoload (quote message-signature-insert-empty-line) "message" t)
17953
17954 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
17955
17956 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
17957 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17958 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17959 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17960 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17961 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17962 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17963 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17964 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17965 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17966 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17967 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17968 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17969 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17970 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17971 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17972 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17973 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17974 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17975 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17976 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17977 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17978 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17979 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17980 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17981 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17982 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17983 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17984 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17985 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17986 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17987 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17988 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17989 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17990 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17991 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17992 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17993
17994 \(fn)" t nil)
17995
17996 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
17997 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17998 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17999 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18000 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18001
18002 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" t nil)
18003
18004 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
18005 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18006
18007 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18008
18009 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
18010 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18011
18012 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
18013
18014 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
18015 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18016
18017 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18018
18019 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
18020 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18021 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18022
18023 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18024
18025 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
18026 Cancel an article you posted.
18027 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18028
18029 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18030
18031 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
18032 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18033 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18034 header line with the old Message-ID.
18035
18036 \(fn)" t nil)
18037
18038 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
18039 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18040
18041 \(fn)" t nil)
18042
18043 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
18044 Forward the current message via mail.
18045 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18046 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18047
18048 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18049
18050 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" "\
18051 Not documented
18052
18053 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18054
18055 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" "\
18056 Not documented
18057
18058 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18059
18060 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
18061 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18062
18063 \(fn)" t nil)
18064
18065 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
18066 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18067
18068 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18069
18070 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
18071 Re-mail the current message.
18072 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18073 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18074 you.
18075
18076 \(fn)" t nil)
18077
18078 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
18079 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18080
18081 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18082
18083 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
18084 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18085
18086 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18087
18088 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
18089 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18090
18091 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18092
18093 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
18094 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18095
18096 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18097
18098 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
18099 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18100 Works by overstriking characters.
18101 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18102 which specify the range to operate on.
18103
18104 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18105
18106 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
18107 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18108 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18109 which specify the range to operate on.
18110
18111 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18112
18113 ;;;***
18114 \f
18115 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
18116 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18118
18119 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18120 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18121 Special commands:
18122 \\{meta-mode-map}
18123
18124 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
18125 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18126
18127 \(fn)" t nil)
18128
18129 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
18130 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18131 Special commands:
18132 \\{meta-mode-map}
18133
18134 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
18135 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.
18136
18137 \(fn)" t nil)
18138
18139 ;;;***
18140 \f
18141 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
18142 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
18143 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18144 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18145
18146 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
18147 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18148 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18149
18150 \(fn)" t nil)
18151
18152 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
18153 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18154 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18155 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18156 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18157 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18158 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18159
18160 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18161
18162 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
18163 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18164 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18165 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18166 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18167 means current).
18168 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18169 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18170
18171 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18172
18173 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
18174 Process current region through 'metamail'.
18175 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18176 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18177 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18178 means current).
18179 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18180 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18181
18182 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18183
18184 ;;;***
18185 \f
18186 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-fully-kill-draft mh-send-letter mh-user-agent-compose
18187 ;;;;;; mh-smail-batch mh-smail-other-window mh-smail) "mh-comp"
18188 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (17994 6715))
18189 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18190
18191 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
18192 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18193 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18194
18195 \(fn)" t nil)
18196
18197 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
18198 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18199 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18200
18201 \(fn)" t nil)
18202
18203 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
18204 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18205
18206 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18207 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18208 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18209
18210 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18211 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18212
18213 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18214 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18215
18216 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18217
18218 (define-mail-user-agent (quote mh-e-user-agent) (quote mh-user-agent-compose) (quote mh-send-letter) (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) (quote mh-before-send-letter-hook))
18219
18220 (autoload (quote mh-user-agent-compose) "mh-comp" "\
18221 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18222 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18223 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18224 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18225 as `compose-mail'.
18226
18227 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18228 initial Subject field, respectively.
18229
18230 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18231 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18232 are strings.
18233
18234 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION and SEND-ACTIONS are
18235 ignored.
18236
18237 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS)" nil nil)
18238
18239 (autoload (quote mh-send-letter) "mh-comp" "\
18240 Save draft and send message.
18241
18242 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18243 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18244 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18245 Mail Delivery*\".
18246
18247 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18248 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18249 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18250
18251 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18252 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18253 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18254 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18255 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18256 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18257
18258 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18259 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18260
18261 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18262
18263 (autoload (quote mh-fully-kill-draft) "mh-comp" "\
18264 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18265
18266 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18267 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18268 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18269 delete the draft message.
18270
18271 \(fn)" t nil)
18272
18273 ;;;***
18274 \f
18275 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version) "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (17994 6715))
18276 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18277
18278 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18279
18280 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18281
18282 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
18283
18284 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
18285 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18286
18287 \(fn)" t nil)
18288
18289 ;;;***
18290 \f
18291 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-folder-mode mh-nmail mh-rmail) "mh-folder"
18292 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (17994 6715))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18294
18295 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-folder" "\
18296 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18297 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18298
18299 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18300 the MH mail system.
18301
18302 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18303
18304 (autoload (quote mh-nmail) "mh-folder" "\
18305 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18306 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18307
18308 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18309 the MH mail system.
18310
18311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18312
18313 (autoload (quote mh-folder-mode) "mh-folder" "\
18314 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18315
18316 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18317 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18318 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18319 separate command.
18320
18321 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18322 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18323 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18324 format.
18325
18326 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18327
18328 Ranges
18329 ======
18330 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18331 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18332 can be used in several ways.
18333
18334 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18335 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18336 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18337 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18338 page):
18339
18340 <num1>-<num2>
18341 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18342 The range must be nonempty.
18343
18344 <num>:N
18345 <num>:+N
18346 <num>:-N
18347 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18348 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18349 last.
18350
18351 first:N
18352 prev:N
18353 next:N
18354 last:N
18355 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18356
18357 all
18358 All of the messages.
18359
18360 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18361 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18362
18363 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18364 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18365 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18366
18367 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18368
18369 \(fn)" t nil)
18370
18371 ;;;***
18372 \f
18373 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
18374 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (17994 6715))
18375 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18376
18377 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
18378 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18379 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18380 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18381 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18382 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18383 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18384 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18385 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18386 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18387 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18388
18389 \(fn)" t nil)
18390
18391 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
18392 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18393 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18394 to its second argument TM.
18395
18396 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18397
18398 ;;;***
18399 \f
18400 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
18401 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (17994 6715))
18402 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18403
18404 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18405 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18406 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18407 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18408 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18409 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18410
18411 (custom-autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18412
18413 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
18414 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18415 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
18416 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
18417 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
18418 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
18419 default indication.
18420
18421 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
18422 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
18423
18424 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18425
18426 ;;;***
18427 \f
18428 ;;;### (autoloads (mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el"
18429 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18430 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18431
18432 (autoload (quote mixal-mode) "mixal-mode" "\
18433 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18434 \\{mixal-mode-map}
18435
18436 \(fn)" t nil)
18437
18438 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.mixal\\'" . mixal-mode)))
18439
18440 ;;;***
18441 \f
18442 ;;;### (autoloads (malayalam-composition-function malayalam-post-read-conversion
18443 ;;;;;; malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "language/mlm-util.el"
18444 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18445 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/mlm-util.el
18446
18447 (autoload (quote malayalam-compose-region) "mlm-util" "\
18448 Not documented
18449
18450 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
18451
18452 (autoload (quote malayalam-post-read-conversion) "mlm-util" "\
18453 Not documented
18454
18455 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
18456
18457 (autoload (quote malayalam-composition-function) "mlm-util" "\
18458 Compose Malayalam characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
18459 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
18460 PATTERN regexp.
18461
18462 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
18463
18464 ;;;***
18465 \f
18466 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-external-body mm-extern-cache-contents)
18467 ;;;;;; "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (17994 6715))
18468 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18469
18470 (autoload (quote mm-extern-cache-contents) "mm-extern" "\
18471 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18472
18473 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18474
18475 (autoload (quote mm-inline-external-body) "mm-extern" "\
18476 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18477 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18478 the entire message.
18479 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18480
18481 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18482
18483 ;;;***
18484 \f
18485 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
18486 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18487 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18488
18489 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
18490 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18491 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18492 the entire message.
18493 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18494
18495 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18496
18497 ;;;***
18498 \f
18499 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-url-insert-file-contents-external mm-url-insert-file-contents)
18500 ;;;;;; "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (17994 6715))
18501 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18502
18503 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents) "mm-url" "\
18504 Insert file contents of URL.
18505 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18506
18507 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18508
18509 (autoload (quote mm-url-insert-file-contents-external) "mm-url" "\
18510 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18511
18512 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18513
18514 ;;;***
18515 \f
18516 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-dissect-text-parts mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu"
18517 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-uu.el" (17994 6715))
18518 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18519
18520 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
18521 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18522 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18523 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18524 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18525
18526 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18527
18528 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect-text-parts) "mm-uu" "\
18529 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18530 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18531
18532 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18533
18534 ;;;***
18535 \f
18536 ;;;### (autoloads (mml1991-sign mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el"
18537 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18538 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18539
18540 (autoload (quote mml1991-encrypt) "mml1991" "\
18541 Not documented
18542
18543 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18544
18545 (autoload (quote mml1991-sign) "mml1991" "\
18546 Not documented
18547
18548 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18549
18550 ;;;***
18551 \f
18552 ;;;### (autoloads (mml2015-self-encrypt mml2015-sign mml2015-encrypt
18553 ;;;;;; mml2015-verify-test mml2015-verify mml2015-decrypt-test mml2015-decrypt)
18554 ;;;;;; "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (17994 6715))
18555 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18556
18557 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt) "mml2015" "\
18558 Not documented
18559
18560 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18561
18562 (autoload (quote mml2015-decrypt-test) "mml2015" "\
18563 Not documented
18564
18565 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18566
18567 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify) "mml2015" "\
18568 Not documented
18569
18570 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18571
18572 (autoload (quote mml2015-verify-test) "mml2015" "\
18573 Not documented
18574
18575 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18576
18577 (autoload (quote mml2015-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18578 Not documented
18579
18580 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18581
18582 (autoload (quote mml2015-sign) "mml2015" "\
18583 Not documented
18584
18585 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18586
18587 (autoload (quote mml2015-self-encrypt) "mml2015" "\
18588 Not documented
18589
18590 \(fn)" nil nil)
18591
18592 ;;;***
18593 \f
18594 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
18595 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18596 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18597
18598 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
18599 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18600 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18601 followed by the first character of the construct.
18602 \\<m2-mode-map>
18603 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18604 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18605 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18606 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18607 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18608 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18609 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18610 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18611 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18612 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18613 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18614 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18615 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18616 \\[m2-link] link
18617
18618 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18619 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18620 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18621
18622 \(fn)" t nil)
18623
18624 ;;;***
18625 \f
18626 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
18627 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18629
18630 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
18631 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18632
18633 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18634
18635 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
18636 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18637
18638 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18639
18640 ;;;***
18641 \f
18642 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (17994
18643 ;;;;;; 6715))
18644 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
18645
18646 (defvar mouse-sel-mode nil "\
18647 Non-nil if Mouse-Sel mode is enabled.
18648 See the command `mouse-sel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18649 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18650 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18651 or call the function `mouse-sel-mode'.")
18652
18653 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" nil)
18654
18655 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
18656 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
18657 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
18658 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
18659
18660 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
18661
18662 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
18663
18664 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
18665
18666 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
18667 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
18668 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
18669 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
18670 Triple-clicking selects lines.
18671 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
18672
18673 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
18674 the `kill-ring', nor do the kill-ring functions change the X selection.
18675 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
18676 mouse-sel sets the variables `interprogram-cut-function' and
18677 `interprogram-paste-function' to nil.
18678
18679 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
18680 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
18681
18682 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
18683 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
18684
18685 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
18686
18687 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
18688 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
18689 primary selection and region.
18690
18691 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18692
18693 ;;;***
18694 \f
18695 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (17994 6715))
18696 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18697
18698 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
18699 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18700
18701 \(fn)" t nil)
18702
18703 ;;;***
18704 \f
18705 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (18000 24333))
18706 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18707
18708 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18709 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18710 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18711 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18712 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18713 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18714
18715 (custom-autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" nil)
18716
18717 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
18718 Toggle Msb mode.
18719 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
18720 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18721 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18722
18723 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18724
18725 ;;;***
18726 \f
18727 ;;;### (autoloads (mule-diag list-input-methods list-fontsets describe-fontset
18728 ;;;;;; describe-font list-coding-categories list-coding-systems
18729 ;;;;;; describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
18730 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-character-set list-charset-chars
18731 ;;;;;; read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el"
18732 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
18733 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18734
18735 (defvar non-iso-charset-alist (\` ((mac-roman (ascii latin-iso8859-1 mule-unicode-2500-33ff mule-unicode-0100-24ff mule-unicode-e000-ffff) mac-roman-decoder ((0 255))) (viscii (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-viscii-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (vietnamese-tcvn (ascii vietnamese-viscii-lower vietnamese-viscii-upper) viet-tcvn-nonascii-translation-table ((0 255))) (koi8-r (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-koi8-r-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (alternativnyj (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5) cyrillic-alternativnyj-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (koi8-u (ascii cyrillic-iso8859-5 mule-unicode-0100-24ff) cyrillic-koi8-u-nonascii-translation-table ((32 255))) (big5 (ascii chinese-big5-1 chinese-big5-2) decode-big5-char ((32 127) ((161 254) 64 126 161 254))) (sjis (ascii katakana-jisx0201 japanese-jisx0208) decode-sjis-char ((32 127 161 223) ((129 159 224 239) 64 126 128 252))))) "\
18736 Alist of charset names vs the corresponding information.
18737 This is mis-named for historical reasons. The charsets are actually
18738 non-built-in ones. They correspond to Emacs coding systems, not Emacs
18739 charsets, i.e. what Emacs can read (or write) by mapping to (or
18740 from) Emacs internal charsets that typically correspond to a limited
18741 set of ISO charsets.
18742
18743 Each element has the following format:
18744 (CHARSET CHARSET-LIST TRANSLATION-METHOD [ CODE-RANGE ])
18745
18746 CHARSET is the name (symbol) of the charset.
18747
18748 CHARSET-LIST is a list of Emacs charsets into which characters of
18749 CHARSET are mapped.
18750
18751 TRANSLATION-METHOD is a translation table (symbol) to translate a
18752 character code of CHARSET to the corresponding Emacs character
18753 code. It can also be a function to call with one argument, a
18754 character code in CHARSET.
18755
18756 CODE-RANGE specifies the valid code ranges of CHARSET.
18757 It is a list of RANGEs, where each RANGE is of the form:
18758 (FROM1 TO1 FROM2 TO2 ...)
18759 or
18760 ((FROM1-1 TO1-1 FROM1-2 TO1-2 ...) . (FROM2-1 TO2-1 FROM2-2 TO2-2 ...))
18761 In the first form, valid codes are between FROM1 and TO1, or FROM2 and
18762 TO2, or...
18763 The second form is used for 2-byte codes. The car part is the ranges
18764 of the first byte, and the cdr part is the ranges of the second byte.")
18765
18766 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
18767 Display a list of all character sets.
18768
18769 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for
18770 internal Emacs use.
18771
18772 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains the format of the buffer and string
18773 multibyte sequence of characters in the charset using one to four
18774 hexadecimal digits.
18775 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
18776 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
18777
18778 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18779 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18780 set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022 <final-char> to use
18781 for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18782
18783 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18784 but still shows the full information.
18785
18786 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18787
18788 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
18789 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18790 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
18791 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
18792 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18793
18794 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18795 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18796 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18797 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
18798 detailed meanings of these arguments.
18799
18800 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18801
18802 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
18803 Display a list of characters in the specified character set.
18804 This can list both Emacs `official' (ISO standard) charsets and the
18805 characters encoded by various Emacs coding systems which correspond to
18806 PC `codepages' and other coded character sets. See `non-iso-charset-alist'.
18807
18808 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18809
18810 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
18811 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18812
18813 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18814
18815 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18816 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18817
18818 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18819
18820 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
18821 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18822
18823 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18824 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18825 in place of `..':
18826 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18827 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18828 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18829 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18830 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18831 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18832 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18833 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18834 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18835 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18836 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18837 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
18838 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18839 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18840 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18841 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18842
18843 \(fn)" t nil)
18844
18845 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
18846 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18847
18848 \(fn)" t nil)
18849
18850 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
18851 Display a list of all coding systems.
18852 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18853
18854 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
18855 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18856
18857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18858
18859 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
18860 Display a list of all coding categories.
18861
18862 \(fn)" nil nil)
18863
18864 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
18865 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18866 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18867
18868 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18869
18870 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
18871 Display information about FONTSET.
18872 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18873
18874 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18875
18876 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
18877 Display a list of all fontsets.
18878 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18879 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18880 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18881
18882 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18883
18884 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
18885 Display information about all input methods.
18886
18887 \(fn)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
18890 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18891
18892 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18893 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18894 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18895 system which uses fontsets).
18896
18897 \(fn)" t nil)
18898
18899 ;;;***
18900 \f
18901 ;;;### (autoloads (char-displayable-p detect-coding-with-language-environment
18902 ;;;;;; detect-coding-with-priority coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
18903 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
18904 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist
18905 ;;;;;; truncate-string-to-width store-substring string-to-sequence)
18906 ;;;;;; "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (17994 6715))
18907 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18908
18909 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
18910 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
18911 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.
18912
18913 \(fn STRING TYPE)" nil nil)
18914
18915 (make-obsolete (quote string-to-sequence) "use `string-to-list' or `string-to-vector'." "22.1")
18916
18917 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18918 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18919
18920 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18921 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18922
18923 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
18924 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18925
18926 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18927
18928 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
18929 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18930 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18931 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18932 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18933 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18934 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18935
18936 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18937 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18938 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18939 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18940 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18941 middle of a character in STR.
18942
18943 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18944 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18945
18946 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18947 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18948 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18949 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18950 defaults to \"...\".
18951
18952 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18953
18954 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18955 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18956
18957 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18958 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18959 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18960
18961 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18962 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18963 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18964
18965 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18966 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18967 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18968 is considered.
18969 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18970 longer than KEYSEQ.
18971 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18972
18973 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18974
18975 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
18976 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18977 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18978 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18979 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18980 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18981 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18982 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18983 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18984 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18985 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18986
18987 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18988
18989 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18990 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18991
18992 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18993
18994 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
18995 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18996
18997 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18998
18999 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
19000 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-decode' property.
19001
19002 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19003
19004 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
19005 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `translation-table-for-encode' property.
19006
19007 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19008
19009 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
19010 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19011 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19012 coding systems ordered by priority.
19013
19014 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil (quote macro))
19015
19016 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
19017 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19018 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19019 language environment LANG-ENV.
19020
19021 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19022
19023 (autoload (quote char-displayable-p) "mule-util" "\
19024 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19025 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19026 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display CHAR's
19027 charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a per-character
19028 basis, this may not be accurate.
19029
19030 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19031
19032 ;;;***
19033 \f
19034 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
19035 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19036 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
19037
19038 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
19039 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
19040 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
19041 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
19042 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
19043 or call the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
19044
19045 (custom-autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" nil)
19046
19047 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
19048 Toggle mouse wheel support.
19049 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
19050 Return non-nil if the new state is enabled.
19051
19052 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19053
19054 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
19055 Enable mouse wheel support.
19056
19057 \(fn &optional UNINSTALL)" nil nil)
19058
19059 ;;;***
19060 \f
19061 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
19062 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp run-dig dns-lookup-host
19063 ;;;;;; nslookup nslookup-host route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute)
19064 ;;;;;; "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (17994 6715))
19065 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19066
19067 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
19068 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19069
19070 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19071
19072 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
19073 Ping HOST.
19074 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19075 `ping-program-options'.
19076
19077 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19078
19079 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
19080 Run ipconfig program.
19081
19082 \(fn)" t nil)
19083
19084 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
19085
19086 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
19087 Run netstat program.
19088
19089 \(fn)" t nil)
19090
19091 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
19092 Run the arp program.
19093
19094 \(fn)" t nil)
19095
19096 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
19097 Run the route program.
19098
19099 \(fn)" t nil)
19100
19101 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19102 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19103
19104 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19105
19106 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
19107 Run nslookup program.
19108
19109 \(fn)" t nil)
19110
19111 (autoload (quote dns-lookup-host) "net-utils" "\
19112 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19113
19114 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19115
19116 (autoload (quote run-dig) "net-utils" "\
19117 Run dig program.
19118
19119 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19120
19121 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
19122 Run ftp program.
19123
19124 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19125
19126 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
19127 Finger USER on HOST.
19128
19129 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19130
19131 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
19132 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19133 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19134 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19135
19136 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19137
19138 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" "\
19139 Not documented
19140
19141 \(fn)" t nil)
19142
19143 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
19144 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19145
19146 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19147
19148 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
19149 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19150
19151 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19152
19153 ;;;***
19154 \f
19155 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-auto-fill-only-comments
19156 ;;;;;; comment-dwim comment-or-uncomment-region comment-box comment-region
19157 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
19158 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-normalize-vars comment-multi-line
19159 ;;;;;; comment-padding comment-style comment-column) "newcomment"
19160 ;;;;;; "newcomment.el" (17994 6740))
19161 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
19162
19163 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
19164
19165 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
19166
19167 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
19168
19169 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
19170
19171 (defvar comment-use-syntax (quote undecided) "\
19172 Non-nil if syntax-tables can be used instead of regexps.
19173 Can also be `undecided' which means that a somewhat expensive test will
19174 be used to try to determine whether syntax-tables should be trusted
19175 to understand comments or not in the given buffer.
19176 Major modes should set this variable.")
19177
19178 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
19179 Column to indent right-margin comments to.
19180 Each mode may establish a different default value for this variable; you
19181 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.
19182 Comments might be indented to a different value in order not to go beyond
19183 `comment-fill-column' or in order to align them with surrounding comments.")
19184
19185 (custom-autoload (quote comment-column) "newcomment" t)
19186 (put 'comment-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
19187
19188 (defvar comment-start nil "\
19189 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
19190 (put 'comment-start 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19191
19192 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
19193 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
19194 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
19195 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
19196 (put 'comment-start-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19197
19198 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
19199 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
19200 (put 'comment-end-skip 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19201
19202 (defvar comment-end "" "\
19203 *String to insert to end a new comment.
19204 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
19205 (put 'comment-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19206
19207 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
19208 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
19209 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
19210 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
19211 column indentation or nil.
19212 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
19213
19214 (defvar comment-insert-comment-function nil "\
19215 Function to insert a comment when a line doesn't contain one.
19216 The function has no args.
19217
19218 Applicable at least in modes for languages like fixed-format Fortran where
19219 comments always start in column zero.")
19220
19221 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
19222 Style to be used for `comment-region'.
19223 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
19224
19225 (custom-autoload (quote comment-style) "newcomment" t)
19226
19227 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
19228 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
19229 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
19230 of the corresponding number of spaces.
19231
19232 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
19233 makes the comment easier to read. Default is 1. nil means 0.")
19234
19235 (custom-autoload (quote comment-padding) "newcomment" t)
19236
19237 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
19238 Non-nil means `comment-indent-new-line' continues comments.
19239 That is, it inserts no new terminator or starter.
19240 This affects `auto-fill-mode', which is the main reason to
19241 customize this variable.
19242
19243 It also affects \\[indent-new-comment-line]. However, if you want this
19244 behavior for explicit filling, you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
19245
19246 (custom-autoload (quote comment-multi-line) "newcomment" t)
19247
19248 (autoload (quote comment-normalize-vars) "newcomment" "\
19249 Check and setup the variables needed by other commenting functions.
19250 Functions autoloaded from newcomment.el, being entry points, should call
19251 this function before any other, so the rest of the code can assume that
19252 the variables are properly set.
19253
19254 \(fn &optional NOERROR)" nil nil)
19255
19256 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
19257 Default for `comment-indent-function'.
19258
19259 \(fn)" nil nil)
19260
19261 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
19262 Indent this line's comment to `comment-column', or insert an empty comment.
19263 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.
19264
19265 \(fn &optional CONTINUE)" t nil)
19266
19267 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
19268 Set the comment column based on point.
19269 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
19270 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
19271 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
19272 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.
19273
19274 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19275
19276 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
19277 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
19278 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.
19279
19280 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19281
19282 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19283 Uncomment each line in the BEG .. END region.
19284 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
19285 comment markers.
19286
19287 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19288
19289 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
19290 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
19291 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG .. END.
19292 Numeric prefix ARG means use ARG comment characters.
19293 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
19294 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
19295 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
19296 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
19297
19298 The strings used as comment starts are built from
19299 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.
19300
19301 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19302
19303 (autoload (quote comment-box) "newcomment" "\
19304 Comment out the BEG .. END region, putting it inside a box.
19305 The numeric prefix ARG specifies how many characters to add to begin- and
19306 end- comment markers additionally to what `comment-add' already specifies.
19307
19308 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19309
19310 (autoload (quote comment-or-uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
19311 Call `comment-region', unless the region only consists of comments,
19312 in which case call `uncomment-region'. If a prefix arg is given, it
19313 is passed on to the respective function.
19314
19315 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
19316
19317 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
19318 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
19319 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
19320 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
19321 case it calls `uncomment-region').
19322 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
19323 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
19324 Else, call `comment-indent'.
19325 You can configure `comment-style' to change the way regions are commented.
19326
19327 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19328
19329 (defvar comment-auto-fill-only-comments nil "\
19330 Non-nil means to only auto-fill inside comments.
19331 This has no effect in modes that do not define a comment syntax.")
19332
19333 (custom-autoload (quote comment-auto-fill-only-comments) "newcomment" t)
19334
19335 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
19336 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
19337 This indents the body of the continued comment
19338 under the previous comment line.
19339
19340 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
19341 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
19342 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
19343
19344 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
19345 or comment indentation.
19346
19347 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
19348 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.
19349
19350 \(fn &optional SOFT)" t nil)
19351
19352 ;;;***
19353 \f
19354 ;;;### (autoloads (newsticker-show-news newsticker-start-ticker newsticker-start
19355 ;;;;;; newsticker-ticker-running-p newsticker-running-p) "newsticker"
19356 ;;;;;; "net/newsticker.el" (17994 6715))
19357 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19358
19359 (autoload (quote newsticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19360 Check whether newsticker is running.
19361 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19362 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19363
19364 \(fn)" nil nil)
19365
19366 (autoload (quote newsticker-ticker-running-p) "newsticker" "\
19367 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19368 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19369 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19370 empty.
19371
19372 \(fn)" nil nil)
19373
19374 (autoload (quote newsticker-start) "newsticker" "\
19375 Start the newsticker.
19376 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19377 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19378 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19379 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19380
19381 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19382
19383 (autoload (quote newsticker-start-ticker) "newsticker" "\
19384 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19385 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19386 running already.
19387
19388 \(fn)" t nil)
19389
19390 (autoload (quote newsticker-show-news) "newsticker" "\
19391 Switch to newsticker buffer. You may want to bind this to a key.
19392
19393 \(fn)" t nil)
19394
19395 ;;;***
19396 \f
19397 ;;;### (autoloads (nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el"
19398 ;;;;;; (17994 6741))
19399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19400
19401 (autoload (quote nndiary-generate-nov-databases) "nndiary" "\
19402 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19403
19404 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19405
19406 ;;;***
19407 \f
19408 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (17994
19409 ;;;;;; 6715))
19410 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19411
19412 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
19413 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19414 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19415 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19416 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19417 symbol in the alist.
19418
19419 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19420
19421 ;;;***
19422 \f
19423 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
19424 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19425 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19426
19427 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
19428 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19429 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19430
19431 \(fn)" t nil)
19432
19433 ;;;***
19434 \f
19435 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
19436 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19437 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
19438
19439 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
19440 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
19441 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.
19442
19443 \(fn)" t nil)
19444
19445 ;;;***
19446 \f
19447 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
19448 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19449 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19450
19451 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
19452 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19453
19454 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19455
19456 ;;;***
19457 \f
19458 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
19459 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (17994 6715))
19460 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
19461
19462 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
19463 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.
19464
19465 \(fn)" t nil)
19466
19467 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19468 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.
19469
19470 \(fn)" t nil)
19471
19472 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
19473 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.
19474
19475 \(fn)" t nil)
19476
19477 ;;;***
19478 \f
19479 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-function)
19480 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (17994 6715))
19481 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19482
19483 (defvar disabled-command-function (quote disabled-command-function) "\
19484 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19485 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19486
19487 (define-obsolete-variable-alias (quote disabled-command-hook) (quote disabled-command-function) "22.1")
19488
19489 (autoload (quote disabled-command-function) "novice" "\
19490 Not documented
19491
19492 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
19493
19494 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
19495 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19496 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19497 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19498 to future sessions.
19499
19500 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19501
19502 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
19503 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19504 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19505 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19506 to future sessions.
19507
19508 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19509
19510 ;;;***
19511 \f
19512 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
19513 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19514 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19515
19516 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
19517 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19518 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19519 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19520 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19521 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19522
19523 \(fn)" t nil)
19524
19525 ;;;***
19526 \f
19527 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
19528 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
19530
19531 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
19532 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
19533 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
19534 specified by `octave-help-files'.
19535 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.
19536
19537 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
19538
19539 ;;;***
19540 \f
19541 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
19542 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19543 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
19544
19545 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
19546 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19547 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19548
19549 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19550
19551 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19552 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19553
19554 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19555 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19556 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19557
19558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19559
19560 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
19561
19562 ;;;***
19563 \f
19564 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
19565 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19566 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
19567
19568 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
19569 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19570
19571 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
19572 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
19573 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
19574 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
19575
19576 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19577 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
19578 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
19579 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
19580 is why you need this mode!).
19581
19582 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
19583 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
19584 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
19585
19586 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
19587
19588 Keybindings
19589 ===========
19590
19591 \\{octave-mode-map}
19592
19593 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
19594 ==============================================
19595
19596 octave-auto-indent
19597 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
19598 Default is nil.
19599
19600 octave-auto-newline
19601 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
19602 Default is nil.
19603
19604 octave-blink-matching-block
19605 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
19606 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
19607
19608 octave-block-offset
19609 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
19610 Default is 2.
19611
19612 octave-continuation-offset
19613 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
19614 Default is 4.
19615
19616 octave-continuation-string
19617 String used for Octave continuation lines.
19618 Default is a backslash.
19619
19620 octave-mode-startup-message
19621 nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
19622 Default is t.
19623
19624 octave-send-echo-input
19625 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
19626 command to the inferior Octave process.
19627
19628 octave-send-line-auto-forward
19629 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
19630 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
19631
19632 octave-send-echo-input
19633 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
19634
19635 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
19636
19637 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
19638 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
19639
19640 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
19641 (setq auto-mode-alist
19642 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
19643
19644 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
19645 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
19646
19647 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
19648 (lambda ()
19649 (abbrev-mode 1)
19650 (auto-fill-mode 1)
19651 (if (eq window-system 'x)
19652 (font-lock-mode 1))))
19653
19654 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
19655 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
19656 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
19657 including a reproducible test case and send the message.
19658
19659 \(fn)" t nil)
19660
19661 ;;;***
19662 \f
19663 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "obsolete/options.el"
19664 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19665 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/options.el
19666
19667 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
19668 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
19669 It is now better to use Customize instead.
19670
19671 \(fn)" t nil)
19672
19673 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
19674 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
19675 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
19676 in which there are commands to set the option values.
19677 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
19678
19679 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.
19680
19681 \(fn)" t nil)
19682
19683 ;;;***
19684 \f
19685 ;;;### (autoloads (org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files
19686 ;;;;;; org-export-icalendar-this-file org-diary org-tags-view org-todo-list
19687 ;;;;;; org-agenda-list org-cycle-agenda-files org-batch-agenda org-agenda
19688 ;;;;;; org-remember-handler org-remember org-remember-apply-template
19689 ;;;;;; org-remember-annotation org-store-link orgtbl-mode turn-on-orgtbl
19690 ;;;;;; org-global-cycle org-cycle org-mode) "org" "textmodes/org.el"
19691 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19692 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/org.el
19693
19694 (autoload (quote org-mode) "org" "\
19695 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19696 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19697
19698 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19699 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19700 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19701 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19702 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19703 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19704 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19705 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19706 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19707 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19708
19709 The following commands are available:
19710
19711 \\{org-mode-map}
19712
19713 \(fn)" t nil)
19714
19715 (autoload (quote org-cycle) "org" "\
19716 Visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19717
19718 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19719 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19720 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19721 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19722 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19723
19724 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19725 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19726 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19727 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19728 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19729 and zoom in further.
19730 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19731
19732 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19733 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19734 is negative, go up that many levels.
19735
19736 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute
19737 `indent-relative', like TAB normally does. See the option
19738 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19739
19740 - Special case: if point is the the beginning of the buffer and there is
19741 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg.
19742
19743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19744
19745 (autoload (quote org-global-cycle) "org" "\
19746 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19747
19748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19749
19750 (autoload (quote turn-on-orgtbl) "org" "\
19751 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19752
19753 \(fn)" nil nil)
19754
19755 (autoload (quote orgtbl-mode) "org" "\
19756 The `org-mode' table editor as a minor mode for use in other modes.
19757
19758 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19759
19760 (autoload (quote org-store-link) "org" "\
19761 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19762 This link can later be inserted into an org-buffer with
19763 \\[org-insert-link].
19764 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted:
19765 For links to usenet articles, arg negates `org-usenet-links-prefer-google'.
19766 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19767
19768 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19769
19770 (autoload (quote org-remember-annotation) "org" "\
19771 Return a link to the current location as an annotation for remember.el.
19772 If you are using Org-mode files as target for data storage with
19773 remember.el, then the annotations should include a link compatible with the
19774 conventions in Org-mode. This function returns such a link.
19775
19776 \(fn)" nil nil)
19777
19778 (autoload (quote org-remember-apply-template) "org" "\
19779 Initialize *remember* buffer with template, invoke `org-mode'.
19780 This function should be placed into `remember-mode-hook' and in fact requires
19781 to be run from that hook to fucntion properly.
19782
19783 \(fn &optional USE-CHAR SKIP-INTERACTIVE)" nil nil)
19784
19785 (autoload (quote org-remember) "org" "\
19786 Call `remember'. If this is already a remember buffer, re-apply template.
19787 If there is an active region, make sure remember uses it as initial content
19788 of the remember buffer.
19789
19790 \(fn)" t nil)
19791
19792 (autoload (quote org-remember-handler) "org" "\
19793 Store stuff from remember.el into an org file.
19794 First prompts for an org file. If the user just presses return, the value
19795 of `org-default-notes-file' is used.
19796 Then the command offers the headings tree of the selected file in order to
19797 file the text at a specific location.
19798 You can either immediately press RET to get the note appended to the
19799 file, or you can use vertical cursor motion and visibility cycling (TAB) to
19800 find a better place. Then press RET or <left> or <right> in insert the note.
19801
19802 Key Cursor position Note gets inserted
19803 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
19804 RET buffer-start as level 2 heading at end of file
19805 RET on headline as sublevel of the heading at cursor
19806 RET no heading at cursor position, level taken from context.
19807 Or use prefix arg to specify level manually.
19808 <left> on headline as same level, before current heading
19809 <right> on headline as same level, after current heading
19810
19811 So the fastest way to store the note is to press RET RET to append it to
19812 the default file. This way your current train of thought is not
19813 interrupted, in accordance with the principles of remember.el. But with
19814 little extra effort, you can push it directly to the correct location.
19815
19816 Before being stored away, the function ensures that the text has a
19817 headline, i.e. a first line that starts with a \"*\". If not, a headline
19818 is constructed from the current date and some additional data.
19819
19820 If the variable `org-adapt-indentation' is non-nil, the entire text is
19821 also indented so that it starts in the same column as the headline
19822 \(i.e. after the stars).
19823
19824 See also the variable `org-reverse-note-order'.
19825
19826 \(fn)" nil nil)
19827
19828 (autoload (quote org-agenda) "org" "\
19829 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19830 Prompts for a character to select a command. Any prefix arg will be passed
19831 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19832 g
19833 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19834 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19835 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19836 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19837 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19838 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19839 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19840 l Create a timeeline for the current buffer.
19841
19842 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19843 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19844 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19845
19846 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19847 first press `1' to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily (until the
19848 next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19849
19850 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19851
19852 (autoload (quote org-batch-agenda) "org" "\
19853 Run an agenda command in batch mode, send result to STDOUT.
19854 CMD-KEY is a string that is also a key in `org-agenda-custom-commands'.
19855 Paramters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19856 before running the agenda command.
19857
19858 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil (quote macro))
19859
19860 (autoload (quote org-cycle-agenda-files) "org" "\
19861 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19862 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19863 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19864
19865 \(fn)" t nil)
19866
19867 (autoload (quote org-agenda-list) "org" "\
19868 Produce a weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19869 The view will be for the current week, but from the overview buffer you
19870 will be able to go to other weeks.
19871 With one \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all unfinished TODO items will
19872 also be shown, under the current date.
19873 With two \\[universal-argument] prefix argument INCLUDE-ALL, all TODO entries marked DONE
19874 on the days are also shown. See the variable `org-log-done' for how
19875 to turn on logging.
19876 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19877 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19878 NDAYS defaults to `org-agenda-ndays'.
19879
19880 \(fn &optional INCLUDE-ALL START-DAY NDAYS)" t nil)
19881
19882 (autoload (quote org-todo-list) "org" "\
19883 Show all TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19884 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19885 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19886 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19887 `org-todo-keywords'.
19888
19889 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19890
19891 (autoload (quote org-tags-view) "org" "\
19892 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19893 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19894
19895 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19896
19897 (autoload (quote org-diary) "org" "\
19898 Return diary information from org-files.
19899 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19900 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19901 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19902 items should be listed. The following arguments are allowed:
19903
19904 :timestamp List the headlines of items containing a date stamp or
19905 date range matching the selected date. Deadlines will
19906 also be listed, on the expiration day.
19907
19908 :deadline List any deadlines past due, or due within
19909 `org-deadline-warning-days'. The listing occurs only
19910 in the diary for *today*, not at any other date. If
19911 an entry is marked DONE, it is no longer listed.
19912
19913 :scheduled List all items which are scheduled for the given date.
19914 The diary for *today* also contains items which were
19915 scheduled earlier and are not yet marked DONE.
19916
19917 :todo List all TODO items from the org-file. This may be a
19918 long list - so this is not turned on by default.
19919 Like deadlines, these entries only show up in the
19920 diary for *today*, not at any other date.
19921
19922 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19923
19924 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19925
19926 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19927 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19928
19929 &%%(org-diary)
19930
19931 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default
19932 arguments (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp) are used. So the example above may
19933 also be written as
19934
19935 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :scheduled)
19936
19937 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19938 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19939 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19940
19941 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19942
19943 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-this-file) "org" "\
19944 Export current file as an iCalendar file.
19945 The iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19946 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19947
19948 \(fn)" t nil)
19949
19950 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-all-agenda-files) "org" "\
19951 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to iCalendar .ics files.
19952 Each iCalendar file will be located in the same directory as the Org-mode
19953 file, but with extension `.ics'.
19954
19955 \(fn)" t nil)
19956
19957 (autoload (quote org-export-icalendar-combine-agenda-files) "org" "\
19958 Export all files in `org-agenda-files' to a single combined iCalendar file.
19959 The file is stored under the name `org-combined-agenda-icalendar-file'.
19960
19961 \(fn)" t nil)
19962
19963 ;;;***
19964 \f
19965 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "outline.el"
19966 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
19967 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
19968 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
19969
19970 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
19971 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
19972 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
19973 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
19974
19975 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
19976 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
19977 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
19978 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
19979
19980 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
19981 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
19982 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
19983 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
19984 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
19985 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
19986
19987 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
19988 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
19989 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
19990
19991 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
19992 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
19993 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
19994 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
19995 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
19996 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
19997 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
19998 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
19999 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20000 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20001 The subheadings remain visible.
20002 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20003
20004 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20005 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20006 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20007
20008 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20009 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20010
20011 \(fn)" t nil)
20012
20013 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
20014 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20015 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
20016 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20017
20018 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20019
20020 ;;;***
20021 \f
20022 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paragraphs" "textmodes/paragraphs.el" (17994
20023 ;;;;;; 6715))
20024 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/paragraphs.el
20025 (put 'paragraph-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20026 (put 'paragraph-separate 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20027 (put 'sentence-end-double-space 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20028 (put 'sentence-end-without-period 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20029 (put 'sentence-end-without-space 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20030 (put 'sentence-end 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
20031 (put 'sentence-end-base 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20032 (put 'page-delimiter 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20033 (put 'paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
20034
20035 ;;;***
20036 \f
20037 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (17994 6715))
20038 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20039
20040 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20041 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20042 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20043 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20044 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20045 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20046
20047 (custom-autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" nil)
20048
20049 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
20050 Toggle Show Paren mode.
20051 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
20052 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
20053
20054 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
20055 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20056
20057 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20058
20059 ;;;***
20060 \f
20061 ;;;### (autoloads (parse-time-string) "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el"
20062 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
20063 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20064
20065 (autoload (quote parse-time-string) "parse-time" "\
20066 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20067 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20068 unknown are returned as nil.
20069
20070 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20071
20072 ;;;***
20073 \f
20074 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (17994
20075 ;;;;;; 6715))
20076 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20077
20078 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
20079 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
20080 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20081
20082 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20083 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
20084
20085 Other useful functions are:
20086
20087 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20088 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20089 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20090 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20091 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20092 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20093 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20094 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20095 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20096
20097 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20098
20099 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
20100 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20101 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
20102 Indentation for case statements.
20103 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
20104 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20105 mark after an end.
20106 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
20107 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20108 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
20109 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20110 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20111 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
20112 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20113 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20114 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
20115 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20116
20117 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
20118 pascal-separator-keywords.
20119
20120 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
20121 no args, if that value is non-nil.
20122
20123 \(fn)" t nil)
20124
20125 ;;;***
20126 \f
20127 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
20128 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
20129 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
20130
20131 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
20132 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
20133 The keys affected are:
20134 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
20135 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
20136 M-Backspace does undo.
20137 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
20138 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
20139 C-Escape does list-buffers.
20140
20141 \(fn)" t nil)
20142
20143 ;;;***
20144 \f
20145 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
20146 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (17994 6715))
20147 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
20148
20149 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20150 Non-nil if Pc-Selection mode is enabled.
20151 See the command `pc-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20152 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20153 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20154 or call the function `pc-selection-mode'.")
20155
20156 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20157
20158 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
20159 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
20160
20161 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20162
20163 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
20164 which modify the status of the mark.
20165
20166 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
20167 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
20168
20169 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
20170 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
20171
20172 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
20173 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
20174 behind. To control whether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
20175 variable `pc-select-meta-moves-sexps' after loading pc-select.el but before
20176 turning PC Selection mode on.
20177
20178 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
20179 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
20180
20181 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
20182 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
20183 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
20184
20185 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
20186 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
20187 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
20188
20189 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
20190 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
20191
20192 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
20193 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
20194 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
20195
20196 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
20197 the variable `pc-select-selection-keys-only' to t after loading pc-select.el
20198 but before calling PC Selection mode):
20199
20200 F6 other-window
20201 DELETE delete-char
20202 C-DELETE kill-line
20203 M-DELETE kill-word
20204 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
20205 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
20206 M-BACKSPACE undo
20207
20208 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20209
20210 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
20211 Toggle PC Selection mode.
20212 Change mark behavior to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
20213 and cursor movement commands.
20214 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
20215 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20216 you must modify it using \\[customize] or \\[pc-selection-mode].")
20217
20218 (custom-autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" nil)
20219
20220 ;;;***
20221 \f
20222 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (17994
20223 ;;;;;; 6715))
20224 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20225
20226 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20227 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20228
20229 \(fn)" nil nil)
20230
20231 ;;;***
20232 \f
20233 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
20234 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (17994 6715))
20235 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20236
20237 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20238 Completion for `gzip'.
20239
20240 \(fn)" nil nil)
20241
20242 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20243 Completion for `bzip2'.
20244
20245 \(fn)" nil nil)
20246
20247 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20248 Completion for GNU `make'.
20249
20250 \(fn)" nil nil)
20251
20252 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20253 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20254
20255 \(fn)" nil nil)
20256
20257 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20258
20259 ;;;***
20260 \f
20261 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
20262 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (17994 6715))
20263 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20264
20265 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20266 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20267
20268 \(fn)" nil nil)
20269
20270 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20271 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20272
20273 \(fn)" nil nil)
20274
20275 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
20276 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20277
20278 \(fn)" nil nil)
20279
20280 ;;;***
20281 \f
20282 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (17994
20283 ;;;;;; 6715))
20284 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20285
20286 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20287 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
20288 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
20289 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
20290 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
20291 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so.
20292
20293 \(fn)" nil nil)
20294
20295 ;;;***
20296 \f
20297 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
20298 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
20299 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (17994 6715))
20300 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20301
20302 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20303 Completion for `cd'.
20304
20305 \(fn)" nil nil)
20306
20307 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
20308
20309 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20310 Completion for `rmdir'.
20311
20312 \(fn)" nil nil)
20313
20314 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20315 Completion for `rm'.
20316
20317 \(fn)" nil nil)
20318
20319 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20320 Completion for `xargs'.
20321
20322 \(fn)" nil nil)
20323
20324 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
20325
20326 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20327 Completion for `which'.
20328
20329 \(fn)" nil nil)
20330
20331 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20332 Completion for the `chown' command.
20333
20334 \(fn)" nil nil)
20335
20336 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
20337 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20338
20339 \(fn)" nil nil)
20340
20341 ;;;***
20342 \f
20343 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
20344 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
20345 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (17994
20346 ;;;;;; 6715))
20347 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20348
20349 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
20350 Support extensible programmable completion.
20351 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20352 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20353
20354 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20355
20356 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
20357 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20358
20359 \(fn)" t nil)
20360
20361 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
20362 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20363 This will modify the current buffer.
20364
20365 \(fn)" t nil)
20366
20367 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
20368 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20369
20370 \(fn)" t nil)
20371
20372 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
20373 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20374 This will modify the current buffer.
20375
20376 \(fn)" t nil)
20377
20378 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
20379 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20380
20381 \(fn)" t nil)
20382
20383 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
20384 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20385
20386 \(fn)" t nil)
20387
20388 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20389 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20390 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20391 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20392 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20393
20394 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20395
20396 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
20397 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.
20398
20399 \(fn)" nil nil)
20400
20401 ;;;***
20402 \f
20403 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
20404 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
20405 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (18000 24333))
20406 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
20407
20408 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
20409 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20410 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20411 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20412
20413 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20414
20415 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20416
20417 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
20418 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20419 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20420 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20421 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20422 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20423 FLAGS is ignored.
20424
20425 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20426
20427 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
20428 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20429 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20430 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20431 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20432 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20433 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20434 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20435
20436 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20437
20438 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
20439 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20440 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20441 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20442 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20443 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20444 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20445 passed to cvs.
20446
20447 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20448
20449 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
20450 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20451 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20452 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20453 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20454 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20455 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20456
20457 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20458
20459 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
20460
20461 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
20462 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20463 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20464
20465 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-action) "pcvs" t)
20466
20467 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
20468 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20469 A value of nil means never do it.
20470 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20471 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20472 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20473
20474 (custom-autoload (quote cvs-dired-use-hook) "pcvs" t)
20475
20476 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20477 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20478 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20479
20480 ;;;***
20481 \f
20482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (17994 6715))
20483 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
20484
20485 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset (quote cvs-global-menu) m)))
20486
20487 ;;;***
20488 \f
20489 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
20490 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
20491 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20492
20493 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
20494 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20495 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20496 Tab indents for Perl code.
20497 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20498 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20499 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20500 \\{perl-mode-map}
20501 Variables controlling indentation style:
20502 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20503 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20504 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20505 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20506 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20507 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20508 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20509 `perl-nochange'
20510 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20511 `perl-indent-level'
20512 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20513 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20514 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20515 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20516 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20517 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20518 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20519 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20520 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20521 `perl-brace-offset'
20522 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20523 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20524 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20525 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20526 `perl-label-offset'
20527 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20528 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20529 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20530
20531 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20532 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20533 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20534 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20535 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20536 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20537 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20538
20539 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20540
20541 \(fn)" t nil)
20542
20543 ;;;***
20544 \f
20545 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-snarf-keys pgg-snarf-keys-region pgg-insert-key
20546 ;;;;;; pgg-verify pgg-verify-region pgg-sign pgg-sign-region pgg-decrypt
20547 ;;;;;; pgg-decrypt-region pgg-encrypt pgg-encrypt-symmetric pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region
20548 ;;;;;; pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "pgg.el" (17994 6715))
20549 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg.el
20550
20551 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20552 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RCPTS.
20553
20554 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20555
20556 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20557 passphrase cache or user.
20558
20559 \(fn START END RCPTS &optional SIGN PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20560
20561 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric-region) "pgg" "\
20562 Encrypt the current region between START and END symmetric with passphrase.
20563
20564 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20565 cache or user.
20566
20567 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20568
20569 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt-symmetric) "pgg" "\
20570 Encrypt the current buffer using a symmetric, rather than key-pair, cipher.
20571
20572 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20573 the region.
20574
20575 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20576 passphrase cache or user.
20577
20578 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20579
20580 (autoload (quote pgg-encrypt) "pgg" "\
20581 Encrypt the current buffer for RCPTS.
20582
20583 If optional argument SIGN is non-nil, do a combined sign and encrypt.
20584
20585 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only encrypt within
20586 the region.
20587
20588 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20589 passphrase cache or user.
20590
20591 \(fn RCPTS &optional SIGN START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20592
20593 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt-region) "pgg" "\
20594 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
20595
20596 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20597 passphrase cache or user.
20598
20599 \(fn START END &optional PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20600
20601 (autoload (quote pgg-decrypt) "pgg" "\
20602 Decrypt the current buffer.
20603
20604 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only decrypt within
20605 the region.
20606
20607 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20608 passphrase cache or user.
20609
20610 \(fn &optional START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20611
20612 (autoload (quote pgg-sign-region) "pgg" "\
20613 Make the signature from text between START and END.
20614
20615 If the optional 3rd argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create
20616 a detached signature.
20617
20618 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20619 and the the output is displayed.
20620
20621 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20622 passphrase cache or user.
20623
20624 \(fn START END &optional CLEARTEXT PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20625
20626 (autoload (quote pgg-sign) "pgg" "\
20627 Sign the current buffer.
20628
20629 If the optional argument CLEARTEXT is non-nil, it does not create a
20630 detached signature.
20631
20632 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only sign data
20633 within the region.
20634
20635 If this function is called interactively, CLEARTEXT is enabled
20636 and the the output is displayed.
20637
20638 If optional PASSPHRASE is not specified, it will be obtained from the
20639 passphrase cache or user.
20640
20641 \(fn &optional CLEARTEXT START END PASSPHRASE)" t nil)
20642
20643 (autoload (quote pgg-verify-region) "pgg" "\
20644 Verify the current region between START and END.
20645 If the optional 3rd argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20646 the detached signature of the current region.
20647
20648 If the optional 4th argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20649 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20650
20651 \(fn START END &optional SIGNATURE FETCH)" t nil)
20652
20653 (autoload (quote pgg-verify) "pgg" "\
20654 Verify the current buffer.
20655 If the optional argument SIGNATURE is non-nil, it is treated as
20656 the detached signature of the current region.
20657 If the optional argument FETCH is non-nil, we attempt to fetch the
20658 signer's public key from `pgg-default-keyserver-address'.
20659 If optional arguments START and END are specified, only verify data
20660 within the region.
20661
20662 \(fn &optional SIGNATURE FETCH START END)" t nil)
20663
20664 (autoload (quote pgg-insert-key) "pgg" "\
20665 Insert the ASCII armored public key.
20666
20667 \(fn)" t nil)
20668
20669 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys-region) "pgg" "\
20670 Import public keys in the current region between START and END.
20671
20672 \(fn START END)" t nil)
20673
20674 (autoload (quote pgg-snarf-keys) "pgg" "\
20675 Import public keys in the current buffer.
20676
20677 \(fn)" t nil)
20678
20679 ;;;***
20680 \f
20681 ;;;### (autoloads (pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "pgg-gpg.el"
20682 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
20683 ;;; Generated autoloads from pgg-gpg.el
20684
20685 (autoload (quote pgg-gpg-symmetric-key-p) "pgg-gpg" "\
20686 True if decoded armor MESSAGE-KEYS has symmetric encryption indicator.
20687
20688 \(fn MESSAGE-KEYS)" nil nil)
20689
20690 ;;;***
20691 \f
20692 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
20693 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
20694 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20695
20696 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
20697 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20698 \\<picture-mode-map>
20699 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20700 afterwards settable by these commands:
20701
20702 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20703 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20704 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20705 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20706
20707 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20708 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20709 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20710 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20711
20712 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20713 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20714 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20715 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20716
20717 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20718 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20719 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20720 with these commands:
20721
20722 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20723 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20724 Move to column following last
20725 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20726 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20727 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20728 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20729 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20730 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20731
20732 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20733
20734 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20735 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20736 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20737 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20738 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20739 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20740
20741 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20742 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20743 Delete char at point: \\[delete-char]
20744 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20745 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20746 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20747 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20748
20749 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20750 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20751 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20752 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20753 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20754 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20755 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20756 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[advertised-undo]
20757
20758 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20759 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20760 by supplying an argument.
20761
20762 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20763
20764 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20765 they are not defaultly assigned to keys.
20766
20767 \(fn)" t nil)
20768
20769 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
20770
20771 ;;;***
20772 \f
20773 ;;;### (autoloads (po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "textmodes/po.el"
20774 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
20775 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20776
20777 (autoload (quote po-find-file-coding-system) "po" "\
20778 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20779 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20780
20781 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20782
20783 ;;;***
20784 \f
20785 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (17994 6715))
20786 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20787
20788 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
20789 Play pong and waste time.
20790 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20791 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20792
20793 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20794
20795 \\{pong-mode-map}
20796
20797 \(fn)" t nil)
20798
20799 ;;;***
20800 \f
20801 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp pp-buffer
20802 ;;;;;; pp-to-string) "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (17994 6715))
20803 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20804
20805 (autoload (quote pp-to-string) "pp" "\
20806 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20807 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20808 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20809
20810 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20811
20812 (autoload (quote pp-buffer) "pp" "\
20813 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20814
20815 \(fn)" nil nil)
20816
20817 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
20818 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20819 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20820 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20821 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20822
20823 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20824
20825 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
20826 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20827 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20828
20829 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20830
20831 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
20832 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
20833 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20834 Ignores leading comment characters.
20835
20836 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20837
20838 ;;;***
20839 \f
20840 ;;;### (autoloads (pr-txt-fast-fire pr-ps-fast-fire pr-show-lpr-setup
20841 ;;;;;; pr-show-pr-setup pr-show-ps-setup pr-ps-utility pr-txt-name
20842 ;;;;;; pr-ps-name pr-help lpr-customize pr-customize pr-toggle-mode
20843 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-region pr-toggle-lock pr-toggle-header-frame pr-toggle-header
20844 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-zebra pr-toggle-line pr-toggle-upside-down pr-toggle-landscape
20845 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-tumble pr-toggle-duplex pr-toggle-spool pr-toggle-faces
20846 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-ghostscript pr-toggle-file-landscape pr-toggle-file-tumble
20847 ;;;;;; pr-toggle-file-duplex pr-ps-file-up-ps-print pr-ps-file-ps-print
20848 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-print pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript pr-ps-file-up-preview
20849 ;;;;;; pr-ps-file-preview pr-despool-ps-print pr-despool-print pr-despool-using-ghostscript
20850 ;;;;;; pr-despool-preview pr-txt-mode pr-txt-region pr-txt-buffer
20851 ;;;;;; pr-txt-directory pr-printify-region pr-printify-buffer pr-printify-directory
20852 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-ps-print pr-ps-mode-print pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript
20853 ;;;;;; pr-ps-mode-preview pr-ps-region-ps-print pr-ps-region-print
20854 ;;;;;; pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript pr-ps-region-preview pr-ps-buffer-ps-print
20855 ;;;;;; pr-ps-buffer-print pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript pr-ps-buffer-preview
20856 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-ps-print pr-ps-directory-print pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript
20857 ;;;;;; pr-ps-directory-preview pr-interface) "printing" "printing.el"
20858 ;;;;;; (18000 24338))
20859 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20860
20861 (autoload (quote pr-interface) "printing" "\
20862 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20863
20864 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20865
20866 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20867
20868 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20869
20870 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-preview) "printing" "\
20871 Preview directory using ghostview.
20872
20873 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20874 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20875 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20876 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20877
20878 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20879 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20880 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20881 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20882 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20883 file name.
20884
20885 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20886
20887 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20888
20889 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20890 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20891
20892 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20893 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20894 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20895 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20896
20897 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20898 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20899 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20900 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20901 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20902 file name.
20903
20904 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20905
20906 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20907
20908 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-print) "printing" "\
20909 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20910
20911 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20912 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20913 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20914 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20915
20916 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20917 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20918 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20919 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20920 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20921 file name.
20922
20923 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20924
20925 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20926
20927 (autoload (quote pr-ps-directory-ps-print) "printing" "\
20928 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20929
20930 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20931
20932 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20933 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20934 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20935 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20936
20937 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20938 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20939 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20940 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20941 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20942 file name.
20943
20944 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20945
20946 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20947
20948 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-preview) "printing" "\
20949 Preview buffer using ghostview.
20950
20951 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20952 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20953 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20954
20955 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20956 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
20957 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
20958 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20959
20960 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20961
20962 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
20963 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
20964
20965 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20966 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20967 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20968
20969 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20970 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20971 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20972 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20973
20974 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20975
20976 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-print) "printing" "\
20977 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
20978
20979 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20980 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20981 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20982
20983 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
20984 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
20985 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
20986 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
20987
20988 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20989
20990 (autoload (quote pr-ps-buffer-ps-print) "printing" "\
20991 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20992
20993 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20994
20995 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
20996 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
20997 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
20998
20999 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21000 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21001 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21002 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21003
21004 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21005
21006 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-preview) "printing" "\
21007 Preview region using ghostview.
21008
21009 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21010
21011 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21012
21013 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21014 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21015
21016 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21017
21018 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21019
21020 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-print) "printing" "\
21021 Print region using PostScript printer.
21022
21023 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21024
21025 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21026
21027 (autoload (quote pr-ps-region-ps-print) "printing" "\
21028 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21029
21030 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21031
21032 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21033
21034 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-preview) "printing" "\
21035 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21036
21037 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21038
21039 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21040
21041 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21042 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21043
21044 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21045
21046 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21047
21048 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-print) "printing" "\
21049 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21050
21051 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21052
21053 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21054
21055 (autoload (quote pr-ps-mode-ps-print) "printing" "\
21056 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21057
21058 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21059
21060 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21061
21062 (autoload (quote pr-printify-directory) "printing" "\
21063 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21064 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21065 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21066
21067 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21068 matching.
21069
21070 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21071 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21072
21073 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21074
21075 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21076
21077 (autoload (quote pr-printify-buffer) "printing" "\
21078 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21079 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21080 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21081
21082 \(fn)" t nil)
21083
21084 (autoload (quote pr-printify-region) "printing" "\
21085 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21086 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21087 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21088
21089 \(fn)" t nil)
21090
21091 (autoload (quote pr-txt-directory) "printing" "\
21092 Print directory using text printer.
21093
21094 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21095 matching.
21096
21097 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21098 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21099
21100 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21101
21102 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21103
21104 (autoload (quote pr-txt-buffer) "printing" "\
21105 Print buffer using text printer.
21106
21107 \(fn)" t nil)
21108
21109 (autoload (quote pr-txt-region) "printing" "\
21110 Print region using text printer.
21111
21112 \(fn)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload (quote pr-txt-mode) "printing" "\
21115 Print major mode using text printer.
21116
21117 \(fn)" t nil)
21118
21119 (autoload (quote pr-despool-preview) "printing" "\
21120 Preview spooled PostScript.
21121
21122 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21123 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21124 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21125
21126 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21127 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21128 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21129
21130 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21131
21132 (autoload (quote pr-despool-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21133 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21134
21135 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21136 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21137 instead of sending it to the printer.
21138
21139 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21140 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21141 image in a file with that name.
21142
21143 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21144
21145 (autoload (quote pr-despool-print) "printing" "\
21146 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21147
21148 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21149 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21150 instead of sending it to the printer.
21151
21152 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21153 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21154 image in a file with that name.
21155
21156 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21157
21158 (autoload (quote pr-despool-ps-print) "printing" "\
21159 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21160
21161 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21162 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21163 instead of sending it to the printer.
21164
21165 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21166 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21167 image in a file with that name.
21168
21169 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21170
21171 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-preview) "printing" "\
21172 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21173
21174 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21175
21176 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-preview) "printing" "\
21177 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21178
21179 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21180
21181 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21182 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21183
21184 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21185
21186 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-print) "printing" "\
21187 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21188
21189 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21190
21191 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-ps-print) "printing" "\
21192 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21193
21194 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21195
21196 (autoload (quote pr-ps-file-up-ps-print) "printing" "\
21197 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21198
21199 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21200 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21201 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21202 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21203
21204 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21205 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21206 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21207 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21208 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21209 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21210 file name.
21211
21212 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21213
21214 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-duplex) "printing" "\
21215 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21216
21217 \(fn)" t nil)
21218
21219 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-tumble) "printing" "\
21220 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21221
21222 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21223 right.
21224 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21225 bottom.
21226
21227 \(fn)" t nil)
21228
21229 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-file-landscape) "printing" "\
21230 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21231
21232 \(fn)" t nil)
21233
21234 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-ghostscript) "printing" "\
21235 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21236
21237 \(fn)" t nil)
21238
21239 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-faces) "printing" "\
21240 Toggle printing with faces.
21241
21242 \(fn)" t nil)
21243
21244 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-spool) "printing" "\
21245 Toggle spooling.
21246
21247 \(fn)" t nil)
21248
21249 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-duplex) "printing" "\
21250 Toggle duplex.
21251
21252 \(fn)" t nil)
21253
21254 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-tumble) "printing" "\
21255 Toggle tumble.
21256
21257 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21258 right.
21259 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21260 bottom.
21261
21262 \(fn)" t nil)
21263
21264 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-landscape) "printing" "\
21265 Toggle landscape.
21266
21267 \(fn)" t nil)
21268
21269 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-upside-down) "printing" "\
21270 Toggle upside-down.
21271
21272 \(fn)" t nil)
21273
21274 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-line) "printing" "\
21275 Toggle line number.
21276
21277 \(fn)" t nil)
21278
21279 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-zebra) "printing" "\
21280 Toggle zebra stripes.
21281
21282 \(fn)" t nil)
21283
21284 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header) "printing" "\
21285 Toggle printing header.
21286
21287 \(fn)" t nil)
21288
21289 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-header-frame) "printing" "\
21290 Toggle printing header frame.
21291
21292 \(fn)" t nil)
21293
21294 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-lock) "printing" "\
21295 Toggle menu lock.
21296
21297 \(fn)" t nil)
21298
21299 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-region) "printing" "\
21300 Toggle auto region.
21301
21302 \(fn)" t nil)
21303
21304 (autoload (quote pr-toggle-mode) "printing" "\
21305 Toggle auto mode.
21306
21307 \(fn)" t nil)
21308
21309 (autoload (quote pr-customize) "printing" "\
21310 Customization of the `printing' group.
21311
21312 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21313
21314 (autoload (quote lpr-customize) "printing" "\
21315 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21316
21317 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21318
21319 (autoload (quote pr-help) "printing" "\
21320 Help for the printing package.
21321
21322 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21323
21324 (autoload (quote pr-ps-name) "printing" "\
21325 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21326
21327 \(fn)" t nil)
21328
21329 (autoload (quote pr-txt-name) "printing" "\
21330 Interactively select a text printer.
21331
21332 \(fn)" t nil)
21333
21334 (autoload (quote pr-ps-utility) "printing" "\
21335 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21336
21337 \(fn)" t nil)
21338
21339 (autoload (quote pr-show-ps-setup) "printing" "\
21340 Show current ps-print settings.
21341
21342 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21343
21344 (autoload (quote pr-show-pr-setup) "printing" "\
21345 Show current printing settings.
21346
21347 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21348
21349 (autoload (quote pr-show-lpr-setup) "printing" "\
21350 Show current lpr settings.
21351
21352 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21353
21354 (autoload (quote pr-ps-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21355 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21356
21357 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21358 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21359 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21360 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21361
21362
21363 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21364
21365 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21366 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21367 immediatelly be done using the current active printer.
21368
21369 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21370 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21371 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21372 PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly be done using the new
21373 current active printer.
21374
21375 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21376 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21377 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21378 printer.
21379
21380 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21381 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21382 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21383 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21384 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21385
21386
21387 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21388 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21389
21390 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21391
21392 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21393 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediatelly
21394 be done using the new current active printer.
21395
21396 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21397 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21398 printer.
21399
21400 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21401 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21402 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21403 instead of sending it to the printer.
21404
21405 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21406 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21407 printer.
21408
21409 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21410
21411
21412 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21413 are both set to t.
21414
21415 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21416
21417 (autoload (quote pr-txt-fast-fire) "printing" "\
21418 Fast fire function for text printing.
21419
21420 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21421 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21422 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21423 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21424
21425 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21426 user for a new active text printer.
21427
21428 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21429
21430 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21431
21432 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21433 active printer and printing will immediatelly be done using the new active
21434 printer.
21435
21436 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21437
21438 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21439 are both set to t.
21440
21441 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21442
21443 ;;;***
21444 \f
21445 ;;;### (autoloads (switch-to-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
21446 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
21447 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21448
21449 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
21450 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
21451 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
21452 Commands:
21453 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21454 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
21455 if that value is non-nil.
21456
21457 \(fn)" t nil)
21458
21459 (defalias (quote run-prolog) (quote switch-to-prolog))
21460
21461 (autoload (quote switch-to-prolog) "prolog" "\
21462 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21463 With prefix argument \\[universal-prefix], prompt for the program to use.
21464
21465 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
21466
21467 ;;;***
21468 \f
21469 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (17994 6715))
21470 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21471
21472 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
21473 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21474 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21475
21476 ;;;***
21477 \f
21478 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mode) "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (17994
21479 ;;;;;; 6715))
21480 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21481
21482 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "\
21483 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21484
21485 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21486
21487 The following variables hold user options, and can
21488 be set through the `customize' command:
21489
21490 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21491 `ps-mode-tab'
21492 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21493 `ps-mode-print-function'
21494 `ps-run-prompt'
21495 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21496 `ps-run-x'
21497 `ps-run-dumb'
21498 `ps-run-init'
21499 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21500 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21501
21502 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21503
21504
21505 \\{ps-mode-map}
21506
21507
21508 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21509 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21510 The keymap for this second window is:
21511
21512 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21513
21514
21515 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21516 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21517 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21518 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21519 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21520
21521 \(fn)" t nil)
21522
21523 ;;;***
21524 \f
21525 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-encode-header-string
21526 ;;;;;; ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition ps-mule-plot-string
21527 ;;;;;; ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font ps-multibyte-buffer)
21528 ;;;;;; "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (17994 6715))
21529 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
21530
21531 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
21532 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
21533
21534 Valid values are:
21535
21536 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
21537 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
21538 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
21539 changed by setting the variable
21540 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
21541 The initial value of this variable is
21542 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
21543 documentation).
21544
21545 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
21546 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
21547 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
21548 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
21549 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
21550 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
21551 test it.
21552
21553 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
21554 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
21555 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
21556 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
21557 source file. BDF fonts are included in
21558 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
21559 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
21560 use this value, be sure to have installed
21561 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
21562 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
21563 documentation of this variable).
21564
21565 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
21566 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
21567 characters. This is convenient when you want or
21568 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
21569 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
21570 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
21571
21572 Any other value is treated as nil.")
21573
21574 (custom-autoload (quote ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" t)
21575
21576 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21577 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
21578 STRING should contain only ASCII characters.
21579
21580 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
21581
21582 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
21583 Not documented
21584
21585 \(fn)" nil nil)
21586
21587 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
21588 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
21589
21590 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
21591
21592 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21593
21594 Returns the value:
21595
21596 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21597
21598 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21599 the sequence.
21600
21601 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21602
21603 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
21604 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
21605
21606 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
21607 composition.
21608
21609 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
21610
21611 Returns the value:
21612
21613 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
21614
21615 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
21616 the sequence.
21617
21618 \(fn FROM TO &optional BG-COLOR)" nil nil)
21619
21620 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
21621 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.
21622
21623 \(fn)" nil nil)
21624
21625 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
21626 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
21627 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\".
21628
21629 \(fn STRING FONTTAG)" nil nil)
21630
21631 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
21632 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
21633 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.
21634
21635 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
21636
21637 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" "\
21638 Not documented
21639
21640 \(fn)" nil nil)
21641
21642 ;;;***
21643 \f
21644 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
21645 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
21646 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
21647 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
21648 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-print-color-p ps-paper-type
21649 ;;;;;; ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (18000
21650 ;;;;;; 24245))
21651 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21652
21653 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (list (list (quote a4) (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list (quote a3) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list (quote letter) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list (quote legal) (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list (quote letter-small) (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list (quote tabloid) (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list (quote ledger) (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list (quote statement) (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list (quote executive) (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list (quote a4small) (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list (quote b4) (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list (quote b5) (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5")) "\
21654 *List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21655 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21656
21657 (custom-autoload (quote ps-page-dimensions-database) "ps-print" t)
21658
21659 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
21660 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
21661 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21662 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21663
21664 (custom-autoload (quote ps-paper-type) "ps-print" t)
21665
21666 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp (quote x-color-values)) (fboundp (quote color-instance-rgb-components))) "\
21667 *Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21668
21669 Valid values are:
21670
21671 nil Do not print colors.
21672
21673 t Print colors.
21674
21675 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21676 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21677
21678 Any other value is treated as t.")
21679
21680 (custom-autoload (quote ps-print-color-p) "ps-print" t)
21681
21682 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
21683 Customization of ps-print group.
21684
21685 \(fn)" t nil)
21686
21687 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21688 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21689
21690 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21691 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21692 sending it to the printer.
21693
21694 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21695 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21696 image in a file with that name.
21697
21698 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21699
21700 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21701 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21702 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21703 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21704 so it has a way to determine color values.
21705
21706 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21707
21708 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
21709 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21710 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21711
21712 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21713
21714 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21715 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21716 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21717 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21718 so it has a way to determine color values.
21719
21720 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21721
21722 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21723 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21724 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21725 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21726
21727 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21728
21729 \(fn)" t nil)
21730
21731 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21732 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21733 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21734 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21735 so it has a way to determine color values.
21736
21737 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21738
21739 \(fn)" t nil)
21740
21741 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
21742 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21743 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21744
21745 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21746
21747 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21748
21749 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
21750 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21751 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21752 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21753 so it has a way to determine color values.
21754
21755 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21756
21757 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21758
21759 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
21760 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21761
21762 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21763 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21764 instead of sending it to the printer.
21765
21766 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21767 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21768 image in a file with that name.
21769
21770 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21771
21772 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
21773 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21774 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21775 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21776 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21777
21778 \(fn)" t nil)
21779
21780 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
21781 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21782 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21783
21784 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21785
21786 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
21787 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21788 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21789
21790 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21791
21792 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
21793 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21794
21795 \(fn)" nil nil)
21796
21797 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
21798 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21799
21800 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21801 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21802
21803 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21804 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21805
21806 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21807
21808 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21809
21810 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21811
21812 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
21813 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21814
21815 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21816 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21817
21818 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21819 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21820
21821 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21822
21823 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21824
21825 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21826
21827 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21828 foreground and background colors respectively.
21829
21830 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21831 bold - use bold font.
21832 italic - use italic font.
21833 underline - put a line under text.
21834 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21835 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21836 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21837 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21838 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21839
21840 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21841
21842 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21843
21844 ;;;***
21845 \f
21846 ;;;### (autoloads (jython-mode python-mode run-python) "python" "progmodes/python.el"
21847 ;;;;;; (17994 6741))
21848 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21849
21850 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("jython" . jython-mode)))
21851
21852 (add-to-list (quote interpreter-mode-alist) (quote ("python" . python-mode)))
21853
21854 (add-to-list (quote auto-mode-alist) (quote ("\\.py\\'" . python-mode)))
21855
21856 (autoload (quote run-python) "python" "\
21857 Run an inferior Python process, input and output via buffer *Python*.
21858 CMD is the Python command to run. NOSHOW non-nil means don't show the
21859 buffer automatically.
21860
21861 Normally, if there is a process already running in `python-buffer',
21862 switch to that buffer. Interactively, a prefix arg allows you to edit
21863 the initial command line (default is `python-command'); `-i' etc. args
21864 will be added to this as appropriate. A new process is started if:
21865 one isn't running attached to `python-buffer', or interactively the
21866 default `python-command', or argument NEW is non-nil. See also the
21867 documentation for `python-buffer'.
21868
21869 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' (after the
21870 `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \\[describe-mode] in the process
21871 buffer for a list of commands.)
21872
21873 \(fn &optional CMD NOSHOW NEW)" t nil)
21874
21875 (autoload (quote python-mode) "python" "\
21876 Major mode for editing Python files.
21877 Font Lock mode is currently required for correct parsing of the source.
21878 See also `jython-mode', which is actually invoked if the buffer appears to
21879 contain Jython code. See also `run-python' and associated Python mode
21880 commands for running Python under Emacs.
21881
21882 The Emacs commands which work with `defun's, e.g. \\[beginning-of-defun], deal
21883 with nested `def' and `class' blocks. They take the innermost one as
21884 current without distinguishing method and class definitions. Used multiple
21885 times, they move over others at the same indentation level until they reach
21886 the end of definitions at that level, when they move up a level.
21887 \\<python-mode-map>
21888 Colon is electric: it outdents the line if appropriate, e.g. for
21889 an else statement. \\[python-backspace] at the beginning of an indented statement
21890 deletes a level of indentation to close the current block; otherwise it
21891 deletes a character backward. TAB indents the current line relative to
21892 the preceding code. Successive TABs, with no intervening command, cycle
21893 through the possibilities for indentation on the basis of enclosing blocks.
21894
21895 \\[fill-paragraph] fills comments and multi-line strings appropriately, but has no
21896 effect outside them.
21897
21898 Supports Eldoc mode (only for functions, using a Python process),
21899 Info-Look and Imenu. In Outline minor mode, `class' and `def'
21900 lines count as headers. Symbol completion is available in the
21901 same way as in the Python shell using the `rlcompleter' module
21902 and this is added to the Hippie Expand functions locally if
21903 Hippie Expand mode is turned on. Completion of symbols of the
21904 form x.y only works if the components are literal
21905 module/attribute names, not variables. An abbrev table is set up
21906 with skeleton expansions for compound statement templates.
21907
21908 \\{python-mode-map}
21909
21910 \(fn)" t nil)
21911
21912 (autoload (quote jython-mode) "python" "\
21913 Major mode for editing Jython files.
21914 Like `python-mode', but sets up parameters for Jython subprocesses.
21915 Runs `jython-mode-hook' after `python-mode-hook'.
21916
21917 \(fn)" t nil)
21918
21919 ;;;***
21920 \f
21921 ;;;### (autoloads (quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "gnus/qp.el"
21922 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
21923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21924
21925 (autoload (quote quoted-printable-decode-region) "qp" "\
21926 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21927 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21928 coding-system.
21929
21930 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21931 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21932
21933 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21934 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21935 them into characters should be done separately.
21936
21937 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21938
21939 ;;;***
21940 \f
21941 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
21942 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
21943 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
21944 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
21945 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (17994 6715))
21946 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21947
21948 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
21949 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21950
21951 \(fn)" nil nil)
21952
21953 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
21954 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21955 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
21956
21957 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21958 `quail-activate', which see.
21959
21960 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21961
21962 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
21963 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21964 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21965 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21966 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21967 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21968 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21969
21970 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21971 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21972 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21973 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21974 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21975 shown.
21976 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21977
21978 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21979 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21980 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21981 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21982 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21983 list of candidates.
21984
21985 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21986 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21987 command to be called.
21988
21989 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21990 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21991 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21992 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21993
21994 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21995 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21996 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21997 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21998 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21999 to t.
22000
22001 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22002 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22003 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22004 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22005
22006 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
22007 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
22008 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
22009 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
22010
22011 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22012 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22013 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22014 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22015 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22016 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22017
22018 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22019 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22020 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22021 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22022 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22023 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22024
22025 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22026 covers Quail translation region.
22027
22028 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22029 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22030 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22031 for it) is inserted.
22032
22033 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22034 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22035 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22036
22037 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22038 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22039 non-Quail commands.
22040
22041 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22042
22043 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22044 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22045
22046 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22047 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22048 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22049 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22050 you type is correctly handled.
22051
22052 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22053
22054 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
22055 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22056
22057 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22058 keyboard type.
22059
22060 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22061
22062 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
22063 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22064 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22065 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22066 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22067 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22068 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22069 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22070 for the translation.
22071 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22072
22073 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22074 it is used to handle KEY.
22075
22076 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22077 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22078 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22079 the following annotation types are supported.
22080
22081 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22082 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22083
22084 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22085 candidate list.
22086
22087 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22088 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22089 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22090 inserted.
22091
22092 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22093 generated for the following translations.
22094
22095 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil (quote macro))
22096
22097 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
22098 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22099
22100 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22101 which to install MAP.
22102
22103 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22104
22105 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22106
22107 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
22108 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22109
22110 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22111 which to install MAP.
22112
22113 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22114
22115 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22116
22117 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
22118 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22119 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22120 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22121 a function, or a cons.
22122 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22123 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22124 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22125 for the translation.
22126 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22127 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22128 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22129 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22130 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22131
22132 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22133 it is used to handle KEY.
22134
22135 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22136 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22137 current Quail package.
22138
22139 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22140 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22141
22142 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22143
22144 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
22145 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22146
22147 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22148 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22149
22150 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22151
22152 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22153 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22154
22155 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22156
22157 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
22158 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22159 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22160 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22161 of the Emacs source tree.
22162
22163 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22164 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22165
22166 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22167 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22168 of each directory.
22169
22170 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22171
22172 ;;;***
22173 \f
22174 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
22175 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
22176 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (17994
22177 ;;;;;; 6715))
22178 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22179
22180 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22181 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22182 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22183 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22184
22185 To make use of this do something like:
22186
22187 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22188
22189 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22190
22191 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
22192 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
22193
22194 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22195 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22196 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22197
22198 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22199
22200 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
22201 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22202
22203 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22204
22205 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
22206 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22207
22208 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
22209 is decided.
22210
22211 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22212
22213 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
22214 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22215
22216 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22217 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
22218 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22219
22220 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22221
22222 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
22223 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22224
22225 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22226
22227 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
22228 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22229
22230 \(fn)" t nil)
22231
22232 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
22233 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22234
22235 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22236
22237 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22238
22239 \(fn)" t nil)
22240
22241 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
22242 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22243
22244 \(fn)" t nil)
22245
22246 ;;;***
22247 \f
22248 ;;;### (autoloads (rcirc-track-minor-mode rcirc-connect rcirc) "rcirc"
22249 ;;;;;; "net/rcirc.el" (17994 6737))
22250 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22251
22252 (autoload (quote rcirc) "rcirc" "\
22253 Connect to IRC.
22254 If ARG is non-nil, prompt for a server to connect to.
22255
22256 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22257
22258 (defalias (quote irc) (quote rcirc))
22259
22260 (autoload (quote rcirc-connect) "rcirc" "\
22261 Not documented
22262
22263 \(fn &optional SERVER PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS)" nil nil)
22264
22265 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22266 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22267 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22268 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22269 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22270 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22271
22272 (custom-autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" nil)
22273
22274 (autoload (quote rcirc-track-minor-mode) "rcirc" "\
22275 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22276
22277 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22278
22279 ;;;***
22280 \f
22281 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (17994
22282 ;;;;;; 6715))
22283 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
22284
22285 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
22286 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
22287 See \\[compile].
22288
22289 \(fn HOST USER COMMAND)" t nil)
22290
22291 ;;;***
22292 \f
22293 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
22294 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22295 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22296
22297 (defalias (quote regexp-builder) (quote re-builder))
22298
22299 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
22300 Construct a regexp interactively.
22301
22302 \(fn)" t nil)
22303
22304 ;;;***
22305 \f
22306 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode) "recentf" "recentf.el" (17994 6715))
22307 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22308
22309 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22310 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22311 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22313 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22314 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22315
22316 (custom-autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" nil)
22317
22318 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
22319 Toggle recentf mode.
22320 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
22321 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
22322
22323 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files
22324 that were operated on recently.
22325
22326 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22327
22328 ;;;***
22329 \f
22330 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
22331 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
22332 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
22333 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (17994
22334 ;;;;;; 6715))
22335 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22336
22337 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
22338 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab.
22339 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
22340 the desired column only if the line is long enough.
22341
22342 \(fn COLUMN &optional FLAG)" nil nil)
22343
22344 (make-obsolete (quote move-to-column-force) (quote move-to-column) "21.2")
22345
22346 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
22347 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22348 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22349 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22350 ends.
22351
22352 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22353 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22354 to be deleted.
22355
22356 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22357
22358 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22359 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22360 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22361
22362 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22363 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22364 deleted.
22365
22366 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22367
22368 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
22369 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22370 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22371
22372 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22373
22374 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
22375 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22376
22377 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22378 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22379
22380 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22381 deleted.
22382
22383 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22384 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22385 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22386 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22387 even beep.)
22388
22389 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22390
22391 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
22392 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22393
22394 \(fn)" t nil)
22395
22396 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22397 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22398 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22399 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22400 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22401 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22402 and point is at the lower right corner.
22403
22404 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22405
22406 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
22407 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22408
22409 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22410 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22411
22412 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22413 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
22414 on the right side of the rectangle.
22415
22416 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22417
22418 (defalias (quote close-rectangle) (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle))
22419
22420 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
22421 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22422 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22423 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22424 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22425
22426 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22427 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22428
22429 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22430
22431 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
22432 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22433 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22434
22435 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22436
22437 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22438
22439 (defalias (quote replace-rectangle) (quote string-rectangle))
22440
22441 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
22442 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22443
22444 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22445 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22446 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22447
22448 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22449
22450 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
22451 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22452 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22453
22454 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22455 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22456 rectangle which were empty.
22457
22458 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22459
22460 ;;;***
22461 \f
22462 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (17994
22463 ;;;;;; 6715))
22464 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22465
22466 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
22467 Toggle Refill minor mode.
22468 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
22469
22470 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
22471 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
22472 refilling if they would cause auto-filling.
22473
22474 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22475
22476 ;;;***
22477 \f
22478 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-reset-scanning-information reftex-mode
22479 ;;;;;; turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (17994 6715))
22480 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22481
22482 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
22483 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22484
22485 \(fn)" nil nil)
22486
22487 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
22488 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22489
22490 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22491 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22492
22493 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22494 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22495 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22496 \\ref macro.
22497
22498 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22499 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22500 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22501
22502 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22503 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22504 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22505
22506 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22507 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22508
22509 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22510 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22511
22512 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22513 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22514 on the menu bar.
22515
22516 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22517
22518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22519
22520 (autoload (quote reftex-reset-scanning-information) "reftex" "\
22521 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22522 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22523
22524 \(fn)" nil nil)
22525
22526 ;;;***
22527 \f
22528 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
22529 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22530 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22531
22532 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
22533 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22534 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22535 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22536 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22537 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22538
22539 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22540
22541 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22542
22543 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22544 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22545 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22546 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22547 `reftex-cite-format'.
22548
22549 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22550 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22551 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22552 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22553
22554 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22555
22556 ;;;***
22557 \f
22558 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22559 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22560 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22561
22562 (autoload (quote reftex-isearch-minor-mode) "reftex-global" "\
22563 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22564 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22565 the current TeX document.
22566
22567 With no argument, this command toggles
22568 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22569 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on iff ARG is positive.
22570
22571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22572
22573 ;;;***
22574 \f
22575 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22576 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22577 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22578
22579 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
22580 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22581 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22582
22583 To insert new phrases, use
22584 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22585 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22586
22587 To index phrases use one of:
22588
22589 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22590 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22591 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22592 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22593 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22594
22595 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22596 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22597
22598 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22599
22600 Here are all local bindings.
22601
22602 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}
22603
22604 \(fn)" t nil)
22605
22606 ;;;***
22607 \f
22608 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22609 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22610 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22611
22612 (autoload (quote reftex-all-document-files) "reftex-parse" "\
22613 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22614 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22615 of master file.
22616
22617 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22618
22619 ;;;***
22620 \f
22621 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (17994
22622 ;;;;;; 6715))
22623 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22624 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22625 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22626 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22627 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22628
22629 ;;;***
22630 \f
22631 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
22632 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22633 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22634
22635 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
22636 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22637 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22638 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22639 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22640 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22641
22642 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22643 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22644
22645 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22646 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22647
22648 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22649
22650 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
22651 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22652 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22653 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22654
22655 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22656
22657 ;;;***
22658 \f
22659 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (17994 6715))
22660 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22661
22662 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
22663 Repeat most recently executed command.
22664 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
22665 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
22666 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
22667
22668 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
22669 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
22670 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22671
22672 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22673
22674 ;;;***
22675 \f
22676 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
22677 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22678 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22679
22680 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
22681 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22682
22683 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22684 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22685 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22686 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22687 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22688 and point is left after the salutation.
22689
22690 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22691 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22692 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22693 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22694 left after that text.
22695
22696 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22697 is non-nil.
22698
22699 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22700 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22701 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22702 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22703
22704 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22705
22706 ;;;***
22707 \f
22708 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
22709 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22710 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22711
22712 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
22713 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22714 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22715 visibility of comments that precede it.
22716 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22717 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22718 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22719 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22720 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22721 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22722 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22723 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22724 the comment lines.
22725 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22726 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22727 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22728 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22729 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22730
22731 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22732 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
22733
22734 ;;;***
22735 \f
22736 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (17994
22737 ;;;;;; 6715))
22738 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
22739
22740 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
22741 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.
22742
22743 \(fn)" nil nil)
22744
22745 ;;;***
22746 \f
22747 ;;;### (autoloads (global-reveal-mode reveal-mode) "reveal" "reveal.el"
22748 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22749 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22750
22751 (autoload (quote reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22752 Toggle Reveal mode on or off.
22753 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22754
22755 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22756 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22757 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22758
22759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22760
22761 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22762 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22763 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22764 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22765 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22766 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22767
22768 (custom-autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" nil)
22769
22770 (autoload (quote global-reveal-mode) "reveal" "\
22771 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers on or off.
22772 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22773
22774 Interactively, with no prefix argument, toggle the mode.
22775 With universal prefix ARG (or if ARG is nil) turn mode on.
22776 With zero or negative ARG turn mode off.
22777
22778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22779
22780 ;;;***
22781 \f
22782 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
22783 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
22784 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22785
22786 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
22787 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22788
22789 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22790
22791 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
22792 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22793
22794 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22795
22796 ;;;***
22797 \f
22798 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (17994 6715))
22799 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22800 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
22801
22802 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
22803 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22804 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22805 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22806
22807 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22808
22809 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22810 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22811 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22812 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22813
22814 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22815 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22816
22817 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22818 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22819
22820 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22821 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22822 INPUT-ARGS.
22823
22824 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22825 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22826 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22827 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22828 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22829
22830 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22831 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22832 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22833 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22834
22835 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22836 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22837 variable.
22838
22839 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22840
22841 ;;;***
22842 \f
22843 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-remote-password rmail-input rmail-mode
22844 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
22845 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
22846 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
22847 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
22848 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names
22849 ;;;;;; rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (18000
22850 ;;;;;; 24323))
22851 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22852
22853 (autoload (quote rmail-movemail-variant-p) "rmail" "\
22854 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22855 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22856
22857 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22858
22859 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22860 *A regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
22861 A value of nil means exclude your own email address as an address
22862 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
22863
22864 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-dont-reply-to-names) "rmail" t)
22865
22866 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "\\`info-" "\
22867 A regular expression specifying part of the default value of the
22868 variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
22869 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
22870 value is the user's email address and name.)
22871 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
22872
22873 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:\\|^DomainKey-Signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:") "\
22874 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22875 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22876 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22877 which normally happens once for each message,
22878 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22879 To make a change in this variable take effect
22880 for a message that you have already viewed,
22881 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22882
22883 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22884
22885 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22886 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22887 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22888 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22889
22890 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-displayed-headers) "rmail" t)
22891
22892 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
22893 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22894
22895 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-retry-ignored-headers) "rmail" t)
22896
22897 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
22898 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22899 A value of nil means don't highlight.
22900 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
22901
22902 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlighted-headers) "rmail" t)
22903
22904 (defvar rmail-highlight-face (quote rmail-highlight) "\
22905 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
22906
22907 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-highlight-face) "rmail" t)
22908
22909 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
22910 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
22911
22912 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-delete-after-output) "rmail" t)
22913
22914 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22915 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
22916 nil means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
22917 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
22918 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
22919
22920 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-primary-inbox-list) "rmail" t)
22921
22922 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
22923 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.
22924 This is handy if you want to preserve the window configuration of
22925 the frame where you have the RMAIL buffer displayed.")
22926
22927 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-mail-new-frame) "rmail" t)
22928
22929 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
22930 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
22931
22932 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-directory) "rmail" t)
22933
22934 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
22935 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
22936
22937 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-secondary-file-regexp) "rmail" t)
22938
22939 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
22940 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
22941
22942 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-confirm-expunge) "rmail" t)
22943
22944 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
22945 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
22946
22947 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
22948 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
22949
22950 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
22951 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
22952
22953 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-show-message-hook) "rmail" t)
22954
22955 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
22956 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
22957
22958 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
22959 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
22960 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
22961 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
22962
22963 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
22964 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
22965
22966 This is set to nil by default.")
22967
22968 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
22969 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
22970 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
22971 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
22972 until a user explicitly requires it.
22973
22974 Even if the value is non-nil, you can't use MIME feature
22975 if the feature specified by `rmail-mime-feature' is not available
22976 in your session.")
22977
22978 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-enable-mime) "rmail" t)
22979
22980 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
22981 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
22982 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22983 It is called with no argument.")
22984
22985 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
22986 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
22987 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
22988 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
22989 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22990 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22991 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22992
22993 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
22994 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
22995 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
22996 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
22997 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
22998 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
22999
23000 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
23001 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
23002 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23003 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
23004 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
23005
23006 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
23007 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
23008 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
23009 It is called with three arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
23010 MSG is the message number,
23011 REGEXP is the regular expression,
23012 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
23013
23014 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
23015 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
23016 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
23017 this feature is required with `require'.
23018
23019 The default value is `rmail-mime'. This feature is provided by
23020 the rmail-mime package available at <http://www.m17n.org/rmail-mime/>.")
23021
23022 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
23023 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
23024 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
23025 the message is decoded as normal way.
23026
23027 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
23028 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
23029 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
23030
23031 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern (concat "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;" "\\(?:[ \n]*\\(?:format\\|delsp\\)=\"?[-a-z0-9]+\"?;\\)*" "[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\";]+\\)\"?") "\
23032 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
23033 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
23034
23035 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
23036 Read and edit incoming mail.
23037 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
23038 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
23039 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23040
23041 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23042 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23043 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23044 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23045
23046 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23047
23048 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23049
23050 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
23051 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23052 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23053 Instead, these commands are available:
23054
23055 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23056 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23057 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23058 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23059 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23060 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23061 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23062 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23063 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23064 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23065 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23066 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23067 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23068 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23069 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23070 till a deleted message is found.
23071 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23072 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23073 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23074 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23075 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23076 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23077 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23078 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23079 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23080 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23081 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23082 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
23083 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
23084 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23085 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23086 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23087 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23088 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23089 (label defaults to last one specified).
23090 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23091 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23092 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23093 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23094 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23095 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23096 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23097 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23098 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23099
23100 \(fn)" t nil)
23101
23102 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
23103 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23104
23105 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23106
23107 (autoload (quote rmail-set-remote-password) "rmail" "\
23108 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23109
23110 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23111
23112 ;;;***
23113 \f
23114 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
23115 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23116 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
23117
23118 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
23119 Edit the contents of this message.
23120
23121 \(fn)" t nil)
23122
23123 ;;;***
23124 \f
23125 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
23126 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
23127 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (17994 6715))
23128 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
23129
23130 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23131 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23132 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23133
23134 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23135
23136 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23137 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
23138 Completion is performed over known labels when reading.
23139
23140 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
23141
23142 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" "\
23143 Not documented
23144
23145 \(fn PROMPT)" nil nil)
23146
23147 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23148 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
23149 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23150 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23151 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.
23152
23153 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23154
23155 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
23156 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
23157 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
23158 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
23159 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.
23160
23161 \(fn N LABELS)" t nil)
23162
23163 ;;;***
23164 \f
23165 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
23166 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23167 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
23168
23169 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
23170 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
23171 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
23172 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.
23173
23174 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23175
23176 ;;;***
23177 \f
23178 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
23179 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
23180 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (17994 6715))
23181 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23182
23183 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
23184 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
23185 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
23186 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
23187 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
23188 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
23189 a file name as a string.")
23190
23191 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout" t)
23192
23193 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
23194 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
23195 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
23196 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
23197 buffer visiting that file.
23198 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
23199 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
23200
23201 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
23202 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23203
23204 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23205 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23206
23207 If the optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
23208 message up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.
23209
23210 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT STAY)" t nil)
23211
23212 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
23213 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
23214
23215 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-fields-not-to-output) "rmailout" t)
23216
23217 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
23218 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
23219 A prefix argument COUNT says to output that many consecutive messages,
23220 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
23221 When called from lisp code, COUNT may be omitted and defaults to 1.
23222
23223 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
23224 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
23225 will be appended with their original headers.
23226
23227 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23228 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
23229
23230 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
23231 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
23232
23233 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.
23234
23235 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE FROM-GNUS)" t nil)
23236
23237 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
23238 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23239 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.
23240
23241 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23242
23243 ;;;***
23244 \f
23245 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
23246 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
23247 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (17994
23248 ;;;;;; 6715))
23249 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
23250
23251 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
23252 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
23253 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23254
23255 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23256
23257 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
23258 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
23259 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23260
23261 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23262
23263 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
23264 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
23265 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23266
23267 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23268
23269 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
23270 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
23271 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23272
23273 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23274
23275 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
23276 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
23277 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23278
23279 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23280
23281 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
23282 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
23283 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23284
23285 \(fn REVERSE)" t nil)
23286
23287 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
23288 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
23289 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
23290 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.
23291
23292 \(fn REVERSE LABELS)" t nil)
23293
23294 ;;;***
23295 \f
23296 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
23297 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
23298 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
23299 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
23300 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (17994 6715))
23301 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
23302
23303 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
23304 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
23305
23306 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages) "rmailsum" t)
23307
23308 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
23309 *Non-nil means Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
23310
23311 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-count-flag) "rmailsum" t)
23312
23313 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
23314 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.
23315
23316 \(fn)" t nil)
23317
23318 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
23319 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
23320 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.
23321
23322 \(fn LABELS)" t nil)
23323
23324 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
23325 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
23326 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
23327 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23328 only look in the To and From fields.
23329 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23330
23331 \(fn RECIPIENTS &optional PRIMARY-ONLY)" t nil)
23332
23333 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
23334 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
23335 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
23336 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
23337 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.
23338
23339 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
23340
23341 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
23342 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
23343 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
23344 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
23345 look in the whole message.
23346 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.
23347
23348 \(fn SUBJECT &optional WHOLE-MESSAGE)" t nil)
23349
23350 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
23351 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
23352 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.
23353
23354 \(fn SENDERS)" t nil)
23355
23356 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
23357 *Function to decode summary-line.
23358
23359 By default, `identity' is set.")
23360
23361 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-summary-line-decoder) "rmailsum" t)
23362
23363 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23364 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23365 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23366 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23367 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23368 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23369 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23370
23371 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23372 sent by you under different user names.
23373 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23374
23375 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23376
23377 (custom-autoload (quote rmail-user-mail-address-regexp) "rmailsum" t)
23378
23379 ;;;***
23380 \f
23381 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
23382 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23383 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
23384
23385 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
23386 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
23387 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
23388 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.
23389
23390 \(fn &optional NOQUERY)" t nil)
23391
23392 ;;;***
23393 \f
23394 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window rot13-region
23395 ;;;;;; rot13-string rot13) "rot13" "rot13.el" (17994 6715))
23396 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23397
23398 (autoload (quote rot13) "rot13" "\
23399 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23400
23401 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23402
23403 (autoload (quote rot13-string) "rot13" "\
23404 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23405
23406 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23407
23408 (autoload (quote rot13-region) "rot13" "\
23409 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23410
23411 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23412
23413 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
23414 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23415 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23416
23417 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23418 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23419 in ROT13.
23420
23421 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23422
23423 \(fn)" t nil)
23424
23425 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
23426 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23427
23428 \(fn)" t nil)
23429
23430 ;;;***
23431 \f
23432 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
23433 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
23434 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
23435 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
23436 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23437 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
23438
23439 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
23440 *This variable is obsolete.")
23441
23442 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" t)
23443
23444 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
23445 *This variable is obsolete.")
23446
23447 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23448
23449 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
23450 *This variable is obsolete.")
23451
23452 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-window-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23453
23454 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
23455 *This variable is obsolete.")
23456
23457 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame) "rsz-mini" t)
23458
23459 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
23460 *This variable is obsolete.")
23461
23462 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height) "rsz-mini" t)
23463
23464 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
23465 *This variable is obsolete.")
23466
23467 (custom-autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly) "rsz-mini" t)
23468
23469 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
23470 This function is obsolete.
23471
23472 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
23473
23474 ;;;***
23475 \f
23476 ;;;### (autoloads (ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (17994
23477 ;;;;;; 6715))
23478 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23479
23480 (autoload (quote ruler-mode) "ruler-mode" "\
23481 Display a ruler in the header line if ARG > 0.
23482
23483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23484
23485 ;;;***
23486 \f
23487 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (17994
23488 ;;;;;; 6715))
23489 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23490
23491 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
23492 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23493 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23494 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23495
23496 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23497
23498 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
23499 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23500 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23501 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23502
23503 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23504 notation.
23505
23506 STRING
23507 matches string STRING literally.
23508
23509 CHAR
23510 matches character CHAR literally.
23511
23512 `not-newline', `nonl'
23513 matches any character except a newline.
23514 .
23515 `anything'
23516 matches any character
23517
23518 `(any SET ...)'
23519 `(in SET ...)'
23520 `(char SET ...)'
23521 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23522 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23523 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23524
23525 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23526 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23527 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23528 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23529
23530 `(not (any SET ...))'
23531 matches any character not in SET ...
23532
23533 `line-start', `bol'
23534 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23535 in the text being matched
23536
23537 `line-end', `eol'
23538 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23539
23540 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23541 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23542 string being matched against.
23543
23544 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23545 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23546 string being matched against.
23547
23548 `buffer-start'
23549 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23550 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23551
23552 `buffer-end'
23553 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23554 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23555
23556 `point'
23557 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23558
23559 `word-start', `bow'
23560 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23561 word.
23562
23563 `word-end', `eow'
23564 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23565
23566 `word-boundary'
23567 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23568 word.
23569
23570 `(not word-boundary)'
23571 `not-word-boundary'
23572 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23573 word.
23574
23575 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23576 matches 0 through 9.
23577
23578 `control', `cntrl'
23579 matches ASCII control characters.
23580
23581 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23582 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23583
23584 `blank'
23585 matches space and tab only.
23586
23587 `graphic', `graph'
23588 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23589 space, and DEL.
23590
23591 `printing', `print'
23592 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23593 and DEL.
23594
23595 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23596 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23597 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23598
23599 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23600 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23601 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23602
23603 `ascii'
23604 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23605
23606 `nonascii'
23607 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23608
23609 `lower', `lower-case'
23610 matches anything lower-case.
23611
23612 `upper', `upper-case'
23613 matches anything upper-case.
23614
23615 `punctuation', `punct'
23616 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23617 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23618
23619 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23620 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23621
23622 `word', `wordchar'
23623 matches anything that has word syntax.
23624
23625 `not-wordchar'
23626 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23627
23628 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23629 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23630 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23631 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23632
23633 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23634 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23635 `word' (\\sw)
23636 `symbol' (\\s_)
23637 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23638 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23639 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23640 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23641 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23642 `escape' (\\s\\)
23643 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23644 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23645 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23646 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23647 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23648
23649 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23650 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23651
23652 `(category CATEGORY)'
23653 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23654 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23655
23656 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23657 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23658 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23659 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23660 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23661 `symbol' (\\c5)
23662 `digit' (\\c6)
23663 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23664 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23665 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23666 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23667 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23668 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23669 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
23670 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23671 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23672 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23673 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23674 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23675 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23676 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23677 `ascii' (\\ca)
23678 `arabic' (\\cb)
23679 `chinese' (\\cc)
23680 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23681 `greek' (\\cg)
23682 `korean' (\\ch)
23683 `indian' (\\ci)
23684 `japanese' (\\cj)
23685 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23686 `latin' (\\cl)
23687 `lao' (\\co)
23688 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23689 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23690 `thai' (\\ct)
23691 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23692 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23693 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23694 `can-break' (\\c|)
23695
23696 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23697 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23698
23699 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23700 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23701 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23702 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23703 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23704
23705 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23706 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23707 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23708 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23709
23710 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23711 another name for `submatch'.
23712
23713 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23714 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23715 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23716 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23717 regular expression.
23718
23719 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23720 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23721 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23722 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23723 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23724
23725 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23726 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23727
23728 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23729 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23730
23731 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23732 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23733 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23734
23735 `(* SEXP ...)'
23736 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23737 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23738
23739 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23740 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23741 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23742
23743 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23744 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23745 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23746
23747 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23748 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23749
23750 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23751 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23752
23753 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23754 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23755 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23756 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23757
23758 `(? SEXP ...)'
23759 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23760
23761 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23762 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23763
23764 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23765 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23766 matches N occurrences.
23767
23768 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23769 matches N or more occurrences.
23770
23771 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23772 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23773 matches N to M occurrences.
23774
23775 `(backref N)'
23776 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23777
23778 `(backref N)'
23779 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23780
23781 `(backref N)'
23782 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23783
23784 `(eval FORM)'
23785 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23786 `regexp-quote' it.
23787
23788 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23789 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23790
23791 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil (quote macro))
23792
23793 ;;;***
23794 \f
23795 ;;;### (autoloads (savehist-mode savehist-mode) "savehist" "savehist.el"
23796 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23797 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23798
23799 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23800 Mode for automatic saving of minibuffer history.
23801 Set this by calling the `savehist-mode' function or using the customize
23802 interface.")
23803
23804 (custom-autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" nil)
23805
23806 (autoload (quote savehist-mode) "savehist" "\
23807 Toggle savehist-mode.
23808 Positive ARG turns on `savehist-mode'. When on, savehist-mode causes
23809 minibuffer history to be saved periodically and when exiting Emacs.
23810 When turned on for the first time in an Emacs session, it causes the
23811 previous minibuffer history to be loaded from `savehist-file'.
23812
23813 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23814 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer histories,
23815 which is probably undesirable.
23816
23817 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
23818
23819 ;;;***
23820 \f
23821 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
23822 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23823 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23824
23825 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
23826 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23827 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23828
23829 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23830 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23831 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23832 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23833 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23834 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23835 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23836 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23837
23838 Commands:
23839 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23840 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23841 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23842 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
23843 if that value is non-nil.
23844
23845 \(fn)" t nil)
23846
23847 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
23848 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23849 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23850
23851 Commands:
23852 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23853 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23854 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23855 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23856 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23857 that variable's value is a string.
23858
23859 \(fn)" t nil)
23860
23861 ;;;***
23862 \f
23863 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
23864 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23865 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23866
23867 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
23868 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23869 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23870
23871 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23872
23873 \(fn)" t nil)
23874
23875 ;;;***
23876 \f
23877 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "obsolete/scribe.el" (17994
23878 ;;;;;; 6715))
23879 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/scribe.el
23880
23881 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
23882 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
23883 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
23884 \\{scribe-mode-map}
23885
23886 Interesting variables:
23887
23888 `scribe-fancy-paragraphs'
23889 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
23890
23891 `scribe-electric-quote'
23892 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
23893
23894 `scribe-electric-parenthesis'
23895 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
23896 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.
23897
23898 \(fn)" t nil)
23899
23900 ;;;***
23901 \f
23902 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el"
23903 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23904 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23905
23906 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23907 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23908 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23909 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23910 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23911 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23912
23913 (custom-autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" nil)
23914
23915 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
23916 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
23917 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
23918 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
23919 apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23920
23921 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23922
23923 ;;;***
23924 \f
23925 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el"
23926 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
23927 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23928
23929 (autoload (quote scroll-lock-mode) "scroll-lock" "\
23930 Minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23931 Keys which normally move point by line or paragraph will scroll
23932 the buffer by the respective amount of lines instead and point
23933 will be kept vertically fixed relative to window boundaries
23934 during scrolling.
23935
23936 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23937
23938 ;;;***
23939 \f
23940 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mailing-lists
23941 ;;;;;; mail-mode mail-send-nonascii mail-bury-selects-summary mail-default-headers
23942 ;;;;;; mail-default-directory mail-signature-file mail-signature
23943 ;;;;;; mail-citation-prefix-regexp mail-citation-hook mail-indentation-spaces
23944 ;;;;;; mail-yank-prefix mail-setup-hook mail-personal-alias-file
23945 ;;;;;; mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to mail-archive-file-name
23946 ;;;;;; mail-header-separator send-mail-function mail-interactive
23947 ;;;;;; mail-self-blind mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style)
23948 ;;;;;; "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (17994 6715))
23949 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23950
23951 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
23952 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23953
23954 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23955 king@grassland.com
23956 If `parens', they look like:
23957 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23958 If `angles', they look like:
23959 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23960 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
23961 derived from the envelope-from address.
23962
23963 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
23964 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
23965 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
23966 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
23967
23968 (custom-autoload (quote mail-from-style) "sendmail" t)
23969
23970 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23971 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23972 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23973 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23974
23975 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23976 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23977 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23978 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23979
23980 (custom-autoload (quote mail-specify-envelope-from) "sendmail" t)
23981
23982 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23983 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23984 This is done when the message is initialized,
23985 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23986
23987 (custom-autoload (quote mail-self-blind) "sendmail" t)
23988
23989 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
23990 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23991 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
23992
23993 (custom-autoload (quote mail-interactive) "sendmail" t)
23994
23995 (put (quote send-mail-function) (quote standard-value) (quote ((if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)))))
23996
23997 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and window-system (memq system-type (quote (darwin windows-nt)))) (quote mailclient-send-it) (quote sendmail-send-it)) "\
23998 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23999 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24000 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24001 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24002 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24003 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24004
24005 (custom-autoload (quote send-mail-function) "sendmail" t)
24006
24007 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
24008 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24009
24010 (custom-autoload (quote mail-header-separator) "sendmail" t)
24011
24012 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24013 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24014 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
24015
24016 (custom-autoload (quote mail-archive-file-name) "sendmail" t)
24017
24018 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24019 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24020 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24021 when you first send mail.")
24022
24023 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-reply-to) "sendmail" t)
24024
24025 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
24026 If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
24027 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
24028 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
24029 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
24030
24031 (custom-autoload (quote mail-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24032
24033 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
24034 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24035 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24036 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24037 This file need not actually exist.")
24038
24039 (custom-autoload (quote mail-personal-alias-file) "sendmail" t)
24040
24041 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24042 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing mail message is initialized.
24043 The function `mail-setup' runs this hook.")
24044
24045 (custom-autoload (quote mail-setup-hook) "sendmail" t)
24046
24047 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24048 Alist of mail address aliases,
24049 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24050 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24051 can specify a different file name.)
24052 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24053 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24054
24055 (defvar mail-yank-prefix nil "\
24056 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24057 nil means use indentation.")
24058
24059 (custom-autoload (quote mail-yank-prefix) "sendmail" t)
24060
24061 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24062 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24063 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24064
24065 (custom-autoload (quote mail-indentation-spaces) "sendmail" t)
24066
24067 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24068 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24069 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24070 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24071 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24072 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24073 in the cited portion of the message.
24074
24075 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24076 instead of no action.")
24077
24078 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-hook) "sendmail" t)
24079
24080 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp "[ ]*[-a-z0-9A-Z]*>+[ ]*\\|[ ]*" "\
24081 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24082 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24083 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24084 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24085
24086 (custom-autoload (quote mail-citation-prefix-regexp) "sendmail" t)
24087
24088 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
24089 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24090 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24091 If a string, that string is inserted.
24092 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24093 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24094 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24095 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24096
24097 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature) "sendmail" t)
24098
24099 (defvar mail-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
24100 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24101
24102 (custom-autoload (quote mail-signature-file) "sendmail" t)
24103
24104 (defvar mail-default-directory "~/" "\
24105 Directory for mail buffers.
24106 Value of `default-directory' for mail buffers.
24107 This directory is used for auto-save files of mail buffers.")
24108
24109 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-directory) "sendmail" t)
24110
24111 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24112 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24113 It is inserted before you edit the message,
24114 so you can edit or delete these lines.")
24115
24116 (custom-autoload (quote mail-default-headers) "sendmail" t)
24117
24118 (defvar mail-bury-selects-summary t "\
24119 If non-nil, try to show RMAIL summary buffer after returning from mail.
24120 The functions \\[mail-send-on-exit] or \\[mail-dont-send] select
24121 the RMAIL summary buffer before returning, if it exists and this variable
24122 is non-nil.")
24123
24124 (custom-autoload (quote mail-bury-selects-summary) "sendmail" t)
24125
24126 (defvar mail-send-nonascii (quote mime) "\
24127 Specify whether to allow sending non-ASCII characters in mail.
24128 If t, that means do allow it. nil means don't allow it.
24129 `query' means ask the user each time.
24130 `mime' means add an appropriate MIME header if none already present.
24131 The default is `mime'.
24132 Including non-ASCII characters in a mail message can be problematical
24133 for the recipient, who may not know how to decode them properly.")
24134
24135 (custom-autoload (quote mail-send-nonascii) "sendmail" t)
24136
24137 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
24138 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24139 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24140
24141 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24142 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24143
24144 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24145 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24146 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24147 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24148 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24149 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24150 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24151 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24152 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24153 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24154 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a sent-via field for each To or CC).
24155 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24156 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24157
24158 \(fn)" t nil)
24159
24160 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24161 *List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24162
24163 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24164 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24165
24166 (custom-autoload (quote mail-mailing-lists) "sendmail" t)
24167
24168 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24169 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24170 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
24171 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24172 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24173 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24174
24175 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
24176 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24177 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24178
24179 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24180 User should not set this variable manually,
24181 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24182 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24183 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24184 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
24185
24186 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
24187 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24188 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24189 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24190
24191 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24192 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24193
24194 \\<mail-mode-map>
24195 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24196
24197 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24198 to move to message header fields:
24199 \\{mail-mode-map}
24200
24201 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24202 when the message is initialized.
24203
24204 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24205 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24206
24207 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24208 is inserted.
24209
24210 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24211 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24212
24213 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24214 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24215 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24216 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24217 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24218 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24219 buffer without erasing the contents.
24220
24221 The second through fifth arguments,
24222 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24223 the initial contents of those header fields.
24224 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24225 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24226 original message being replied to, or else an action
24227 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24228 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24229 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24230 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24231 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24232 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24233
24234 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS)" t nil)
24235
24236 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
24237 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24238
24239 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24240
24241 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
24242 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24243
24244 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24245
24246 ;;;***
24247 \f
24248 ;;;### (autoloads (server-save-buffers-kill-terminal server-mode
24249 ;;;;;; server-start) "server" "server.el" (18000 23796))
24250 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24251
24252 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
24253 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24254 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
24255 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs
24256 job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
24257 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24258
24259 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24260 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24261
24262 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD)" t nil)
24263
24264 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24265 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24266 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24267 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24268 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24269 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24270
24271 (custom-autoload (quote server-mode) "server" nil)
24272
24273 (autoload (quote server-mode) "server" "\
24274 Toggle Server mode.
24275 With ARG, turn Server mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
24276 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24277 `emacsclient' program. See `server-start' and Info node `Emacs server'.
24278
24279 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24280
24281 (autoload (quote server-save-buffers-kill-terminal) "server" "\
24282 Offer to save each buffer, then kill PROC.
24283
24284 With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24285
24286 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24287 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24288
24289 \(fn PROC &optional ARG)" nil nil)
24290
24291 ;;;***
24292 \f
24293 ;;;### (autoloads (ses-mode) "ses" "ses.el" (17994 6715))
24294 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24295
24296 (autoload (quote ses-mode) "ses" "\
24297 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24298 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for more info.
24299
24300 Key definitions:
24301 \\{ses-mode-map}
24302 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible part):
24303 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24304 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a formula:
24305 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24306
24307 \(fn)" t nil)
24308
24309 ;;;***
24310 \f
24311 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
24312 ;;;;;; (18000 24371))
24313 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24314
24315 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24316 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24317 Makes > match <.
24318 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24319 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24320
24321 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24322 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24323 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24324
24325 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24326 in your `.emacs' file.
24327
24328 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24329
24330 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24331 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24332 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24333
24334 \(fn)" t nil)
24335
24336 (defalias (quote xml-mode) (quote sgml-mode))
24337
24338 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
24339 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24340 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24341 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24342 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24343 which this is based.
24344
24345 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24346
24347 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24348 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24349 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24350 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24351
24352 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24353 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24354 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24355
24356 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24357 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24358 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24359 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24360
24361 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24362 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24363 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24364 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24365
24366 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24367
24368 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24369 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24370 To work around that, do:
24371 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24372
24373 \\{html-mode-map}
24374
24375 \(fn)" t nil)
24376
24377 ;;;***
24378 \f
24379 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
24380 ;;;;;; (17994 6728))
24381 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24382 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24383
24384 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
24385 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24386 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24387 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24388 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24389 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24390
24391 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24392 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24393 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24394 shell-specific features.
24395
24396 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24397 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24398 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24399 \\<sh-mode-map>
24400 \\[sh-case] case statement
24401 \\[sh-for] for loop
24402 \\[sh-function] function definition
24403 \\[sh-if] if statement
24404 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24405 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24406 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24407 \\[sh-select] select loop
24408 \\[sh-until] until loop
24409 \\[sh-while] while loop
24410
24411 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24412 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24413 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24414 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24415 would indent to the way it currently is.
24416 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24417 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24418
24419
24420 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24421 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24422 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24423 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24424 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24425 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24426
24427 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
24428 {, (, [, ', \", `
24429 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
24430
24431 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24432 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24433 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24434
24435 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24436 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24437
24438 \(fn)" t nil)
24439
24440 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
24441
24442 ;;;***
24443 \f
24444 ;;;### (autoloads (sha1) "sha1" "gnus/sha1.el" (17994 6715))
24445 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sha1.el
24446
24447 (autoload (quote sha1) "sha1" "\
24448 Return the SHA1 (Secure Hash Algorithm) of an object.
24449 OBJECT is either a string or a buffer.
24450 Optional arguments BEG and END denote buffer positions for computing the
24451 hash of a portion of OBJECT.
24452 If BINARY is non-nil, return a string in binary form.
24453
24454 \(fn OBJECT &optional BEG END BINARY)" nil nil)
24455
24456 ;;;***
24457 \f
24458 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
24459 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
24460 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24461
24462 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
24463 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24464
24465 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24466 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24467 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24468 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24469 the earlier.
24470
24471 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24472
24473 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
24474
24475 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24476 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24477 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24478
24479 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24480 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24481
24482 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24483 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24484 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24485 19.30. An Emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24486 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24487 Unless the Emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
24488 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24489 Emacs version).
24490
24491 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24492 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24493 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24494 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24495 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24496
24497 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
24498 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
24499 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.
24500
24501 \(fn)" t nil)
24502
24503 ;;;***
24504 \f
24505 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
24506 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (17994
24507 ;;;;;; 6715))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24509
24510 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
24511 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24512 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24513 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24514 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24515 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
24516 in the cluster.
24517
24518 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24519
24520 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
24521 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24522 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24523 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24524 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24525
24526 \(fn)" t nil)
24527
24528 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
24529 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24530 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24531 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24532 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this function).
24533 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24534 `shadow-define-cluster').
24535
24536 \(fn)" t nil)
24537
24538 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
24539 Set up file shadowing.
24540
24541 \(fn)" t nil)
24542
24543 ;;;***
24544 \f
24545 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
24546 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
24547 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24548
24549 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
24550 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24551 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24552 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24553 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24554 arguments.")
24555
24556 (custom-autoload (quote shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" t)
24557
24558 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
24559 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24560 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24561 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24562 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24563 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24564 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24565 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24566 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24567 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24568 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24569 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24570 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24571 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24572
24573 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24574 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24575 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24576 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24577 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24578 `default-process-coding-system'.
24579
24580 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24581 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24582 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24583 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24584
24585 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24586
24587 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24588 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
24589
24590 ;;;***
24591 \f
24592 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-upload-and-bury sieve-upload sieve-manage)
24593 ;;;;;; "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (17994 6715))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24595
24596 (autoload (quote sieve-manage) "sieve" "\
24597 Not documented
24598
24599 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24600
24601 (autoload (quote sieve-upload) "sieve" "\
24602 Not documented
24603
24604 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24605
24606 (autoload (quote sieve-upload-and-bury) "sieve" "\
24607 Not documented
24608
24609 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24610
24611 ;;;***
24612 \f
24613 ;;;### (autoloads (sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el"
24614 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
24615 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24616
24617 (autoload (quote sieve-mode) "sieve-mode" "\
24618 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24619 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24620 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24621 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24622
24623 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24624
24625 \(fn)" t nil)
24626
24627 ;;;***
24628 \f
24629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simple" "simple.el" (18000 24377))
24630 ;;; Generated autoloads from simple.el
24631 (put 'fill-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
24632
24633 ;;;***
24634 \f
24635 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (17994
24636 ;;;;;; 6715))
24637 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24638
24639 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
24640 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24641 \\{simula-mode-map}
24642 Variables controlling indentation style:
24643 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24644 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24645 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24646 `simula-indent-level'
24647 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24648 `simula-substatement-offset'
24649 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24650 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24651 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24652 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24653 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24654 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24655 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24656 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24657 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24658 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24659 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24660 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24661 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24662 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24663 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24664 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24665 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24666 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24667 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24668 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24669 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24670 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24671 or nil if they should not be changed.
24672 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24673 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24674 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24675 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24676
24677 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24678 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24679
24680 \(fn)" t nil)
24681
24682 ;;;***
24683 \f
24684 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy-new
24685 ;;;;;; define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (17994 6715))
24686 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24687
24688 (defvar skeleton-filter-function (quote identity) "\
24689 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24690
24691 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
24692 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24693 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24694 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24695
24696 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil (quote macro))
24697
24698 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
24699 Insert SKELETON.
24700 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24701 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24702 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24703 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24704 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24705
24706 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24707 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24708
24709 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24710
24711 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
24712 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24713
24714 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24715 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24716 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24717 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24718
24719 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24720 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24721 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24722 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24723
24724 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24725 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24726 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24727
24728 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24729 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24730
24731 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24732 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24733
24734 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24735 _ interesting point, interregion here
24736 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24737 interesting point set by _
24738 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24739 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24740 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
24741 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
24742 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24743 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24744 nil skipped
24745
24746 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24747 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24748
24749 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
24750 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
24751 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
24752 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24753 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
24754 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24755 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
24756 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24757
24758 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24759 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24760 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24761 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24762 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24763 available:
24764
24765 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24766 then: insert previously read string once more
24767 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24768 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24769 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24770
24771 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24772 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24773
24774 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24775
24776 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
24777 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24778
24779 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24780 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24781 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24782 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24783 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24784 such as backslash.
24785
24786 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24787 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24788 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24789
24790 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24791
24792 ;;;***
24793 \f
24794 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el"
24795 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
24796 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
24797
24798 (autoload (quote smerge-ediff) "smerge-mode" "\
24799 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24800 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24801 buffer names.
24802
24803 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24804
24805 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
24806 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24807 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24808
24809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24810
24811 ;;;***
24812 \f
24813 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-buffer smiley-region) "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el"
24814 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
24815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24816
24817 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley" "\
24818 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24819 A list of images is returned.
24820
24821 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24822
24823 (autoload (quote smiley-buffer) "smiley" "\
24824 Run `smiley-region' at the buffer, specified in the argument or
24825 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer
24826
24827 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24828
24829 ;;;***
24830 \f
24831 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
24832 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (17994 6715))
24833 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24834
24835 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" "\
24836 Not documented
24837
24838 \(fn)" nil nil)
24839
24840 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
24841 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24842
24843 \(fn)" t nil)
24844
24845 ;;;***
24846 \f
24847 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (17994 6715))
24848 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24849
24850 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
24851 Play the Snake game.
24852 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24853
24854 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24855
24856 Snake mode keybindings:
24857 \\<snake-mode-map>
24858 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24859 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24860 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24861 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24862 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24863 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24864 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24865
24866 \(fn)" t nil)
24867
24868 ;;;***
24869 \f
24870 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
24871 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
24872 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24873
24874 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24875 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24876 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24877 Tab indents for C code.
24878 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24879 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24880 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24881 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24882 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24883
24884 \(fn)" t nil)
24885
24886 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
24887 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24888 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24889 Tab indents for C code.
24890 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24891 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24892 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24893 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24894 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24895
24896 \(fn)" t nil)
24897
24898 ;;;***
24899 \f
24900 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
24901 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
24902 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (17994 6715))
24903 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24904
24905 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
24906 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
24907
24908 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
24909 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
24910 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
24911
24912 For example, the form
24913
24914 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
24915 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
24916
24917 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
24918
24919 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-time-display-form) "solar" t)
24920
24921 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
24922 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24923
24924 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24925 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
24926 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
24927 York City.
24928
24929 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24930
24931 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-latitude) "solar" t)
24932
24933 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
24934 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
24935
24936 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
24937 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
24938 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
24939 York City.
24940
24941 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24942
24943 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-longitude) "solar" t)
24944
24945 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
24946 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
24947 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
24948 pair.
24949
24950 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
24951
24952 (custom-autoload (quote calendar-location-name) "solar" t)
24953
24954 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
24955 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24956 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
24957
24958 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
24959 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24960
24961 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.
24962
24963 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24964
24965 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
24966 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
24967 Requires floating point.
24968
24969 \(fn)" nil nil)
24970
24971 ;;;***
24972 \f
24973 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (17994
24974 ;;;;;; 6715))
24975 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24976
24977 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
24978 Play Solitaire.
24979
24980 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24981 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24982 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24983 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24984 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24985 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24986 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24987 check after each move or undo)
24988
24989 What is Solitaire?
24990
24991 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24992 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24993 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24994
24995 Le Solitaire
24996 ============
24997
24998 o o o
24999
25000 o o o
25001
25002 o o o o o o o
25003
25004 o o o . o o o
25005
25006 o o o o o o o
25007
25008 o o o
25009
25010 o o o
25011
25012 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25013 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25014 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25015 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25016
25017 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25018 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25019 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25020 this: o o .
25021
25022 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25023 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25024
25025 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25026
25027 o o o
25028
25029 . o o
25030
25031 o o . o o o o
25032
25033 o . o o o o o
25034
25035 o o o o o o o
25036
25037 o o o
25038
25039 o o o
25040
25041 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
25042
25043 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25044
25045 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25046
25047 ;;;***
25048 \f
25049 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
25050 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
25051 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (17994 6715))
25052 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25053
25054 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
25055 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25056
25057 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25058 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25059 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25060 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25061 contiguous.
25062
25063 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25064 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25065 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25066 the sort order.
25067
25068 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25069 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25070
25071 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25072 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25073 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25074 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25075 is called.
25076
25077 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25078 It should move point to the end of the record.
25079
25080 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25081 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25082 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25083 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25084 starts at the beginning of the record.
25085
25086 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25087 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25088 same as ENDRECFUN.
25089
25090 PREDICATE is the function to use to compare keys. If keys are numbers,
25091 it defaults to `<', otherwise it defaults to `string<'.
25092
25093 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25094
25095 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
25096 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25097 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25098 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25099 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25100 the sort order.
25101
25102 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25103
25104 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
25105 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25106 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25107 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25108 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25109 the sort order.
25110
25111 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25112
25113 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
25114 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25115 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25116 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25117 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25118 the sort order.
25119
25120 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25121
25122 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
25123 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25124 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25125 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25126 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25127 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25128 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25129 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25130 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25131
25132 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25133
25134 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
25135 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25136 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25137 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25138 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25139 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25140 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25141 the sort order.
25142
25143 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25144
25145 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
25146 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
25147 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
25148 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
25149 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
25150 is to be used for sorting.
25151 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
25152 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
25153 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
25154 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
25155 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
25156
25157 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
25158
25159 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25160 the sort order.
25161
25162 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25163 starting with the letter \"f\",
25164 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25165
25166 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25167
25168 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
25169 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25170 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25171 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25172 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25173 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25174 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25175 the sort order.
25176
25177 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25178 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25179 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25180 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25181 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25182
25183 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25184
25185 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
25186 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25187 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25188
25189 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25190
25191 ;;;***
25192 \f
25193 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-initialize) "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (17994
25194 ;;;;;; 6715))
25195 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25196
25197 (autoload (quote spam-initialize) "spam" "\
25198 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization
25199
25200 \(fn)" t nil)
25201
25202 ;;;***
25203 \f
25204 ;;;### (autoloads (spam-report-deagentize spam-report-agentize spam-report-url-to-file
25205 ;;;;;; spam-report-url-ping-mm-url spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report"
25206 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-report.el" (17994 6715))
25207 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25208
25209 (autoload (quote spam-report-process-queue) "spam-report" "\
25210 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25211
25212 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25213 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25214 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25215
25216 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25217
25218 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-ping-mm-url) "spam-report" "\
25219 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25220 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25221 server.
25222
25223 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25224
25225 (autoload (quote spam-report-url-to-file) "spam-report" "\
25226 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25227 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25228
25229 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25230
25231 (autoload (quote spam-report-agentize) "spam-report" "\
25232 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25233 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25234 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25235 Agent is plugged.
25236
25237 \(fn)" t nil)
25238
25239 (autoload (quote spam-report-deagentize) "spam-report" "\
25240 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25241 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25242 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25243
25244 \(fn)" t nil)
25245
25246 ;;;***
25247 \f
25248 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
25249 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (17994 6715))
25250 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25251
25252 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
25253
25254 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
25255 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25256 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25257 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25258 supported at a time.
25259 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25260 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25261
25262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25263
25264 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
25265 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25266 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25267 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25268
25269 \(fn)" t nil)
25270
25271 ;;;***
25272 \f
25273 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
25274 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (17994 6715))
25275 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
25276
25277 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
25278
25279 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
25280 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
25281 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
25282 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
25283 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
25284 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.
25285
25286 \(fn)" t nil)
25287
25288 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
25289 Check spelling of word at or before point.
25290 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
25291 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.
25292
25293 \(fn)" t nil)
25294
25295 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
25296 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
25297 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
25298 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
25299 for example, \"word\".
25300
25301 \(fn START END &optional DESCRIPTION)" t nil)
25302
25303 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
25304 Check spelling of string supplied as argument.
25305
25306 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
25307
25308 ;;;***
25309 \f
25310 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (17994
25311 ;;;;;; 6715))
25312 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25313
25314 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
25315 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25316
25317 \(fn)" t nil)
25318
25319 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
25320 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25321
25322 \(fn)" nil nil)
25323
25324 ;;;***
25325 \f
25326 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-linter sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres
25327 ;;;;;; sql-ms sql-ingres sql-solid sql-mysql sql-sqlite sql-informix
25328 ;;;;;; sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-product-interactive sql-mode sql-help
25329 ;;;;;; sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (17994
25330 ;;;;;; 6715))
25331 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25332
25333 (autoload (quote sql-add-product-keywords) "sql" "\
25334 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25335
25336 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a sql product, such as
25337 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25338 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25339 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25340 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25341 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25342 of the current highlighting list.
25343
25344 For example:
25345
25346 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25347 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25348
25349 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25350 `_t' as data types.
25351
25352 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25353
25354 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
25355 Show short help for the SQL modes.
25356
25357 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
25358 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
25359
25360 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
25361
25362 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
25363 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
25364 SQLite: \\[sql-sqlite]
25365
25366 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
25367
25368 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
25369 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
25370 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
25371 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
25372 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
25373 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
25374 DB2: \\[sql-db2]
25375 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
25376 Linter: \\[sql-linter]
25377
25378 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
25379
25380 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
25381 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
25382 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
25383 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
25384
25385 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
25386 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
25387 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
25388 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
25389
25390 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
25391 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
25392 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.
25393
25394 \(fn)" t nil)
25395
25396 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
25397 Major mode to edit SQL.
25398
25399 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25400 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25401 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25402
25403 \\{sql-mode-map}
25404 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25405
25406 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25407 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25408 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25409 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25410 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25411 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25412
25413 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25414 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25415
25416 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25417 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL,
25418 you must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your `~/.emacs' file:
25419
25420 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25421 (lambda ()
25422 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25423
25424 \(fn)" t nil)
25425
25426 (autoload (quote sql-product-interactive) "sql" "\
25427 Run product interpreter as an inferior process.
25428
25429 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25430 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25431 `*SQL*'.
25432
25433 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25434
25435 \(fn &optional PRODUCT)" t nil)
25436
25437 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
25438 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25439
25440 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25441 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25442 `*SQL*'.
25443
25444 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25445 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25446 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25447 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25448
25449 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25450 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25451
25452 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25453 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25454 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25455 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25456 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25457 `default-process-coding-system'.
25458
25459 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25460
25461 \(fn)" t nil)
25462
25463 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
25464 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
25465
25466 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25467 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25468 `*SQL*'.
25469
25470 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25471 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25472 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25473 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25474
25475 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25476 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25477
25478 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25479 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25480 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25481 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25482 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25483 `default-process-coding-system'.
25484
25485 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25486
25487 \(fn)" t nil)
25488
25489 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
25490 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25491
25492 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25493 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25494 `*SQL*'.
25495
25496 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25497 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25498
25499 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25500 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25501
25502 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25503 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25504 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25505 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25506 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25507 `default-process-coding-system'.
25508
25509 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25510
25511 \(fn)" t nil)
25512
25513 (autoload (quote sql-sqlite) "sql" "\
25514 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25515
25516 SQLite is free software.
25517
25518 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25519 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25520 `*SQL*'.
25521
25522 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25523 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25524 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25525 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25526
25527 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25528 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25529
25530 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25531 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25532 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25533 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25534 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25535 `default-process-coding-system'.
25536
25537 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25538
25539 \(fn)" t nil)
25540
25541 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
25542 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25543
25544 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25545
25546 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25547 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25548 `*SQL*'.
25549
25550 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25551 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25552 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25553 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25554
25555 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25556 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25557
25558 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25559 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25560 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25561 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25562 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25563 `default-process-coding-system'.
25564
25565 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25566
25567 \(fn)" t nil)
25568
25569 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
25570 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25571
25572 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25573 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25574 `*SQL*'.
25575
25576 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25577 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25578 defaults, if set.
25579
25580 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25581 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25582
25583 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25584 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25585 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25586 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25587 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25588 `default-process-coding-system'.
25589
25590 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25591
25592 \(fn)" t nil)
25593
25594 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
25595 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25596
25597 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25598 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25599 `*SQL*'.
25600
25601 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25602 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25603
25604 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25606
25607 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25608 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25609 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25610 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25611 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25612 `default-process-coding-system'.
25613
25614 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25615
25616 \(fn)" t nil)
25617
25618 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
25619 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25620
25621 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25622 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25623 `*SQL*'.
25624
25625 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25626 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25627 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25628 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25629
25630 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25631 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25632
25633 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25634 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25635 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25636 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25637 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25638 `default-process-coding-system'.
25639
25640 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25641
25642 \(fn)" t nil)
25643
25644 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
25645 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25646
25647 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25648 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25649 `*SQL*'.
25650
25651 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25652 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25653 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25654 `sql-postgres-options'.
25655
25656 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25657 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25658
25659 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25660 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25661 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25662 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25663 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25664 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25665 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25666 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25667
25668 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25669 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25670
25671 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25672
25673 \(fn)" t nil)
25674
25675 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
25676 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25677
25678 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25679 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25680 `*SQL*'.
25681
25682 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25683 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25684 defaults, if set.
25685
25686 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25687 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25688
25689 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25690 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25691 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25692 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25693 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25694 `default-process-coding-system'.
25695
25696 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25697
25698 \(fn)" t nil)
25699
25700 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
25701 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25702
25703 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25704 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25705 `*SQL*'.
25706
25707 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25708 automatic login.
25709
25710 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25711 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25712
25713 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25714 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25715 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25716 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25717
25718 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25719 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25720 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25721 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25722 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25723 `default-process-coding-system'.
25724
25725 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25726
25727 \(fn)" t nil)
25728
25729 (autoload (quote sql-linter) "sql" "\
25730 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25731
25732 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25733 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25734 `*SQL*'.
25735
25736 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25737 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25738 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25739 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25740 parameters.
25741
25742 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25743 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25744 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25745 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25746 an empty password.
25747
25748 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
25749 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25750
25751 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25752
25753 \(fn)" t nil)
25754
25755 ;;;***
25756 \f
25757 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
25758 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
25759 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
25760 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
25761 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "strokes.el" (17994
25762 ;;;;;; 6715))
25763 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25764
25765 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
25766 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25767 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
25768 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
25769 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25770 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25771
25772 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25773
25774 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25775
25776 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
25777 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25778 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25779 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25780 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25781 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25782 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25783
25784 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25785
25786 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25787 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25788 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25789 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25790 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25791 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25792 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25793
25794 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25795
25796 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
25797 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25798 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25799
25800 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25801
25802 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25803 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25804 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25805
25806 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25807
25808 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
25809 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25810
25811 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25812
25813 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
25814 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25815
25816 \(fn)" t nil)
25817
25818 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
25819 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25820
25821 \(fn)" t nil)
25822
25823 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
25824 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25825 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
25826 chronologically by command name.
25827 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25828
25829 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25830
25831 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25832 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25833 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25834 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25835 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25836 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25837
25838 (custom-autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" nil)
25839
25840 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
25841 Toggle Strokes global minor mode.\\<strokes-mode-map>
25842 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive.
25843 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25844 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25845 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25846 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25847
25848 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25849 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25850 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25851 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25852
25853 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25854
25855 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25856
25857 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
25858 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25859 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25860 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25861
25862 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25863
25864 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
25865 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25866
25867 \(fn)" t nil)
25868
25869 ;;;***
25870 \f
25871 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-buffer studlify-word studlify-region)
25872 ;;;;;; "studly" "play/studly.el" (17994 6715))
25873 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25874
25875 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
25876 Studlify-case the region.
25877
25878 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25879
25880 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
25881 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25882
25883 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25884
25885 (autoload (quote studlify-buffer) "studly" "\
25886 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25887
25888 \(fn)" t nil)
25889
25890 ;;;***
25891 \f
25892 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-library) "subr" "subr.el" (17994 6751))
25893 ;;; Generated autoloads from subr.el
25894
25895 (autoload (quote locate-library) "subr" "\
25896 Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY.
25897 This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `\\[load-library]'
25898 to find the file that `\\[load-library] RET LIBRARY RET' would load.
25899 Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `load-suffixes'
25900 to the specified name LIBRARY.
25901
25902 If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories
25903 is used instead of `load-path'.
25904
25905 When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a
25906 string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t,
25907 and the file name is displayed in the echo area.
25908
25909 \(fn LIBRARY &optional NOSUFFIX PATH INTERACTIVE-CALL)" t nil)
25910
25911 ;;;***
25912 \f
25913 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
25914 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
25915 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
25916
25917 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
25918 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
25919 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
25920 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
25921 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
25922 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
25923 original message but it does require a few things:
25924
25925 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
25926
25927 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
25928 reply buffer.
25929
25930 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
25931 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
25932 original message.
25933
25934 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
25935
25936 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
25937
25938 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
25939 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
25940 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
25941
25942 \(fn)" nil nil)
25943
25944 ;;;***
25945 \f
25946 ;;;### (autoloads (t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (18000 28945))
25947 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
25948
25949 (defvar t-mouse-mode nil "\
25950 Non-nil if T-Mouse mode is enabled.
25951 See the command `t-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25952 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25953 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25954 or call the function `t-mouse-mode'.")
25955
25956 (custom-autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" nil)
25957
25958 (autoload (quote t-mouse-mode) "t-mouse" "\
25959 Toggle t-mouse mode to use the mouse in Linux consoles.
25960 With prefix arg, turn t-mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
25961
25962 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a Linux console, in the
25963 same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
25964 It requires the `mev' program, part of the `gpm' utilities.
25965
25966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25967
25968 ;;;***
25969 \f
25970 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (17994 6715))
25971 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
25972
25973 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
25974 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
25975 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25976 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25977 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25978
25979 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25980
25981 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
25982 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
25983 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
25984 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
25985 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
25986 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
25987 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
25988
25989 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25990
25991 ;;;***
25992 \f
25993 ;;;### (autoloads (table-release table-capture table-delete-column
25994 ;;;;;; table-delete-row table-insert-sequence table-generate-source
25995 ;;;;;; table-query-dimension table-fixed-width-mode table-justify-column
25996 ;;;;;; table-justify-row table-justify-cell table-justify table-split-cell
25997 ;;;;;; table-split-cell-horizontally table-split-cell-vertically
25998 ;;;;;; table-span-cell table-backward-cell table-forward-cell table-narrow-cell
25999 ;;;;;; table-widen-cell table-shorten-cell table-heighten-cell table-unrecognize-cell
26000 ;;;;;; table-recognize-cell table-unrecognize-table table-recognize-table
26001 ;;;;;; table-unrecognize-region table-recognize-region table-unrecognize
26002 ;;;;;; table-recognize table-insert-row-column table-insert-column
26003 ;;;;;; table-insert-row table-insert table-point-left-cell-hook
26004 ;;;;;; table-point-entered-cell-hook table-load-hook table-cell-map-hook)
26005 ;;;;;; "table" "textmodes/table.el" (17994 6716))
26006 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26007
26008 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26009 *Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26010 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26011
26012 (custom-autoload (quote table-cell-map-hook) "table" t)
26013
26014 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26015 *List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26016
26017 (custom-autoload (quote table-load-hook) "table" t)
26018
26019 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26020 *List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26021
26022 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-entered-cell-hook) "table" t)
26023
26024 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26025 *List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26026
26027 (custom-autoload (quote table-point-left-cell-hook) "table" t)
26028
26029 (autoload (quote table-insert) "table" "\
26030 Insert an editable text table.
26031 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26032 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26033 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26034 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26035 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26036 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26037 delimiting them.
26038
26039 Examples:
26040
26041 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26042
26043 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26044 location of point.
26045
26046 -!-
26047
26048 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26049 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26050 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26051 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26052 first cell.
26053
26054 +-----+-----+-----+
26055 |-!- | | |
26056 +-----+-----+-----+
26057
26058 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26059
26060 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26061 width, which results as
26062
26063 +--------------+-----+-----+
26064 |-!- | | |
26065 +--------------+-----+-----+
26066
26067 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26068 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26069
26070 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26071 | | |-!- |
26072 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26073
26074 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26075 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26076 width information to `table-insert'.
26077
26078 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26079
26080 instead of
26081
26082 Cell width(s): 5
26083
26084 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26085 work all together.
26086
26087 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26088 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26089
26090 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26091 |-!- | | |
26092 | | | |
26093 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26094
26095 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26096
26097 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26098 |-!- | | |
26099 | | | |
26100 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26101 | | | |
26102 | | | |
26103 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26104
26105 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26106
26107 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26108 | | | |
26109 | | | |
26110 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26111 | | | |
26112 | | | |
26113 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26114 -!-
26115
26116 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26117 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26118 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26119
26120 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26121 | | | |
26122 | | | |
26123 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26124 | | | |
26125 | | | |
26126 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26127 |-!- | | |
26128 | | | |
26129 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26130
26131 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26132 results.
26133
26134 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26135 | | | |
26136 | | | |
26137 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26138 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26139 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26140 | | |expected results.-!- |
26141 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26142 | | | |
26143 | | | |
26144 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26145
26146 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26147
26148 \\{table-cell-map}
26149
26150 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26151
26152 (autoload (quote table-insert-row) "table" "\
26153 Insert N table row(s).
26154 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26155 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26156 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26157 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26158
26159 \(fn N)" t nil)
26160
26161 (autoload (quote table-insert-column) "table" "\
26162 Insert N table column(s).
26163 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26164 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26165 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26166 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26167
26168 \(fn N)" t nil)
26169
26170 (autoload (quote table-insert-row-column) "table" "\
26171 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26172 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26173
26174 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26175
26176 (autoload (quote table-recognize) "table" "\
26177 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26178 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26179 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26180 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26181 all the table specific features.
26182
26183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26184
26185 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize) "table" "\
26186 Not documented
26187
26188 \(fn)" t nil)
26189
26190 (autoload (quote table-recognize-region) "table" "\
26191 Recognize all tables within region.
26192 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26193 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26194 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26195 specific features.
26196
26197 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26198
26199 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-region) "table" "\
26200 Not documented
26201
26202 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26203
26204 (autoload (quote table-recognize-table) "table" "\
26205 Recognize a table at point.
26206 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26207 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26208 the table specific features.
26209
26210 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26211
26212 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-table) "table" "\
26213 Not documented
26214
26215 \(fn)" t nil)
26216
26217 (autoload (quote table-recognize-cell) "table" "\
26218 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26219 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26220 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26221 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26222 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26223 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26224
26225 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26226
26227 (autoload (quote table-unrecognize-cell) "table" "\
26228 Not documented
26229
26230 \(fn)" t nil)
26231
26232 (autoload (quote table-heighten-cell) "table" "\
26233 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26234 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26235 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26236 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26237 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26238 specified.
26239
26240 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26241
26242 (autoload (quote table-shorten-cell) "table" "\
26243 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26244 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26245 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefor, the cell
26246 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26247 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26248 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26249 table structure.
26250
26251 \(fn N)" t nil)
26252
26253 (autoload (quote table-widen-cell) "table" "\
26254 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26255 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26256 table's rectangle structure.
26257
26258 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26259
26260 (autoload (quote table-narrow-cell) "table" "\
26261 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26262 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26263 table's rectangle structure.
26264
26265 \(fn N)" t nil)
26266
26267 (autoload (quote table-forward-cell) "table" "\
26268 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26269 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26270 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26271 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26272
26273 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26274
26275 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26276 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26277 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26278
26279 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26280 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26281 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26282 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26283 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26284 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26285 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26286
26287 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26288 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26289 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26290 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26291 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26292 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26293 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26294
26295 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26296 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26297 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26298 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26299 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26300 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26301 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26302 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26303
26304 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26305
26306 (autoload (quote table-backward-cell) "table" "\
26307 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26308 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26309 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26310
26311 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26312
26313 (autoload (quote table-span-cell) "table" "\
26314 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26315 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26316
26317 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26318
26319 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-vertically) "table" "\
26320 Split current cell vertically.
26321 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26322
26323 \(fn)" t nil)
26324
26325 (autoload (quote table-split-cell-horizontally) "table" "\
26326 Split current cell horizontally.
26327 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26328
26329 \(fn)" t nil)
26330
26331 (autoload (quote table-split-cell) "table" "\
26332 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26333 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26334
26335 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26336
26337 (autoload (quote table-justify) "table" "\
26338 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26339 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26340 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26341
26342 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26343
26344 (autoload (quote table-justify-cell) "table" "\
26345 Justify cell contents.
26346 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26347 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26348 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26349 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26350
26351 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26352
26353 (autoload (quote table-justify-row) "table" "\
26354 Justify cells of a row.
26355 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26356 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26357
26358 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26359
26360 (autoload (quote table-justify-column) "table" "\
26361 Justify cells of a column.
26362 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26363 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26364
26365 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26366
26367 (autoload (quote table-fixed-width-mode) "table" "\
26368 Toggle fixing width mode.
26369 In the fixed width mode, typing inside a cell never changes the cell
26370 width where in the normal mode the cell width expands automatically in
26371 order to prevent a word being folded into multiple lines.
26372
26373 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26374
26375 (autoload (quote table-query-dimension) "table" "\
26376 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26377 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26378 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26379 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26380 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26381 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26382 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26383 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26384 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26385 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26386
26387 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26388
26389 (autoload (quote table-generate-source) "table" "\
26390 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26391 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26392 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26393 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26394 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26395 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26396 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26397 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26398 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26399 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26400 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26401 untouched.
26402
26403 References used for this implementation:
26404
26405 HTML:
26406 http://www.w3.org
26407
26408 LaTeX:
26409 http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html
26410
26411 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26412 http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm
26413 http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751
26414
26415 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26416
26417 (autoload (quote table-insert-sequence) "table" "\
26418 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26419 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26420 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26421 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26422 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26423 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26424 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26425 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26426 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26427 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26428 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26429 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26430 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26431 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26432 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26433 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26434
26435 Example:
26436
26437 (progn
26438 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26439 (table-forward-cell 15)
26440 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26441 (table-forward-cell 16)
26442 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26443 (table-forward-cell 1)
26444 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26445
26446 (progn
26447 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26448 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26449 (table-forward-cell 1)
26450 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26451
26452 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload (quote table-delete-row) "table" "\
26455 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26456 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26457 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26458 consists from cells of same height.
26459
26460 \(fn N)" t nil)
26461
26462 (autoload (quote table-delete-column) "table" "\
26463 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26464 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26465 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26466 column must consists from cells of same width.
26467
26468 \(fn N)" t nil)
26469
26470 (autoload (quote table-capture) "table" "\
26471 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26472 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26473 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26474 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26475 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26476 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26477 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26478 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26479 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26480 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26481 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26482 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26483 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26484 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26485
26486
26487 Example 1:
26488
26489 1, 2, 3, 4
26490 5, 6, 7, 8
26491 , 9, 10
26492
26493 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26494 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26495 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26496 specified as 5.
26497
26498 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26499 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26500 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26501 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26502 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26503 | | 9 | 10 | |
26504 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26505
26506 Note:
26507
26508 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26509 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26510 of each row is optional.
26511
26512
26513 Example 2:
26514
26515 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26516 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26517 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26518 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26519 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26520
26521 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26522 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26523
26524 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26525 expression and raw delimiter regular
26526 expression, it parses the specified text
26527 area and extracts cell items from
26528 non-table text and then forms a table out
26529 of them.
26530
26531 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26532 creates a single cell table. The text in
26533 the specified region is placed in that
26534 cell.-*-
26535
26536 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26537 like this.
26538
26539 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26540 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26541 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26542 | |
26543 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26544 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26545 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26546 | area and extracts cell items from |
26547 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26548 | of them. |
26549 | |
26550 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26551 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26552 | the specified region is placed in that |
26553 | cell. |
26554 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26555
26556 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26557 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26558 independently.
26559
26560 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26561 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26562 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26563 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26564 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26565 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26566 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26567 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26568 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26569 | |of them. |
26570 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26571 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26572 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26573 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26574 | |cell. |
26575 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26576
26577 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26578 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26579 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26580
26581 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26582
26583 (autoload (quote table-release) "table" "\
26584 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26585 Remove the frame from a table and inactivate the table. This command
26586 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26587 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26588
26589 \(fn)" t nil)
26590
26591 ;;;***
26592 \f
26593 ;;;### (autoloads (talk talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (17994 6751))
26594 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26595
26596 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
26597 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26598
26599 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26600
26601 (autoload (quote talk) "talk" "\
26602 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26603
26604 \(fn)" t nil)
26605
26606 ;;;***
26607 \f
26608 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (17994 6715))
26609 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26610
26611 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
26612 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26613 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26614 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26615 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26616 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26617 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26618
26619 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26620 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26621 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26622 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26623
26624 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26625 \\{tar-mode-map}
26626
26627 \(fn)" t nil)
26628
26629 ;;;***
26630 \f
26631 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
26632 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (17994 6715))
26633 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26634
26635 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
26636 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26637 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26638 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26639 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26640 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26641
26642 Variables controlling indentation style:
26643 `tcl-indent-level'
26644 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26645 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26646 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26647
26648 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26649 documentation for details):
26650 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26651 Controls action of TAB key.
26652 `tcl-auto-newline'
26653 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26654 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26655 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26656 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26657 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26658
26659 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26660 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26661 already exist.
26662
26663 Commands:
26664 \\{tcl-mode-map}
26665
26666 \(fn)" t nil)
26667
26668 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
26669 Run inferior Tcl process.
26670 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26671 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26672
26673 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26674
26675 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
26676 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26677 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26678
26679 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26680
26681 ;;;***
26682 \f
26683 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (17994 6715))
26684 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26685 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
26686
26687 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
26688 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26689 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26690 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26691
26692 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26693 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26694 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26695 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26696 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26697
26698 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26699 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
26700
26701 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
26702 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26703 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26704 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26705
26706 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26707
26708 ;;;***
26709 \f
26710 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (17994
26711 ;;;;;; 6715))
26712 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26713
26714 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
26715 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26716 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26717 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26718 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26719 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26720
26721 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26722
26723 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
26724 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26725 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26726 commands to use in that buffer.
26727
26728 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26729
26730 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26731
26732 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
26733 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26734
26735 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26736
26737 ;;;***
26738 \f
26739 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (17994
26740 ;;;;;; 6715))
26741 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
26742
26743 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
26744 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
26745 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
26746 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
26747 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
26748 program as keyboard input.
26749
26750 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
26751 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
26752 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
26753 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
26754
26755 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
26756 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
26757 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
26758 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
26759 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
26760
26761 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
26762
26763 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behavior
26764 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
26765 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
26766 terminal-redisplay-interval.
26767
26768 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
26769 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
26770 subprocess started.
26771
26772 \(fn BUFFER PROGRAM ARGS &optional WIDTH HEIGHT)" t nil)
26773
26774 ;;;***
26775 \f
26776 ;;;### (autoloads (testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el"
26777 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
26778 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26779
26780 (autoload (quote testcover-this-defun) "testcover" "\
26781 Start coverage on function under point.
26782
26783 \(fn)" t nil)
26784
26785 ;;;***
26786 \f
26787 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (17994 6715))
26788 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26789
26790 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
26791 Play the Tetris game.
26792 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26793 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26794 as to form complete rows.
26795
26796 tetris-mode keybindings:
26797 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26798 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26799 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26800 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26801 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26802 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26803 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26804 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26805 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26806
26807 \(fn)" t nil)
26808
26809 ;;;***
26810 \f
26811 ;;;### (autoloads (doctex-mode tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode
26812 ;;;;;; plain-tex-mode tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
26813 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26814 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
26815 ;;;;;; tex-start-commands tex-start-options slitex-run-command latex-run-command
26816 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
26817 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
26818 ;;;;;; (17994 6743))
26819 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26820
26821 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26822 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26823
26824 (custom-autoload (quote tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" t)
26825
26826 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
26827 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
26828 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26829 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26830 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26831
26832 (custom-autoload (quote tex-directory) "tex-mode" t)
26833
26834 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26835 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26836 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26837 if it matches the first line of the file,
26838 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26839
26840 (custom-autoload (quote tex-first-line-header-regexp) "tex-mode" t)
26841
26842 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26843 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26844 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26845 if the variable is non-nil.")
26846
26847 (custom-autoload (quote tex-main-file) "tex-mode" t)
26848
26849 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26850 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26851
26852 (custom-autoload (quote tex-offer-save) "tex-mode" t)
26853
26854 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
26855 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
26856 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26857 See the documentation of that variable.")
26858
26859 (custom-autoload (quote tex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26860
26861 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
26862 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26863 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26864 See the documentation of that variable.")
26865
26866 (custom-autoload (quote latex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26867
26868 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
26869 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26870 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26871 See the documentation of that variable.")
26872
26873 (custom-autoload (quote slitex-run-command) "tex-mode" t)
26874
26875 (defvar tex-start-options "" "\
26876 *TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26877 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26878 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26879 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26880
26881 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-options) "tex-mode" t)
26882
26883 (defvar tex-start-commands "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
26884 *TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26885 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26886 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26887
26888 (custom-autoload (quote tex-start-commands) "tex-mode" t)
26889
26890 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26891 *User defined LaTeX block names.
26892 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26893
26894 (custom-autoload (quote latex-block-names) "tex-mode" t)
26895
26896 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
26897 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26898 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26899 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26900
26901 (custom-autoload (quote tex-bibtex-command) "tex-mode" t)
26902
26903 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26904 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26905 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26906 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26907
26908 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26909
26910 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
26911 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
26912 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26913 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
26914
26915 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
26916 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
26917 for example,
26918
26919 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
26920 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
26921
26922 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
26923 use.")
26924
26925 (custom-autoload (quote tex-alt-dvi-print-command) "tex-mode" t)
26926
26927 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command (quote (cond ((eq window-system (quote x)) "xdvi") ((eq window-system (quote w32)) "yap") (t "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
26928 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
26929 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
26930 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26931 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
26932
26933 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
26934
26935 (custom-autoload (quote tex-dvi-view-command) "tex-mode" t)
26936
26937 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
26938 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
26939 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
26940
26941 (custom-autoload (quote tex-show-queue-command) "tex-mode" t)
26942
26943 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
26944 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
26945 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
26946 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
26947 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload (quote tex-default-mode) "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
26952 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
26953
26954 (custom-autoload (quote tex-open-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26955
26956 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
26957 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
26958
26959 (custom-autoload (quote tex-close-quote) "tex-mode" t)
26960
26961 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26962 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
26963 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
26964 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
26965 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
26966 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
26967 says which mode to use.
26968
26969 \(fn)" t nil)
26970
26971 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
26972
26973 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
26974
26975 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
26976
26977 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
26978 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
26979 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
26980 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
26981 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
26982
26983 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
26984 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
26985 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
26986 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
26987 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
26988 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
26989 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
26990
26991 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
26992 mismatched $'s or braces.
26993
26994 Special commands:
26995 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
26996
26997 Mode variables:
26998 tex-run-command
26999 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27000 tex-directory
27001 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27002 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27003 tex-dvi-print-command
27004 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27005 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27006 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27007 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27008 tex-dvi-view-command
27009 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27010 tex-show-queue-command
27011 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27012 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27013
27014 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27015 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27016 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27017
27018 \(fn)" t nil)
27019
27020 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27021 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27022 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27023 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27024 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27025
27026 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27027 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27028 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27029 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27030 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27031 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27032 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27033
27034 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27035 mismatched $'s or braces.
27036
27037 Special commands:
27038 \\{latex-mode-map}
27039
27040 Mode variables:
27041 latex-run-command
27042 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27043 tex-directory
27044 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27045 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27046 tex-dvi-print-command
27047 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27048 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27049 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27050 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27051 tex-dvi-view-command
27052 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27053 tex-show-queue-command
27054 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27055 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27056
27057 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27058 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27059 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27060
27061 \(fn)" t nil)
27062
27063 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27064 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27065 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27066 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27067 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27068
27069 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27070 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27071 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27072 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27073 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27074 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27075 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27076
27077 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27078 mismatched $'s or braces.
27079
27080 Special commands:
27081 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27082
27083 Mode variables:
27084 slitex-run-command
27085 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27086 tex-directory
27087 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27088 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27089 tex-dvi-print-command
27090 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27091 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27092 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27093 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27094 tex-dvi-view-command
27095 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27096 tex-show-queue-command
27097 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27098 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27099
27100 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27101 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27102 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27103 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27104
27105 \(fn)" t nil)
27106
27107 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" "\
27108 Not documented
27109
27110 \(fn)" nil nil)
27111
27112 (autoload (quote doctex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
27113 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27114
27115 \(fn)" t nil)
27116
27117 ;;;***
27118 \f
27119 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
27120 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (17994 6716))
27121 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27122
27123 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
27124 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27125 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27126 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27127
27128 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27129 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
27130 Info-split to do these manually.
27131
27132 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27133
27134 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
27135 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27136 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27137 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27138 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27139
27140 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27141
27142 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
27143 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27144 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27145 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27146
27147 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27148 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27149 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27150 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27151
27152 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27153 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.
27154
27155 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27156
27157 ;;;***
27158 \f
27159 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
27160 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (17994 6716))
27161 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27162
27163 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
27164 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27165
27166 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-open-quote) "texinfo" t)
27167
27168 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
27169 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27170
27171 (custom-autoload (quote texinfo-close-quote) "texinfo" t)
27172
27173 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
27174 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27175
27176 It has these extra commands:
27177 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27178
27179 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27180 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27181 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27182 modified version of TeX input format.
27183
27184 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27185 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27186 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27187 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27188
27189 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27190 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27191 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27192 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27193 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27194 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27195 in the Texinfo file.
27196
27197 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27198 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27199 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27200 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27201 move forward past the closing brace.
27202
27203 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27204 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27205
27206 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27207 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27208 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27209
27210 Here are the functions:
27211
27212 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27213 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27214 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27215
27216 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27217 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27218 texinfo-master-menu
27219
27220 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27221
27222 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27223 which menu descriptions are indented.
27224
27225 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27226 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27227 in the region.
27228
27229 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27230 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27231 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27232 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27233
27234 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27235 be the first node in the file.
27236
27237 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27238 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27239
27240 \(fn)" t nil)
27241
27242 ;;;***
27243 \f
27244 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-auto-composition-mode thai-composition-function
27245 ;;;;;; thai-post-read-conversion thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string
27246 ;;;;;; thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el"
27247 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
27248 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27249
27250 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
27251 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27252 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27253 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27254
27255 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27256
27257 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
27258 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27259
27260 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27261
27262 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
27263 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27264
27265 \(fn)" t nil)
27266
27267 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" "\
27268 Not documented
27269
27270 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27271
27272 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
27273 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
27274 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
27275 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
27276 to compose.
27277
27278 The return value is number of composed characters.
27279
27280 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27281
27282 (autoload (quote thai-auto-composition-mode) "thai-util" "\
27283 Minor mode for automatically correct Thai character composition.
27284
27285 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27286
27287 ;;;***
27288 \f
27289 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
27290 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
27291 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (17994 6716))
27292 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27293
27294 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
27295 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27296
27297 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27298
27299 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27300 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27301 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27302 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27303 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27304
27305 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27306 a symbol as a valid THING.
27307
27308 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
27309 of the textual entity that was found.
27310
27311 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27312
27313 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27314 Return the THING at point.
27315 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
27316 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
27317 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
27318
27319 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27320 a symbol as a valid THING.
27321
27322 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27323
27324 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27325 Not documented
27326
27327 \(fn)" nil nil)
27328
27329 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27330 Not documented
27331
27332 \(fn)" nil nil)
27333
27334 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27335 Not documented
27336
27337 \(fn)" nil nil)
27338
27339 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
27340 Not documented
27341
27342 \(fn)" nil nil)
27343
27344 ;;;***
27345 \f
27346 ;;;### (autoloads (thumbs-dired-setroot thumbs-dired-show thumbs-dired-show-marked
27347 ;;;;;; thumbs-show-from-dir thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "thumbs.el"
27348 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
27349 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27350
27351 (autoload (quote thumbs-find-thumb) "thumbs" "\
27352 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27353
27354 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27355
27356 (autoload (quote thumbs-show-from-dir) "thumbs" "\
27357 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27358 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27359 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27360
27361 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27362
27363 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show-marked) "thumbs" "\
27364 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27365
27366 \(fn)" t nil)
27367
27368 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-show) "thumbs" "\
27369 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27370
27371 \(fn)" t nil)
27372
27373 (defalias (quote thumbs) (quote thumbs-show-from-dir))
27374
27375 (autoload (quote thumbs-dired-setroot) "thumbs" "\
27376 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27377
27378 \(fn)" t nil)
27379
27380 ;;;***
27381 \f
27382 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode tibetan-pre-write-conversion
27383 ;;;;;; tibetan-post-read-conversion tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer
27384 ;;;;;; tibetan-composition-function tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region
27385 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-region tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan
27386 ;;;;;; tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util"
27387 ;;;;;; "language/tibet-util.el" (17994 6715))
27388 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27389
27390 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
27391 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27392 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27393
27394 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27395
27396 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
27397 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27398
27399 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27400
27401 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
27402 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27403 The returned string has no composition information.
27404
27405 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27406
27407 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27408 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27409
27410 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27411
27412 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27413 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27414
27415 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27416
27417 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
27418 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27419 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27420 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27421
27422 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27423
27424 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
27425 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27426 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27427 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27428
27429 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27430
27431 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" "\
27432 Not documented
27433
27434 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27435
27436 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27437 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27438 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27439
27440 \(fn)" t nil)
27441
27442 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
27443 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27444 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27445
27446 \(fn)" t nil)
27447
27448 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27449 Not documented
27450
27451 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27452
27453 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" "\
27454 Not documented
27455
27456 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27457
27458 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode) "tibet-util" "\
27459 Not documented
27460
27461 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27462
27463 ;;;***
27464 \f
27465 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
27466 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
27467 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27468
27469 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
27470 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27471 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27472 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27473 parameters.
27474 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27475
27476 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27477
27478 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
27479 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27480 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27481 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27482 parameters.
27483 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27484
27485 \(fn)" t nil)
27486
27487 ;;;***
27488 \f
27489 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
27490 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (18000 24333))
27491 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27492
27493 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27494 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27495
27496 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-day-and-date) "time" t)
27497
27498 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
27499 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27500 This display updates automatically every minute.
27501 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27502 are displayed as well.
27503 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27504
27505 \(fn)" t nil)
27506
27507 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27508 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27509 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27510 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27511 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27512 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27513
27514 (custom-autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" nil)
27515
27516 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
27517 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27518 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
27519
27520 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
27521 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27522 are displayed as well.
27523 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27524
27525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27526
27527 ;;;***
27528 \f
27529 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time time-to-days time-to-day-in-year
27530 ;;;;;; date-leap-year-p days-between date-to-day time-add time-subtract
27531 ;;;;;; time-since days-to-time time-less-p seconds-to-time time-to-seconds
27532 ;;;;;; date-to-time) "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (17994
27533 ;;;;;; 6715))
27534 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27535
27536 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27537 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27538
27539 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27540
27541 (autoload (quote time-to-seconds) "time-date" "\
27542 Convert time value TIME to a floating point number.
27543 You can use `float-time' instead.
27544
27545 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27546
27547 (autoload (quote seconds-to-time) "time-date" "\
27548 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27549
27550 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27551
27552 (autoload (quote time-less-p) "time-date" "\
27553 Say whether time value T1 is less than time value T2.
27554
27555 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27556
27557 (autoload (quote days-to-time) "time-date" "\
27558 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27559
27560 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27561
27562 (autoload (quote time-since) "time-date" "\
27563 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27564 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27565
27566 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27567
27568 (defalias (quote subtract-time) (quote time-subtract))
27569
27570 (autoload (quote time-subtract) "time-date" "\
27571 Subtract two time values.
27572 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27573
27574 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27575
27576 (autoload (quote time-add) "time-date" "\
27577 Add two time values. One should represent a time difference.
27578
27579 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27580
27581 (autoload (quote date-to-day) "time-date" "\
27582 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27583 DATE should be a date-time string.
27584
27585 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27586
27587 (autoload (quote days-between) "time-date" "\
27588 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27589 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27590
27591 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27592
27593 (autoload (quote date-leap-year-p) "time-date" "\
27594 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27595
27596 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27597
27598 (autoload (quote time-to-day-in-year) "time-date" "\
27599 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27600
27601 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27602
27603 (autoload (quote time-to-days) "time-date" "\
27604 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27605 TIME should be a time value.
27606 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27607
27608 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27609
27610 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
27611 Parse a string that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27612 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27613
27614 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27615
27616 ;;;***
27617 \f
27618 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
27619 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (17994 6716))
27620 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27621 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27622 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27623 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27624 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27625 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27626 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27627 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27628
27629 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
27630 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27631 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27632 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
27633 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27634 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27635 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27636 look like one of the following:
27637 Time-stamp: <>
27638 Time-stamp: \" \"
27639 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27640 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27641 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27642 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27643 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27644 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27645 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27646 the template.
27647
27648 \(fn)" t nil)
27649
27650 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
27651 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27652 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27653
27654 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27655
27656 ;;;***
27657 \f
27658 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
27659 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
27660 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
27661 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
27662 ;;;;;; (17994 6731))
27663 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27664
27665 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
27666 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
27667 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27668 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the modeline
27669 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27670 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27671 updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only
27672 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline
27673 display (non-nil means on).
27674
27675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27676
27677 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
27678 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27679 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27680 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
27681 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27682 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27683 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27684 this function is called within a day.
27685
27686 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27687 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27688 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27689 discover the name of the project.
27690
27691 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27692
27693 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
27694 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27695 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27696 begun during the last time segment.
27697
27698 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27699 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27700 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27701 discover the reason.
27702
27703 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27704
27705 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
27706 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27707 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27708 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27709 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27710
27711 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27712
27713 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
27714 Change to working on a different project.
27715 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27716 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27717 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27718 working on.
27719
27720 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27721
27722 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
27723 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27724 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27725
27726 \(fn)" nil nil)
27727
27728 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
27729 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27730 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27731
27732 \(fn)" t nil)
27733
27734 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
27735 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27736 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27737 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27738 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27739 \"relative to today\".
27740
27741 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27742
27743 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
27744 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27745 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27746 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27747
27748 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27749
27750 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
27751 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27752 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27753 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27754 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27755 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27756
27757 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27758
27759 ;;;***
27760 \f
27761 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
27762 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
27763 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/timer.el" (17994 6715))
27764 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/timer.el
27765
27766 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
27767
27768 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
27769 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.
27770
27771 \(fn TIMER)" nil nil)
27772
27773 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
27774 Cancel all timers which would run FUNCTION.
27775 This affects ordinary timers such as are scheduled by `run-at-time',
27776 and idle timers such as are scheduled by `run-with-idle-timer'.
27777
27778 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
27779
27780 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
27781 Perform an action at time TIME.
27782 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27783 TIME should be one of: a string giving an absolute time like
27784 \"11:23pm\" (the acceptable formats are those recognized by
27785 `diary-entry-time'; note that such times are interpreted as times
27786 today, even if in the past); a string giving a relative time like
27787 \"2 hours 35 minutes\" (the acceptable formats are those
27788 recognized by `timer-duration'); nil meaning now; a number of
27789 seconds from now; a value from `encode-time'; or t (with non-nil
27790 REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may
27791 be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call
27792 FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27793
27794 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27795
27796 \(fn TIME REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27797
27798 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
27799 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
27800 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
27801 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
27802 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27803
27804 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27805
27806 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27807
27808 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
27809 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
27810 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
27811 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.
27812
27813 \(fn SECS FUNCTION OBJECT &optional REPEAT)" nil nil)
27814
27815 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
27816 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
27817 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
27818 SECS may be an integer, a floating point number, or the internal
27819 time format (HIGH LOW USECS) returned by, e.g., `current-idle-time'.
27820 If Emacs is currently idle, and has been idle for N seconds (N < SECS),
27821 then it will call FUNCTION in SECS - N seconds from now.
27822
27823 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
27824 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
27825
27826 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.
27827
27828 \(fn SECS REPEAT FUNCTION &rest ARGS)" t nil)
27829 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
27830
27831 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
27832 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
27833 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
27834 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
27835 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
27836 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
27837 be detected.
27838
27839 \(fn (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY)" nil (quote macro))
27840
27841 ;;;***
27842 \f
27843 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
27844 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (17994 6715))
27845 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27846
27847 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27848 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27849 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27850 the generated Quail package is saved.
27851
27852 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27853
27854 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
27855 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27856 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27857 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27858 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27859 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27860 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27861
27862 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27863
27864 ;;;***
27865 \f
27866 ;;;### (autoloads (tamil-composition-function tamil-post-read-conversion
27867 ;;;;;; tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "language/tml-util.el" (17994
27868 ;;;;;; 6715))
27869 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tml-util.el
27870
27871 (autoload (quote tamil-compose-region) "tml-util" "\
27872 Not documented
27873
27874 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27875
27876 (autoload (quote tamil-post-read-conversion) "tml-util" "\
27877 Not documented
27878
27879 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27880
27881 (autoload (quote tamil-composition-function) "tml-util" "\
27882 Compose Tamil characters in REGION, or STRING if specified.
27883 Assume that the REGION or STRING must fully match the composable
27884 PATTERN regexp.
27885
27886 \(fn FROM TO PATTERN &optional STRING)" nil nil)
27887
27888 ;;;***
27889 \f
27890 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
27891 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (17994 6751))
27892 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27893 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27894 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27895
27896 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
27897 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27898 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27899 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27900 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27901
27902 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27903
27904 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
27905 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27906 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27907 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27908 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27909
27910 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27911
27912 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
27913 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27914 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27915 in the menu in two ways:
27916 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27917 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27918 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27919
27920 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27921 keymap or an alist of alists.
27922 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27923 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27924
27925 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27926
27927 ;;;***
27928 \f
27929 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
27930 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
27931 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (17994 6715))
27932 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27933
27934 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
27935 Add new category CAT to the TODO list.
27936
27937 \(fn CAT)" t nil)
27938
27939 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
27940 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.
27941
27942 \(fn NEW-ITEM CATEGORY)" nil nil)
27943
27944 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
27945 Insert new TODO list entry.
27946 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
27947 category.
27948
27949 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
27950
27951 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
27952 List top priorities for each category.
27953
27954 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
27955 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
27956
27957 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
27958 between each category.
27959
27960 \(fn &optional NOF-PRIORITIES CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27961
27962 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
27963 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
27964 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
27965 between each category.
27966
27967 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.
27968
27969 \(fn &optional CATEGORY-PR-PAGE)" t nil)
27970
27971 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
27972 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
27973
27974 \\{todo-mode-map}
27975
27976 \(fn)" t nil)
27977
27978 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
27979 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.
27980
27981 \(fn)" nil nil)
27982
27983 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
27984 Show TODO list.
27985
27986 \(fn)" t nil)
27987
27988 ;;;***
27989 \f
27990 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-local-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item-from-menu
27991 ;;;;;; tool-bar-local-item tool-bar-add-item toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame)
27992 ;;;;;; "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (17994 6751))
27993 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
27994
27995 (autoload (quote toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame) "tool-bar" "\
27996 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
27997 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
27998
27999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28000
28001 (put (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote standard-value) (quote (t)))
28002
28003 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
28004 Add an item to the tool bar.
28005 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28006 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28007 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28008 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28009
28010 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28011 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28012 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28013 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28014
28015 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28016 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28017
28018 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28019
28020 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item) "tool-bar" "\
28021 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28022 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28023 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28024 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28025 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28026
28027 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28028 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if display-color-cells
28029 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28030 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28031
28032 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28033
28034 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28035 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28036 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28037 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28038 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28039 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28040 properties to add to the binding.
28041
28042 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28043
28044 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28045 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28046
28047 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28048
28049 (autoload (quote tool-bar-local-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
28050 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28051 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28052 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28053 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28054 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28055 properties to add to the binding.
28056
28057 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28058 holds a keymap.
28059
28060 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28061
28062 ;;;***
28063 \f
28064 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el"
28065 ;;;;;; (18000 24377))
28066 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28067
28068 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28069 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28070 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28071 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28072 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28073 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28074
28075 (custom-autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" nil)
28076
28077 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-mode) "tpu-edt" "\
28078 TPU/edt emulation.
28079
28080 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28081
28082 (defalias (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
28083
28084 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
28085 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28086
28087 \(fn)" t nil)
28088
28089 ;;;***
28090 \f
28091 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
28092 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (17994 6715))
28093 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
28094
28095 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
28096 Set scroll margins.
28097
28098 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
28099
28100 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
28101 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.
28102
28103 \(fn)" t nil)
28104
28105 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
28106 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.
28107
28108 \(fn)" t nil)
28109
28110 ;;;***
28111 \f
28112 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (17994 6715))
28113 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28114
28115 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
28116 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28117 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28118 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28119 to a tcp server on another machine.
28120
28121 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28122
28123 ;;;***
28124 \f
28125 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
28126 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (17994 6715))
28127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28128
28129 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28130 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28131
28132 (custom-autoload (quote trace-buffer) "trace" t)
28133
28134 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
28135 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
28136 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
28137 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
28138 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
28139 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
28140 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
28141 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.
28142
28143 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28144
28145 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
28146 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
28147 When this tracing is enabled, every call to FUNCTION writes
28148 a Lisp-style trace message (showing the arguments and return value)
28149 into BUFFER. This function generates advice to trace FUNCTION
28150 and activates it together with any other advice there might be.
28151 The trace output goes to BUFFER quietly, without changing
28152 the window or buffer configuration.
28153
28154 BUFFER defaults to `trace-buffer'.
28155
28156 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28157
28158 ;;;***
28159 \f
28160 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-unload-tramp tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion
28161 ;;;;;; tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions tramp-unload-file-name-handlers
28162 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-regexp
28163 ;;;;;; tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (17994 6715))
28164 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28165
28166 (defvar tramp-unified-filenames (not (featurep (quote xemacs))) "\
28167 Non-nil means to use unified Ange-FTP/Tramp filename syntax.
28168 Otherwise, use a separate filename syntax for Tramp.")
28169
28170 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified "\\`/[^/:]+:" "\
28171 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28172 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28173 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28174
28175 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28176 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28177 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28178 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28179
28180 (defvar tramp-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28181 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp.
28182 This regexp should match tramp file names but no other file names.
28183 \(When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28184 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28185 if the tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28186 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered tramp
28187 files which are not really tramp files.
28188
28189 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28190 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28191 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28192 updated after changing this variable.
28193
28194 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28195
28196 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28197
28198 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified "^/$\\|^/[^/:][^/]*$" "\
28199 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28200 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28201 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure-unified' for more explanations.")
28202
28203 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "^/\\([[][^]]*\\)?$" "\
28204 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28205 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28206 See `tramp-file-name-structure-separate' for more explanations.")
28207
28208 (defvar tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (if tramp-unified-filenames tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) "\
28209 *Regular expression matching file names handled by tramp completion.
28210 This regexp should match partial tramp file names only.
28211
28212 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28213 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28214 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28215 updated after changing this variable.
28216
28217 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28218
28219 (custom-autoload (quote tramp-completion-file-name-regexp) "tramp" t)
28220
28221 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist (quote ((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion))) "\
28222 Alist of completion handler functions.
28223 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations not
28224 mentioned here will be handled by `tramp-file-name-handler-alist' or the
28225 normal Emacs functions.")
28226
28227 (defun tramp-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28228 Invoke normal file name handler for OPERATION.
28229 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28230 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-file-name-handler tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28231
28232 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28233 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28234 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28235 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28236
28237 (autoload (quote tramp-file-name-handler) "tramp" "\
28238 Invoke Tramp file name handler.
28239 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists.
28240
28241 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28242
28243 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28244 Invoke tramp file name completion handler.
28245 Falls back to normal file name handler if no tramp file name handler exists." (let ((fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if fn (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28246
28247 (defsubst tramp-register-file-name-handler nil "\
28248 Add tramp file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-file-name-handler))) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28249
28250 (defsubst tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler nil "\
28251 Add tramp completion file name handler to `file-name-handler-alist'." (when (or (not (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode))) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode)) (featurep (quote ido))) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t)) (let ((jka (rassoc (quote jka-compr-handler) file-name-handler-alist))) (when jka (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons jka (delete jka file-name-handler-alist))))))
28252 (tramp-register-file-name-handler)
28253 (add-hook
28254 'after-init-hook
28255 '(lambda () (tramp-register-completion-file-name-handler)))
28256
28257 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-file-name-handlers) "tramp" "\
28258 Not documented
28259
28260 \(fn)" nil nil)
28261
28262 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) "tramp" "\
28263 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial tramp files.
28264
28265 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28266
28267 (autoload (quote tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion) "tramp" "\
28268 Like `file-name-completion' for tramp files.
28269
28270 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28271
28272 (autoload (quote tramp-unload-tramp) "tramp" "\
28273 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28274
28275 \(fn)" t nil)
28276
28277 ;;;***
28278 \f
28279 ;;;### (autoloads (tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el"
28280 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
28281 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28282
28283 (autoload (quote tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp) "tramp-ftp" "\
28284 Not documented
28285
28286 \(fn)" nil nil)
28287
28288 ;;;***
28289 \f
28290 ;;;### (autoloads (help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (18000
28291 ;;;;;; 24333))
28292 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28293
28294 (autoload (quote help-with-tutorial) "tutorial" "\
28295 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28296 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28297 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28298 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28299 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28300 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28301 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28302
28303 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28304 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28305 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28306
28307 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28308 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28309 resumed later.
28310
28311 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28312
28313 ;;;***
28314 \f
28315 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
28316 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (17994 6716))
28317 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28318 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28319 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28320 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28321
28322 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
28323 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28324 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28325 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28326 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28327 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28328 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28329
28330 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28331
28332 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
28333 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28334 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28335 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28336
28337 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28338
28339 \(fn)" t nil)
28340
28341 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
28342 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28343 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28344 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28345 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28346 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28347 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28348
28349 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28350 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28351
28352 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28353 \\___/\\
28354 / \\
28355 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28356
28357 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28358
28359 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28360
28361 ;;;***
28362 \f
28363 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
28364 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
28365 ;;;;;; type-break-good-break-interval type-break-good-rest-interval
28366 ;;;;;; type-break-interval type-break-mode) "type-break" "type-break.el"
28367 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
28368 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28369
28370 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28371 Toggle typing break mode.
28372 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
28373 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28374 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
28375
28376 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" nil)
28377
28378 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
28379 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
28380
28381 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28382
28383 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
28384 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
28385
28386 When this variable is non-nil, Emacs checks the idle time between
28387 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
28388 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
28389
28390 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
28391 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
28392
28393 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-rest-interval) "type-break" t)
28394
28395 (defvar type-break-good-break-interval nil "\
28396 *Number of seconds considered to be an adequate explicit typing rest.
28397
28398 When this variable is non-nil, its value is considered to be a \"good\"
28399 length (in seconds) for a break initiated by the command `type-break',
28400 overriding `type-break-good-rest-interval'. This provides querying of
28401 break interruptions when `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil.")
28402
28403 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-good-break-interval) "type-break" t)
28404
28405 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
28406 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
28407 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
28408
28409 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
28410 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
28411 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
28412 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
28413 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
28414 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
28415
28416 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
28417 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
28418 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
28419 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
28420
28421 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
28422 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
28423
28424 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
28425 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
28426
28427 (custom-autoload (quote type-break-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" t)
28428
28429 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
28430 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28431 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28432
28433 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28434 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28435 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28436 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28437 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28438 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28439 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28440
28441 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28442 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28443
28444 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28445 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28446 reset the keystroke counter.
28447
28448 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28449 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28450 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28451 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28452
28453 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28454 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28455 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28456 `type-break-schedule' command.
28457
28458 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28459 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28460 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28461 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28462 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28463 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28464 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28465 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28466 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28467
28468 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28469 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28470 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28471 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28472 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28473
28474 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28475 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28476 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28477 approximate good values for this.
28478
28479 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28480 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28481
28482 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28483 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28484 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28485 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28486 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28487 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28488
28489 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28490 a typing break occur. They include:
28491
28492 `type-break-query-mode'
28493 `type-break-query-function'
28494 `type-break-query-interval'
28495
28496 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28497
28498 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28499 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28500 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28501 problems.
28502
28503 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
28504
28505 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
28506 Take a typing break.
28507
28508 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28509 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28510
28511 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28512 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28513
28514 \(fn)" t nil)
28515
28516 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
28517 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28518 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28519 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28520
28521 \(fn)" t nil)
28522
28523 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
28524 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28525
28526 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28527 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28528 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28529 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28530 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28531 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28532 average typing speed.)
28533
28534 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28535 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28536 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28537 the computed maximum threshold.
28538
28539 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28540 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28541 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28542 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28543 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28544
28545 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28546
28547 ;;;***
28548 \f
28549 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
28550 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (17994 6716))
28551 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28552
28553 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
28554 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28555 Works by overstriking underscores.
28556 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28557 which specify the range to operate on.
28558
28559 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28560
28561 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
28562 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28563 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28564 which specify the range to operate on.
28565
28566 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28567
28568 ;;;***
28569 \f
28570 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
28571 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (17994 6715))
28572 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
28573
28574 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28575 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
28576 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.
28577
28578 \(fn)" t nil)
28579
28580 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
28581 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
28582 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
28583 following the containing message.
28584
28585 \(fn)" t nil)
28586
28587 ;;;***
28588 \f
28589 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
28590 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
28591 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28592
28593 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28594 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
28595 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
28596 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28597 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28598 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28599
28600 \(fn)" nil nil)
28601
28602 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
28603 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.
28604
28605 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28606
28607 ;;;***
28608 \f
28609 ;;;### (autoloads (unsafep) "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (17994
28610 ;;;;;; 6715))
28611 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28612
28613 (autoload (quote unsafep) "unsafep" "\
28614 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm;
28615 otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe. UNSAFEP-VARS is a list
28616 of symbols with local bindings.
28617
28618 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28619
28620 ;;;***
28621 \f
28622 ;;;### (autoloads (url-retrieve-synchronously url-retrieve) "url"
28623 ;;;;;; "url/url.el" (17994 6716))
28624 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28625
28626 (autoload (quote url-retrieve) "url" "\
28627 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28628 URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28629
28630 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28631 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28632 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28633 STATUS is a list with an even number of elements representing
28634 what happened during the request, with most recent events first,
28635 or an empty list if no events have occurred. Each pair is one of:
28636
28637 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28638 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28639 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28640
28641 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28642 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28643 the callback is not called).
28644
28645 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28646 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28647 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28648 take effect.
28649
28650 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
28651
28652 (autoload (quote url-retrieve-synchronously) "url" "\
28653 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28654 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28655 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28656 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28657
28658 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28659
28660 ;;;***
28661 \f
28662 ;;;### (autoloads (url-register-auth-scheme url-get-authentication)
28663 ;;;;;; "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (17994 6716))
28664 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28665
28666 (autoload (quote url-get-authentication) "url-auth" "\
28667 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28668 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28669
28670 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28671 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28672 `url-generic-parse-url'
28673 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28674 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28675 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28676 realm
28677 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28678 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28679 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28680 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28681 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28682 what type of auth to use
28683 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28684 if one cannot be found in the cache
28685
28686 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28687
28688 (autoload (quote url-register-auth-scheme) "url-auth" "\
28689 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28690
28691 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method. This
28692 should be the same thing you expect to get returned in an Authenticate
28693 header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28694 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information. This
28695 defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE
28696 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28697 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28698 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28699
28700 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28701
28702 ;;;***
28703 \f
28704 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cache-expired url-cache-extract url-is-cached
28705 ;;;;;; url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (17994
28706 ;;;;;; 6716))
28707 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28708
28709 (autoload (quote url-store-in-cache) "url-cache" "\
28710 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28711
28712 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28713
28714 (autoload (quote url-is-cached) "url-cache" "\
28715 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28716
28717 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28718
28719 (autoload (quote url-cache-extract) "url-cache" "\
28720 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache
28721
28722 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28723
28724 (autoload (quote url-cache-expired) "url-cache" "\
28725 Return t iff a cached file has expired.
28726
28727 \(fn URL MOD)" nil nil)
28728
28729 ;;;***
28730 \f
28731 ;;;### (autoloads (url-cid) "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (17994 6716))
28732 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28733
28734 (autoload (quote url-cid) "url-cid" "\
28735 Not documented
28736
28737 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28738
28739 ;;;***
28740 \f
28741 ;;;### (autoloads (url-dav-vc-registered url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav"
28742 ;;;;;; "url/url-dav.el" (17994 6716))
28743 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28744
28745 (autoload (quote url-dav-supported-p) "url-dav" "\
28746 Not documented
28747
28748 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28749
28750 (autoload (quote url-dav-vc-registered) "url-dav" "\
28751 Not documented
28752
28753 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28754
28755 ;;;***
28756 \f
28757 ;;;### (autoloads (url-file) "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (17994
28758 ;;;;;; 6716))
28759 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28760
28761 (autoload (quote url-file) "url-file" "\
28762 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28763
28764 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28765
28766 ;;;***
28767 \f
28768 ;;;### (autoloads (url-open-stream url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw"
28769 ;;;;;; "url/url-gw.el" (17994 6716))
28770 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28771
28772 (autoload (quote url-gateway-nslookup-host) "url-gw" "\
28773 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28774
28775 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28776
28777 (autoload (quote url-open-stream) "url-gw" "\
28778 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28779 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28780 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28781 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28782
28783 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28784
28785 ;;;***
28786 \f
28787 ;;;### (autoloads (url-insert-file-contents url-file-local-copy url-copy-file
28788 ;;;;;; url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (17994
28789 ;;;;;; 6716))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28791
28792 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28793 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28794 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28795 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28796 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28797 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28798
28799 (custom-autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" nil)
28800
28801 (autoload (quote url-handler-mode) "url-handlers" "\
28802 Use URL to handle URL-like file names.
28803
28804 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28805
28806 (autoload (quote url-copy-file) "url-handlers" "\
28807 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28808 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28809 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28810 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28811 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28812 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28813 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28814 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28815
28816 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)" nil nil)
28817
28818 (autoload (quote url-file-local-copy) "url-handlers" "\
28819 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28820 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28821 accessible.
28822
28823 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28824
28825 (autoload (quote url-insert-file-contents) "url-handlers" "\
28826 Not documented
28827
28828 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28829
28830 ;;;***
28831 \f
28832 ;;;### (autoloads (url-http-options url-http-file-attributes url-http-file-exists-p
28833 ;;;;;; url-http) "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (17994 6716))
28834 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28835
28836 (autoload (quote url-http) "url-http" "\
28837 Retrieve URL via HTTP asynchronously.
28838 URL must be a parsed URL. See `url-generic-parse-url' for details.
28839 When retrieval is completed, the function CALLBACK is executed with
28840 CBARGS as the arguments.
28841
28842 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28843
28844 (autoload (quote url-http-file-exists-p) "url-http" "\
28845 Not documented
28846
28847 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28848
28849 (defalias (quote url-http-file-readable-p) (quote url-http-file-exists-p))
28850
28851 (autoload (quote url-http-file-attributes) "url-http" "\
28852 Not documented
28853
28854 \(fn URL &optional ID-FORMAT)" nil nil)
28855
28856 (autoload (quote url-http-options) "url-http" "\
28857 Return a property list describing options available for URL.
28858 This list is retrieved using the `OPTIONS' HTTP method.
28859
28860 Property list members:
28861
28862 methods
28863 A list of symbols specifying what HTTP methods the resource
28864 supports.
28865
28866 dav
28867 A list of numbers specifying what DAV protocol/schema versions are
28868 supported.
28869
28870 dasl
28871 A list of supported DASL search types supported (string form)
28872
28873 ranges
28874 A list of the units available for use in partial document fetches.
28875
28876 p3p
28877 The `Platform For Privacy Protection' description for the resource.
28878 Currently this is just the raw header contents. This is likely to
28879 change once P3P is formally supported by the URL package or
28880 Emacs/W3.
28881
28882 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28883
28884 (defconst url-https-default-port 443 "\
28885 Default HTTPS port.")
28886
28887 (defconst url-https-asynchronous-p t "\
28888 HTTPS retrievals are asynchronous.")
28889
28890 (defalias (quote url-https-expand-file-name) (quote url-http-expand-file-name))
28891 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28892 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28893 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28894 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28895
28896 ;;;***
28897 \f
28898 ;;;### (autoloads (url-irc) "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (17994 6716))
28899 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28900
28901 (autoload (quote url-irc) "url-irc" "\
28902 Not documented
28903
28904 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28905
28906 ;;;***
28907 \f
28908 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ldap) "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (17994
28909 ;;;;;; 6716))
28910 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28911
28912 (autoload (quote url-ldap) "url-ldap" "\
28913 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28914 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28915 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28916 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28917
28918 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28919
28920 ;;;***
28921 \f
28922 ;;;### (autoloads (url-mailto url-mail) "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el"
28923 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
28924 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28925
28926 (autoload (quote url-mail) "url-mailto" "\
28927 Not documented
28928
28929 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28930
28931 (autoload (quote url-mailto) "url-mailto" "\
28932 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28933
28934 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28935
28936 ;;;***
28937 \f
28938 ;;;### (autoloads (url-data url-generic-emulator-loader url-info
28939 ;;;;;; url-man) "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (17994 6716))
28940 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28941
28942 (autoload (quote url-man) "url-misc" "\
28943 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
28944
28945 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28946
28947 (autoload (quote url-info) "url-misc" "\
28948 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
28949
28950 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28951
28952 (autoload (quote url-generic-emulator-loader) "url-misc" "\
28953 Not documented
28954
28955 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28956
28957 (defalias (quote url-rlogin) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28958
28959 (defalias (quote url-telnet) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28960
28961 (defalias (quote url-tn3270) (quote url-generic-emulator-loader))
28962
28963 (autoload (quote url-data) "url-misc" "\
28964 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
28965
28966 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28967
28968 ;;;***
28969 \f
28970 ;;;### (autoloads (url-snews url-news) "url-news" "url/url-news.el"
28971 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
28972 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
28973
28974 (autoload (quote url-news) "url-news" "\
28975 Not documented
28976
28977 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28978
28979 (autoload (quote url-snews) "url-news" "\
28980 Not documented
28981
28982 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28983
28984 ;;;***
28985 \f
28986 ;;;### (autoloads (url-ns-user-pref url-ns-prefs isInNet isResolvable
28987 ;;;;;; dnsResolve dnsDomainIs isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el"
28988 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
28989 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
28990
28991 (autoload (quote isPlainHostName) "url-ns" "\
28992 Not documented
28993
28994 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
28995
28996 (autoload (quote dnsDomainIs) "url-ns" "\
28997 Not documented
28998
28999 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29000
29001 (autoload (quote dnsResolve) "url-ns" "\
29002 Not documented
29003
29004 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29005
29006 (autoload (quote isResolvable) "url-ns" "\
29007 Not documented
29008
29009 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29010
29011 (autoload (quote isInNet) "url-ns" "\
29012 Not documented
29013
29014 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29015
29016 (autoload (quote url-ns-prefs) "url-ns" "\
29017 Not documented
29018
29019 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29020
29021 (autoload (quote url-ns-user-pref) "url-ns" "\
29022 Not documented
29023
29024 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29025
29026 ;;;***
29027 \f
29028 ;;;### (autoloads (url-generic-parse-url url-recreate-url) "url-parse"
29029 ;;;;;; "url/url-parse.el" (17994 6716))
29030 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29031
29032 (autoload (quote url-recreate-url) "url-parse" "\
29033 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29034
29035 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29036
29037 (autoload (quote url-generic-parse-url) "url-parse" "\
29038 Return a vector of the parts of URL.
29039 Format is:
29040 \[TYPE USER PASSWORD HOST PORT FILE TARGET ATTRIBUTES FULL]
29041
29042 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29043
29044 ;;;***
29045 \f
29046 ;;;### (autoloads (url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el"
29047 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
29048 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29049
29050 (autoload (quote url-setup-privacy-info) "url-privacy" "\
29051 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29052
29053 \(fn)" t nil)
29054
29055 ;;;***
29056 \f
29057 ;;;### (autoloads (url-view-url url-truncate-url-for-viewing url-file-extension
29058 ;;;;;; url-hexify-string url-unhex-string url-parse-query-string
29059 ;;;;;; url-basepath url-percentage url-display-percentage url-pretty-length
29060 ;;;;;; url-strip-leading-spaces url-eat-trailing-space url-get-normalized-date
29061 ;;;;;; url-lazy-message url-normalize-url url-insert-entities-in-string
29062 ;;;;;; url-parse-args url-debug url-debug) "url-util" "url/url-util.el"
29063 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
29064 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29065
29066 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29067 *What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29068 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29069
29070 If t, all messages will be logged.
29071 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29072 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29073
29074 (custom-autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" t)
29075
29076 (autoload (quote url-debug) "url-util" "\
29077 Not documented
29078
29079 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29080
29081 (autoload (quote url-parse-args) "url-util" "\
29082 Not documented
29083
29084 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29085
29086 (autoload (quote url-insert-entities-in-string) "url-util" "\
29087 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29088 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29089 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29090 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29091 & ==> &amp;
29092 < ==> &lt;
29093 > ==> &gt;
29094 \" ==> &quot;
29095
29096 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29097
29098 (autoload (quote url-normalize-url) "url-util" "\
29099 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29100 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29101
29102 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29103
29104 (autoload (quote url-lazy-message) "url-util" "\
29105 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29106 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29107
29108 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29109
29110 (autoload (quote url-get-normalized-date) "url-util" "\
29111 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29112
29113 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29114
29115 (autoload (quote url-eat-trailing-space) "url-util" "\
29116 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29117
29118 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29119
29120 (autoload (quote url-strip-leading-spaces) "url-util" "\
29121 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29122
29123 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29124
29125 (autoload (quote url-pretty-length) "url-util" "\
29126 Not documented
29127
29128 \(fn N)" nil nil)
29129
29130 (autoload (quote url-display-percentage) "url-util" "\
29131 Not documented
29132
29133 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29134
29135 (autoload (quote url-percentage) "url-util" "\
29136 Not documented
29137
29138 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29139
29140 (autoload (quote url-basepath) "url-util" "\
29141 Return the base pathname of FILE, or the actual filename if X is true.
29142
29143 \(fn FILE &optional X)" nil nil)
29144
29145 (autoload (quote url-parse-query-string) "url-util" "\
29146 Not documented
29147
29148 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29149
29150 (autoload (quote url-unhex-string) "url-util" "\
29151 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a url.
29152 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29153 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29154 forbidden in URL encoding.
29155
29156 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29157
29158 (autoload (quote url-hexify-string) "url-util" "\
29159 Return a new string that is STRING URI-encoded.
29160 First, STRING is converted to utf-8, if necessary. Then, for each
29161 character in the utf-8 string, those found in `url-unreserved-chars'
29162 are left as-is, all others are represented as a three-character
29163 string: \"%\" followed by two lowercase hex digits.
29164
29165 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29166
29167 (autoload (quote url-file-extension) "url-util" "\
29168 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29169 If optional variable X is t,
29170 then return the basename of the file with the extension stripped off.
29171
29172 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29173
29174 (autoload (quote url-truncate-url-for-viewing) "url-util" "\
29175 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters or less wide.
29176 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29177
29178 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29179
29180 (autoload (quote url-view-url) "url-util" "\
29181 View the current document's URL.
29182 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29183 the minibuffer.
29184
29185 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29186
29187 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29188
29189 ;;;***
29190 \f
29191 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
29192 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (17994 6716))
29193 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29194
29195 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
29196 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29197 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29198 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29199 to refrain from editing the file
29200 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29201 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29202 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29203 in any way you like.
29204
29205 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29206
29207 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
29208 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29209 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29210 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29211 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29212
29213 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29214 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29215
29216 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29217
29218 ;;;***
29219 \f
29220 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (17994 6715))
29221 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29222 (autoload-coding-system 'utf-7 '(require 'utf-7))
29223
29224 ;;;***
29225 \f
29226 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-internal
29227 ;;;;;; uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el"
29228 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
29230
29231 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
29232 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29233 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29234 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29235
29236 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29237
29238 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-internal) "uudecode" "\
29239 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29240 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29241
29242 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29243
29244 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
29245 Uudecode region between START and END.
29246 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29247
29248 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29249
29250 ;;;***
29251 \f
29252 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
29253 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-update
29254 ;;;;;; vc-revert-buffer vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot
29255 ;;;;;; vc-directory vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
29256 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
29257 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-branch-part vc-trunk-p vc-before-checkin-hook
29258 ;;;;;; vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook) "vc" "vc.el" (17994 6739))
29259 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
29260
29261 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29262 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29263 See `run-hooks'.")
29264
29265 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkout-hook) "vc" t)
29266
29267 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29268 Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
29269 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29270
29271 (custom-autoload (quote vc-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29272
29273 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29274 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
29275 See `run-hooks'.")
29276
29277 (custom-autoload (quote vc-before-checkin-hook) "vc" t)
29278
29279 (autoload (quote vc-trunk-p) "vc" "\
29280 Return t if REV is a revision on the trunk.
29281
29282 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29283
29284 (autoload (quote vc-branch-part) "vc" "\
29285 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29286
29287 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29288
29289 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
29290 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
29291 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
29292 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
29293 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
29294 somebody else, signal error.
29295
29296 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29297
29298 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
29299 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
29300 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
29301 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
29302 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.
29303
29304 \(fn FILE COMMENT &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
29305
29306 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
29307 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29308 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
29309 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
29310 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
29311 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29312 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is `async', that
29313 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess; if it is t it means to
29314 ignore all execution errors). FILE is the
29315 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
29316 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29317 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29318
29319 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29320
29321 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
29322 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
29323
29324 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
29325 it will operate on the file in the current line.
29326
29327 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
29328 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
29329 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
29330 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
29331 lock steals will raise an error.
29332
29333 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
29334
29335 For RCS and SCCS files:
29336 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29337 control.
29338 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
29339 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
29340 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
29341 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
29342 it performs a revert.
29343 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
29344 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
29345 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
29346 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
29347 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
29348 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
29349 the option to steal the lock.
29350
29351 For CVS files:
29352 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
29353 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
29354 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
29355 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
29356 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
29357 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
29358 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
29359 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
29360 merge in the changes into your working copy.
29361
29362 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29363
29364 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
29365 Register the current file into a version control system.
29366 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
29367 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29368
29369 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29370 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29371 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29372 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29373 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29374 first backend that could register the file is used.
29375
29376 \(fn &optional SET-VERSION COMMENT)" t nil)
29377
29378 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
29379 Display diffs between file versions.
29380 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
29381 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
29382 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
29383 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
29384 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29385 saving the buffer.
29386
29387 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29388
29389 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
29390 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
29391 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
29392 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29393
29394 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29395
29396 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
29397 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29398 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29399 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29400
29401 \(fn)" t nil)
29402
29403 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
29404 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
29405 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
29406 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29407 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
29408 from the current branch.
29409
29410 See Info node `Merging'.
29411
29412 \(fn)" t nil)
29413
29414 (defalias (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) (quote smerge-ediff))
29415
29416 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
29417 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
29418
29419 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
29420
29421 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
29422 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.
29423
29424 \(fn DIR READ-SWITCHES)" t nil)
29425
29426 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
29427 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
29428 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
29429 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
29430 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
29431 are checked out in that new branch.
29432
29433 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29434
29435 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
29436 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
29437 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
29438 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29439 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29440 allowed and simply skipped).
29441
29442 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29443
29444 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
29445 List the change log of the current buffer in a window.
29446 If FOCUS-REV is non-nil, leave the point at that revision.
29447
29448 \(fn &optional FOCUS-REV)" t nil)
29449
29450 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
29451 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
29452 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29453 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
29454 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so.
29455
29456 \(fn)" t nil)
29457
29458 (autoload (quote vc-update) "vc" "\
29459 Update the current buffer's file to the latest version on its branch.
29460 If the file contains no changes, and is not locked, then this simply replaces
29461 the working file with the latest version on its branch. If the file contains
29462 changes, and the backend supports merging news, then any recent changes from
29463 the current branch are merged into the working file.
29464
29465 \(fn)" t nil)
29466
29467 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
29468 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
29469 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.
29470
29471 \(fn NOREVERT)" t nil)
29472
29473 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
29474 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29475 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29476 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29477 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29478 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29479 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29480
29481 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29482
29483 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
29484 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29485 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29486 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29487 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
29488 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29489 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29490 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29491 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29492
29493 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29494
29495 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
29496 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.
29497
29498 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29499
29500 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
29501 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29502 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29503 directory.
29504
29505 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29506
29507 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29508 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29509 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29510
29511 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29512 log entries should be gathered.
29513
29514 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29515
29516 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
29517 Display the edit history of the current file using colors.
29518
29519 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29520 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29521 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29522 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29523 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29524 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29525
29526 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29527 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
29528 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
29529 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29530 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29531 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29532 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29533 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29534
29535 Customization variables:
29536
29537 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29538 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29539 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
29540 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29541
29542 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF)" t nil)
29543
29544 ;;;***
29545 \f
29546 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc-arch.el" (17994 6716))
29547 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-arch.el
29548 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29549 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29550 (progn
29551 (load "vc-arch")
29552 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29553
29554 ;;;***
29555 \f
29556 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (17994 6716))
29557 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
29558 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29559 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29560 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29561 (load "vc-cvs")
29562 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29563
29564 ;;;***
29565 \f
29566 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mcvs" "vc-mcvs.el" (17994 6716))
29567 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-mcvs.el
29568 (defun vc-mcvs-registered (file)
29569 (if (vc-find-root file "MCVS/CVS")
29570 (progn
29571 (load "vc-mcvs")
29572 (vc-mcvs-registered file))))
29573
29574 ;;;***
29575 \f
29576 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
29577 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
29578 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
29579
29580 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29581 *Where to look for RCS master files.
29582 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29583
29584 (custom-autoload (quote vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" t)
29585 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29586
29587 ;;;***
29588 \f
29589 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
29590 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
29591 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
29592
29593 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29594 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
29595 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29596
29597 (custom-autoload (quote vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" t)
29598 (defun vc-sccs-registered(f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29599
29600 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
29601 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29602 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29603 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29604
29605 ;;;***
29606 \f
29607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc-svn.el" (17994 6716))
29608 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-svn.el
29609 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29610 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29611 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29612 "_svn")
29613 (t ".svn"))))
29614 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29615 (concat admin-dir "/entries")
29616 (file-name-directory f)))
29617 (load "vc-svn")
29618 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29619
29620 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) ".svn/")
29621
29622 ;;;***
29623 \f
29624 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
29625 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
29626 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
29627
29628 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
29629 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
29630
29631 Usage:
29632 ------
29633
29634 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
29635 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
29636 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
29637 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
29638 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
29639 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
29640 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
29641 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
29642 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
29643
29644 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
29645 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
29646 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
29647 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
29648
29649 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
29650 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
29651 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
29652 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
29653 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
29654
29655 Template styles can be customized in customization group
29656 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
29657
29658
29659 HEADER INSERTION:
29660 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
29661 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
29662 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
29663
29664
29665 STUTTERING:
29666 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
29667 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
29668 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
29669 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
29670
29671 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
29672 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
29673 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
29674 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
29675 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
29676
29677
29678 WORD COMPLETION:
29679 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
29680 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
29681 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
29682 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
29683
29684 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
29685 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
29686 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
29687 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
29688 beginning with \"std\").
29689
29690 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
29691 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
29692 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
29693 stop.
29694
29695
29696 COMMENTS:
29697 `--' puts a single comment.
29698 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
29699 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
29700 with a comment in between.
29701 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
29702 out following lines.
29703 `C-c c' comments out a region if not commented out,
29704 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29705
29706 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
29707 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
29708 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
29709 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
29710 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
29711 non-nil.
29712
29713 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
29714 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
29715 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
29716 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
29717 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
29718 multi-line comments.
29719
29720
29721 INDENTATION:
29722 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
29723 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
29724 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
29725 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil).
29726
29727 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
29728 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
29729 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
29730 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
29731
29732 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
29733 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
29734 and vice versa.
29735
29736 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
29737 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
29738
29739
29740 ALIGNMENT:
29741 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
29742 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
29743 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
29744 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
29745 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
29746 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
29747 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
29748 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
29749
29750 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
29751 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
29752 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
29753 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
29754 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
29755 is non-nil.
29756
29757 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
29758 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
29759 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
29760
29761 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
29762 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
29763
29764
29765 CODE FILLING:
29766 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
29767 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
29768 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
29769 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
29770 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
29771 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
29772
29773
29774 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
29775 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
29776 buffer respectively. This inludes indentation, alignment, and case
29777 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
29778 command:
29779
29780 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
29781
29782
29783 PORT TRANSLATION:
29784 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
29785 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
29786 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
29787 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
29788 internal signal initializations (menu).
29789
29790 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
29791 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
29792 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
29793
29794 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
29795 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
29796 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
29797 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
29798 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
29799 in subsequent paste operations.)
29800
29801 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
29802 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
29803 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
29804
29805
29806 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
29807 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
29808 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
29809 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
29810 association list with formals).
29811
29812
29813 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
29814 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
29815 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
29816 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
29817 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
29818 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
29819 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
29820 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
29821 `vhdl-testbench'.
29822
29823
29824 KEY BINDINGS:
29825 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
29826
29827
29828 VHDL MENU:
29829 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
29830
29831
29832 FILE BROWSER:
29833 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
29834 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
29835 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
29836
29837 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
29838 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
29839
29840
29841 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
29842 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
29843 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
29844 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
29845
29846 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
29847 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
29848 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
29849
29850 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
29851 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
29852 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
29853 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
29854
29855 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
29856 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
29857 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
29858 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
29859 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
29860
29861 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
29862 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
29863 required by secondary units.
29864
29865
29866 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
29867 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-c C-n' creates a skeleton
29868 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
29869 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
29870 (`C-c C-c C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
29871 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
29872 and ports (`C-c C-c C-w') following these rules:
29873 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
29874 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
29875 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
29876 inputs to this component -> input port created
29877 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
29878 outputs from this component -> output port created
29879 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
29880 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
29881
29882 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
29883 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
29884 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
29885 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
29886 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
29887
29888 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
29889 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
29890
29891 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
29892 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
29893 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-c M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
29894 component instantiation is also supported (option
29895 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
29896
29897 | Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
29898 | the menu (`C-c C-c C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
29899 | the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
29900 | configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
29901 | component levels of a hierarchical design, option
29902 | `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
29903 | (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
29904 | subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
29905 | (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
29906 | can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
29907 | generating the configuration.
29908 |
29909 | Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
29910 | declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
29911 | configurations in speedbar.
29912
29913 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
29914
29915
29916 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
29917 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
29918 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
29919 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
29920 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
29921 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
29922 information. New compilers can be added.
29923
29924 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
29925 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
29926
29927
29928 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
29929 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
29930 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
29931 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
29932 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29933
29934 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
29935 command:
29936
29937 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
29938 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
29939 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
29940
29941 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
29942 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
29943 library directory if not existent. The Makefile also includes a target
29944 for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation of this
29945 unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example: compilation of
29946 a design specified by a configuration). User specific parts can be
29947 inserted into a Makefile with option `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
29948
29949 Limitations:
29950 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
29951 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
29952 not (yet) supported.
29953 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
29954 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
29955 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
29956
29957
29958 PROJECTS:
29959 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
29960 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
29961 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
29962 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
29963 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
29964 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
29965 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
29966 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
29967
29968 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
29969 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
29970 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
29971 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
29972 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
29973 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
29974 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
29975 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
29976 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
29977 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
29978 `vhdl-project-alist'.
29979
29980
29981 SPECIAL MENUES:
29982 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
29983 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
29984 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
29985 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
29986 larger than `font-lock-maximum-size'). Also, a source file menu can be
29987 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
29988 current directory for VHDL source files.
29989
29990
29991 VHDL STANDARDS:
29992 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
29993 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
29994
29995
29996 KEYWORD CASE:
29997 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
29998 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
29999 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30000 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30001 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30002 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30003 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30004 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30005
30006
30007 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30008 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30009 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30010 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30011 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30012 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30013 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30014
30015 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30016 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30017 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30018 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30019 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30020 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30021
30022 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30023 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30024 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30025 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30026 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30027 visually.
30028
30029 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30030 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30031 highlighted if written in lower case.
30032
30033 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30034 highlighted using a different background color if option
30035 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30036
30037 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30038 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30039 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30040 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30041 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30042
30043
30044 USER MODELS:
30045 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30046 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30047 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30048
30049
30050 HIDE/SHOW:
30051 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30052 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30053 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30054 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30055 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30056
30057
30058 CODE UPDATING:
30059 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30060 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30061 Limitations:
30062 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30063 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30064 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30065 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30066 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30067 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30068 (used to obtain the port names).
30069
30070
30071 CODE FIXING:
30072 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30073 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30074
30075
30076 PRINTING:
30077 Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30078 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30079 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30080 postscript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30081 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30082 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30083 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30084 printers.
30085
30086
30087 OPTIONS:
30088 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30089 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30090 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30091 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30092 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30093
30094 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30095 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30096 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30097 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30098 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30099 INSTALL file).
30100
30101 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30102 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30103
30104
30105 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30106 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30107 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30108 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30109
30110 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
30111
30112
30113 HINTS:
30114 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30115 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30116
30117 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30118
30119 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30120
30121 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30122
30123
30124 RELEASE NOTES:
30125 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30126
30127
30128 Maintenance:
30129 ------------
30130
30131 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30132 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30133
30134 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30135
30136 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30137 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30138 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30139 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30140
30141 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30142 http://opensource.ethz.ch/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30143 where the latest version can be found.
30144
30145
30146 Known problems:
30147 ---------------
30148
30149 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
30150 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30151 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30152
30153
30154 The VHDL Mode Authors
30155 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30156
30157 Key bindings:
30158 -------------
30159
30160 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30161
30162 \(fn)" t nil)
30163
30164 ;;;***
30165 \f
30166 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (17994 6715))
30167 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30168
30169 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
30170 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30171 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30172 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30173
30174 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30175 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30176 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30177 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30178 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30179
30180 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30181 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30182
30183 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30184
30185 * Limitations and unsupported features
30186 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30187 not supported.
30188 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30189 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30190
30191 * Modifications
30192 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30193 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30194 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30195 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30196 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30197 for undoing a repeated change command.
30198 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30199 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30200 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30201
30202 * Extensions
30203 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30204 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30205 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30206 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30207 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30208 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30209 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30210 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30211
30212 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30213
30214 \(fn)" t nil)
30215
30216 ;;;***
30217 \f
30218 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
30219 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
30220 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
30221 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (17994 6715))
30222 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30223
30224 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
30225 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30226
30227 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30228
30229 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30230 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30231 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30232 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30233
30234 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30235
30236 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30237 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30238
30239 \(fn)" t nil)
30240
30241 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
30242 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30243 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30244 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30245
30246 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30247
30248 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
30249 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30250
30251 \(fn)" t nil)
30252
30253 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30254 Not documented
30255
30256 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30257
30258 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" "\
30259 Not documented
30260
30261 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30262
30263 ;;;***
30264 \f
30265 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
30266 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
30267 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (18000
30268 ;;;;;; 24333))
30269 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30270
30271 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30272 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30273 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30274 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30275
30276 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
30277
30278 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
30279 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30280 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30281 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30282 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30283 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30284 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30285
30286 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30287
30288 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30289
30290 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
30291 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30292 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
30293 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30294 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30295 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30296 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30297 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30298
30299 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30300
30301 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30302
30303 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
30304 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30305 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
30306 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30307 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30308 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30309 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30310 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30311
30312 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30313
30314 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30315
30316 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
30317 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30318 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30319 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30320 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30321 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30322 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30323
30324 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30325
30326 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30327 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30328 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30329
30330 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30331
30332 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
30333 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30334 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30335 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30336 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30337 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30338 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30339 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30340
30341 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30342
30343 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30344 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30345 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30346
30347 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30348
30349 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
30350 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30351 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
30352 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30353 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30354 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30355 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30356 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30357
30358 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30359
30360 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30361 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
30362 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30363
30364 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30365
30366 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
30367 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30368 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
30369
30370 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
30371 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
30372 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
30373 read-only.
30374 \\<view-mode-map>
30375 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
30376 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
30377 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
30378 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
30379 commands default to a repeat count of one.
30380
30381 H, h, ? This message.
30382 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30383 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30384 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30385 > move to the end of buffer.
30386 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30387 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30388 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30389 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30390 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30391 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30392 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30393 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30394 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30395 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30396 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30397 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30398 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30399 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30400 Use this to view a changing file.
30401 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30402 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30403 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30404 . set the mark.
30405 x exchanges point and mark.
30406 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30407 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30408 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30409 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30410 ' go to position saved in character register.
30411 s do forward incremental search.
30412 r do reverse incremental search.
30413 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30414 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30415 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30416 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30417 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30418 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30419 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30420 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30421 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30422 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30423 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30424 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30425 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30426 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30427 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30428 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30429 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30430
30431 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30432 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30433 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30434 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30435 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30436 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30437 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30438 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30439 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30440
30441 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30442
30443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30444
30445 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
30446 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
30447 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
30448 `view-return-to-alist'.
30449 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
30450 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
30451 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
30452
30453 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
30454 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
30455 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
30456 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
30457 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
30458 1) nil Do nothing.
30459 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
30460 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
30461 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
30462 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
30463
30464 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30465
30466 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30467
30468 \(fn &optional RETURN-TO EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
30469
30470 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
30471 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
30472
30473 \(fn)" t nil)
30474
30475 ;;;***
30476 \f
30477 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode vip-setup) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (17994
30478 ;;;;;; 6715))
30479 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
30480
30481 (autoload (quote vip-setup) "vip" "\
30482 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
30483
30484 \(fn)" nil nil)
30485
30486 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
30487 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
30488
30489 \(fn)" t nil)
30490
30491 ;;;***
30492 \f
30493 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
30494 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
30495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
30496
30497 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
30498 Toggle Viper on/off.
30499 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
30500
30501 \(fn)" t nil)
30502
30503 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
30504 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
30505
30506 \(fn)" t nil)
30507
30508 ;;;***
30509 \f
30510 ;;;### (autoloads (warn lwarn display-warning) "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el"
30511 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
30512 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
30513
30514 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
30515 Function to generate warning prefixes.
30516 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
30517 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
30518 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
30519 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
30520 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
30521 the beginning of the warning.")
30522
30523 (defvar warning-series nil "\
30524 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
30525 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
30526 which is the start of the current series; it means that
30527 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
30528 t means the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
30529 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
30530 also call that function before the next warning.")
30531
30532 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
30533 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
30534
30535 (defvar warning-type-format " (%s)" "\
30536 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
30537 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
30538 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
30539
30540 (autoload (quote display-warning) "warnings" "\
30541 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
30542 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30543 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30544 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
30545 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
30546
30547 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30548 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30549 Default is :warning.
30550
30551 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30552 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30553 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
30554 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
30555 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
30556 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30557
30558 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
30559 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
30560 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
30561
30562 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
30563
30564 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
30565 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
30566
30567 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
30568
30569 (autoload (quote lwarn) "warnings" "\
30570 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30571 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30572 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
30573
30574 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
30575 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
30576 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
30577 can be whatever you like.)
30578
30579 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
30580 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
30581
30582 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
30583 if you do not attend to it promptly.
30584 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
30585 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
30586 :debug -- info for debugging only.
30587
30588 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30589
30590 (autoload (quote warn) "warnings" "\
30591 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
30592 Aside from generating the message with `format',
30593 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
30594 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
30595
30596 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30597
30598 ;;;***
30599 \f
30600 ;;;### (autoloads (wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "wdired.el"
30601 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
30602 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
30603
30604 (autoload (quote wdired-change-to-wdired-mode) "wdired" "\
30605 Put a dired buffer in a mode in which filenames are editable.
30606 \\<wdired-mode-map>
30607 This mode allows the user to change the names of the files, and after
30608 typing \\[wdired-finish-edit] Emacs renames the files and directories
30609 in disk.
30610
30611 See `wdired-mode'.
30612
30613 \(fn)" t nil)
30614
30615 ;;;***
30616 \f
30617 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (17994 6715))
30618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
30619
30620 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
30621 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
30622
30623 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
30624 hotlist.
30625
30626 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
30627 <nwv@acm.org>.
30628
30629 \(fn)" t nil)
30630
30631 ;;;***
30632 \f
30633 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el"
30634 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
30635 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
30636 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
30637 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
30638
30639 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
30640
30641 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
30642 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
30643 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30644 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30645 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30646 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
30647
30648 (custom-autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" nil)
30649
30650 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
30651 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
30652 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
30653 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
30654
30655 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
30656 and off otherwise.
30657
30658 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30659
30660 ;;;***
30661 \f
30662 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-write-file-hook whitespace-global-mode
30663 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup-region whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region
30664 ;;;;;; whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check
30665 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-indent-check whitespace-toggle-trailing-check
30666 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "whitespace.el"
30667 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
30668 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
30669
30670 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
30671 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.
30672
30673 \(fn)" t nil)
30674
30675 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
30676 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.
30677
30678 \(fn)" t nil)
30679
30680 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
30681 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.
30682
30683 \(fn)" t nil)
30684
30685 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
30686 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.
30687
30688 \(fn)" t nil)
30689
30690 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
30691 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.
30692
30693 \(fn)" t nil)
30694
30695 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
30696 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
30697 These are:
30698 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
30699 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
30700 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
30701 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
30702 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
30703
30704 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
30705 and:
30706 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
30707 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.
30708
30709 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
30710
30711 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
30712 Check the region for whitespace errors.
30713
30714 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30715
30716 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
30717 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
30718 It normally applies to the whole buffer, but in Transient Mark mode
30719 when the mark is active it applies to the region.
30720 See `whitespace-buffer' docstring for a summary of the problems.
30721
30722 \(fn)" t nil)
30723
30724 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
30725 Whitespace cleanup on the region.
30726
30727 \(fn S E)" t nil)
30728
30729 (defalias (quote global-whitespace-mode) (quote whitespace-global-mode))
30730
30731 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
30732 Non-nil if Whitespace-Global mode is enabled.
30733 See the command `whitespace-global-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
30734 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30735 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
30736 or call the function `whitespace-global-mode'.")
30737
30738 (custom-autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" nil)
30739
30740 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
30741 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
30742 With ARG, turn the mode on iff ARG is positive.
30743
30744 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
30745 `find-file-hook' and `kill-buffer-hook'.
30746
30747 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30748
30749 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
30750 Hook function to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.
30751 This is meant to be added buffer-locally to `write-file-functions'.
30752
30753 \(fn)" t nil)
30754
30755 ;;;***
30756 \f
30757 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
30758 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (17994 6716))
30759 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
30760
30761 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
30762 Browse the widget under point.
30763
30764 \(fn POS)" t nil)
30765
30766 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
30767 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
30768
30769 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
30770
30771 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
30772 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
30773
30774 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
30775
30776 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
30777 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
30778 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30779
30780 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30781
30782 ;;;***
30783 \f
30784 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-setup widget-insert widget-delete widget-create
30785 ;;;;;; widget-prompt-value widgetp) "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (17994
30786 ;;;;;; 6716))
30787 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
30788
30789 (autoload (quote widgetp) "wid-edit" "\
30790 Return non-nil iff WIDGET is a widget.
30791
30792 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30793
30794 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
30795 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
30796 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
30797
30798 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
30799
30800 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
30801 Create widget of TYPE.
30802 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
30803
30804 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30805
30806 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
30807 Delete WIDGET.
30808
30809 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
30810
30811 (autoload (quote widget-insert) "wid-edit" "\
30812 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
30813
30814 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
30815
30816 (defalias (quote advertised-widget-backward) (quote widget-backward))
30817
30818 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " (quote widget-forward)) (define-key map "\e " (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [(shift tab)] (quote advertised-widget-backward)) (define-key map [backtab] (quote widget-backward)) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] (quote widget-button-click)) (define-key map " " (quote widget-button-press)) map) "\
30819 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
30820 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.")
30821
30822 (autoload (quote widget-setup) "wid-edit" "\
30823 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
30824
30825 \(fn)" nil nil)
30826
30827 ;;;***
30828 \f
30829 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
30830 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (17994
30831 ;;;;;; 6716))
30832 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
30833
30834 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
30835 Select the window to the left of the current one.
30836 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30837 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30838 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
30839 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30840 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30841
30842 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30843
30844 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
30845 Select the window above the current one.
30846 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
30847 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
30848 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
30849 negative ARG) of the current window.
30850 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30851
30852 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30853
30854 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
30855 Select the window to the right of the current one.
30856 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30857 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
30858 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
30859 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
30860 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30861
30862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30863
30864 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
30865 Select the window below the current one.
30866 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
30867 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
30868 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
30869 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
30870 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
30871
30872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30873
30874 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
30875 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
30876 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
30877 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
30878
30879 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
30880
30881 ;;;***
30882 \f
30883 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
30884 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
30885 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
30886
30887 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
30888 Toggle Winner mode.
30889 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
30890 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
30891
30892 (custom-autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" nil)
30893
30894 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
30895 Toggle Winner mode.
30896 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.
30897
30898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30899
30900 ;;;***
30901 \f
30902 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
30903 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (17994 6716))
30904 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
30905
30906 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
30907 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
30908 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
30909 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
30910 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
30911 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
30912 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
30913 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
30914
30915 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
30916 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
30917
30918 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
30919
30920 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
30921 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
30922
30923 \(fn)" t nil)
30924
30925 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
30926 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
30927 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
30928 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
30929 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
30930 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
30931 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
30932 `woman' command for further details.
30933
30934 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
30935
30936 ;;;***
30937 \f
30938 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
30939 ;;;;;; (17994 6715))
30940 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
30941
30942 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
30943 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
30944
30945 BUGS:
30946 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
30947 are not implemented
30948 - Options for search and replace
30949 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
30950 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
30951
30952 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
30953 Emacs-like.
30954
30955 The key bindings are:
30956
30957 C-a backward-word
30958 C-b fill-paragraph
30959 C-c scroll-up-line
30960 C-d forward-char
30961 C-e previous-line
30962 C-f forward-word
30963 C-g delete-char
30964 C-h backward-char
30965 C-i indent-for-tab-command
30966 C-j help-for-help
30967 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
30968 C-l ws-repeat-search
30969 C-n open-line
30970 C-p quoted-insert
30971 C-r scroll-down-line
30972 C-s backward-char
30973 C-t kill-word
30974 C-u keyboard-quit
30975 C-v overwrite-mode
30976 C-w scroll-down
30977 C-x next-line
30978 C-y kill-complete-line
30979 C-z scroll-up
30980
30981 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
30982 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
30983 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
30984 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
30985 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
30986 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
30987 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
30988 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
30989 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
30990 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
30991 C-k b ws-begin-block
30992 C-k c ws-copy-block
30993 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
30994 C-k f find-file
30995 C-k h ws-show-markers
30996 C-k i ws-indent-block
30997 C-k k ws-end-block
30998 C-k p ws-print-block
30999 C-k q kill-emacs
31000 C-k r insert-file
31001 C-k s save-some-buffers
31002 C-k t ws-mark-word
31003 C-k u ws-exdent-block
31004 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
31005 C-k v ws-move-block
31006 C-k w ws-write-block
31007 C-k x kill-emacs
31008 C-k y ws-delete-block
31009
31010 C-o c wordstar-center-line
31011 C-o b switch-to-buffer
31012 C-o j justify-current-line
31013 C-o k kill-buffer
31014 C-o l list-buffers
31015 C-o m auto-fill-mode
31016 C-o r set-fill-column
31017 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
31018 C-o wd delete-other-windows
31019 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
31020 C-o wo other-window
31021 C-o wv split-window-vertically
31022
31023 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
31024 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
31025 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
31026 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
31027 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
31028 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
31029 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
31030 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
31031 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
31032 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
31033 C-q a ws-query-replace
31034 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
31035 C-q c end-of-buffer
31036 C-q d end-of-line
31037 C-q f ws-search
31038 C-q k ws-to-block-end
31039 C-q l ws-undo
31040 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
31041 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
31042 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
31043 C-q w ws-last-error
31044 C-q y ws-kill-eol
31045 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
31046
31047 \(fn)" t nil)
31048
31049 ;;;***
31050 \f
31051 ;;;### (autoloads (xml-parse-region xml-parse-file) "xml" "xml.el"
31052 ;;;;;; (17994 6716))
31053 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31054
31055 (autoload (quote xml-parse-file) "xml" "\
31056 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31057 If FILE is already visited, use its buffer and don't kill it.
31058 Returns the top node with all its children.
31059 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31060 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31061
31062 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31063
31064 (autoload (quote xml-parse-region) "xml" "\
31065 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31066 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31067 Returns the XML list for the region, or raises an error if the region
31068 is not well-formed XML.
31069 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped,
31070 and returned as the first element of the list.
31071 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded.
31072
31073 \(fn BEG END &optional BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31074
31075 ;;;***
31076 \f
31077 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (18000
31078 ;;;;;; 23909))
31079 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31080
31081 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31082 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31083 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31084 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31085 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31086 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31087
31088 (custom-autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" nil)
31089
31090 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
31091 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31092 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
31093
31094 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31095 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31096 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31097 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31098 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31099 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31100
31101 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31102
31103 ;;;***
31104 \f
31105 ;;;### (autoloads (yenc-extract-filename yenc-decode-region) "yenc"
31106 ;;;;;; "gnus/yenc.el" (17994 6715))
31107 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31108
31109 (autoload (quote yenc-decode-region) "yenc" "\
31110 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31111
31112 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31113
31114 (autoload (quote yenc-extract-filename) "yenc" "\
31115 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31116
31117 \(fn)" nil nil)
31118
31119 ;;;***
31120 \f
31121 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
31122 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (17994 6715))
31123 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
31124
31125 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
31126 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.
31127
31128 \(fn &optional INSERT DISPLAY)" t nil)
31129
31130 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
31131 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.
31132
31133 \(fn &optional ZIPPYISM)" t nil)
31134
31135 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
31136 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
31137 If called interactively, display a list of matches.
31138
31139 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
31140
31141 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
31142 Zippy goes to the analyst.
31143
31144 \(fn)" t nil)
31145
31146 ;;;***
31147 \f
31148 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (17994 6715))
31149 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31150
31151 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
31152 Zone out, completely.
31153
31154 \(fn)" t nil)
31155
31156 ;;;***
31157 \f
31158 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("bindings.el" "buff-menu.el" "calc/calc-aent.el"
31159 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-alg.el" "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el"
31160 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-comb.el" "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el"
31161 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-ext.el" "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el"
31162 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-frac.el" "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el"
31163 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-help.el" "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el"
31164 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-lang.el" "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el"
31165 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-math.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31166 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-poly.el" "calc/calc-prog.el"
31167 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el" "calc/calc-sel.el"
31168 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el" "calc/calc-stuff.el"
31169 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-undo.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31170 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31171 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31172 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-china.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el"
31173 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-french.el" "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el"
31174 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-iso.el" "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31175 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31176 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "case-table.el"
31177 ;;;;;; "cdl.el" "cus-dep.el" "cus-load.el" "cus-start.el" "custom.el"
31178 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "ediff-diff.el"
31179 ;;;;;; "ediff-init.el" "ediff-merg.el" "ediff-ptch.el" "ediff-vers.el"
31180 ;;;;;; "ediff-wind.el" "electric.el" "emacs-lisp/assoc.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
31181 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-run.el"
31182 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el"
31183 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-specs.el" "emacs-lisp/cust-print.el"
31184 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/find-gc.el" "emacs-lisp/float-sup.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el"
31185 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/levents.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mode.el"
31186 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp.el" "emacs-lisp/lmenu.el" "emacs-lisp/lselect.el"
31187 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lucid.el" "emacs-lisp/map-ynp.el" "emacs-lisp/regi.el"
31188 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/sregex.el" "emacs-lisp/syntax.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el"
31189 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el" "emacs-lock.el" "emulation/cua-gmrk.el"
31190 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-rect.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
31191 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el"
31192 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
31193 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
31194 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "env.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
31195 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "erc/erc-nicklist.el"
31196 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el"
31197 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el"
31198 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el"
31199 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el"
31200 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
31201 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
31202 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-groups.el" "eshell/esh-io.el"
31203 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-maint.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
31204 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
31205 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "faces.el" "files.el" "finder-inf.el" "foldout.el"
31206 ;;;;;; "font-core.el" "font-lock.el" "format.el" "forms-d2.el" "forms-pass.el"
31207 ;;;;;; "frame.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el"
31208 ;;;;;; "gnus/dig.el" "gnus/dns.el" "gnus/format-spec.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el"
31209 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el" "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
31210 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
31211 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-gl.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
31212 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
31213 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-sum.el"
31214 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-topic.el" "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el"
31215 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-uu.el" "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/hex-util.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el"
31216 ;;;;;; "gnus/imap.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el" "gnus/mail-parse.el"
31217 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el" "gnus/mailcap.el"
31218 ;;;;;; "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el"
31219 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-encode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el" "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el"
31220 ;;;;;; "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/mml.el" "gnus/nnagent.el" "gnus/nnbabyl.el"
31221 ;;;;;; "gnus/nndb.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
31222 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnlistserv.el"
31223 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el" "gnus/nnmh.el"
31224 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnslashdot.el"
31225 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnultimate.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
31226 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnwarchive.el" "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/nnwfm.el" "gnus/pop3.el"
31227 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el" "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el"
31228 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el"
31229 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/starttls.el" "gnus/utf7.el" "gnus/webmail.el"
31230 ;;;;;; "help.el" "indent.el" "international/characters.el" "international/fontset.el"
31231 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
31232 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/latin-1.el"
31233 ;;;;;; "international/latin-2.el" "international/latin-3.el" "international/latin-4.el"
31234 ;;;;;; "international/latin-5.el" "international/latin-8.el" "international/latin-9.el"
31235 ;;;;;; "international/mule-cmds.el" "international/mule-conf.el"
31236 ;;;;;; "international/mule.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/subst-big5.el"
31237 ;;;;;; "international/subst-gb2312.el" "international/subst-jis.el"
31238 ;;;;;; "international/subst-ksc.el" "international/ucs-tables.el"
31239 ;;;;;; "international/utf-16.el" "international/utf-8.el" "isearch.el"
31240 ;;;;;; "jit-lock.el" "jka-cmpr-hook.el" "kermit.el" "language/chinese.el"
31241 ;;;;;; "language/cyrillic.el" "language/czech.el" "language/devanagari.el"
31242 ;;;;;; "language/english.el" "language/ethiopic.el" "language/european.el"
31243 ;;;;;; "language/georgian.el" "language/greek.el" "language/hebrew.el"
31244 ;;;;;; "language/indian.el" "language/japanese.el" "language/kannada.el"
31245 ;;;;;; "language/korean.el" "language/lao.el" "language/malayalam.el"
31246 ;;;;;; "language/misc-lang.el" "language/romanian.el" "language/slovak.el"
31247 ;;;;;; "language/tamil.el" "language/thai-word.el" "language/thai.el"
31248 ;;;;;; "language/tibetan.el" "language/utf-8-lang.el" "language/vietnamese.el"
31249 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el"
31250 ;;;;;; "mail/mailpost.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el"
31251 ;;;;;; "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/uce.el" "mail/vms-pmail.el"
31252 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el"
31253 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el"
31254 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el"
31255 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el" "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el"
31256 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el" "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el"
31257 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el" "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el"
31258 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el" "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el"
31259 ;;;;;; "misc.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse-drag.el" "mouse.el" "net/eudc-vars.el"
31260 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el"
31261 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ph.el" "net/ldap.el" "net/netrc.el" "net/tls.el"
31262 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-util.el" "net/tramp-uu.el"
31263 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-vc.el" "net/trampver.el" "patcomp.el" "paths.el"
31264 ;;;;;; "pcvs-info.el" "pcvs-parse.el" "pcvs-util.el" "pgg-def.el"
31265 ;;;;;; "pgg-parse.el" "pgg-pgp.el" "pgg-pgp5.el" "play/gamegrid.el"
31266 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "play/meese.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el"
31267 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-align.el" "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el"
31268 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-cmds.el" "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el"
31269 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-langs.el" "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el"
31270 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el" "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el"
31271 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el" "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el"
31272 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el" "progmodes/idlw-help.el"
31273 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el" "progmodes/xscheme.el"
31274 ;;;;;; "register.el" "replace.el" "rfn-eshadow.el" "s-region.el"
31275 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
31276 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "startup.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "termdev.el"
31277 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
31278 ;;;;;; "textmodes/page.el" "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el"
31279 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
31280 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
31281 ;;;;;; "textmodes/text-mode.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
31282 ;;;;;; "uniquify.el" "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
31283 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-history.el"
31284 ;;;;;; "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
31285 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "url/vc-dav.el" "vc-hooks.el" "vcursor.el"
31286 ;;;;;; "version.el" "vms-patch.el" "vmsproc.el" "vt-control.el"
31287 ;;;;;; "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "widget.el" "window.el"
31288 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (18000 29139 491614))
31289
31290 ;;;***
31291 \f
31292 ;;; Local Variables:
31293 ;;; version-control: never
31294 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
31295 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
31296 ;;; End:
31297 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here